¶ The noble experience of the virtuous handy Work of surgeri/ practised & compiled by the most expert master Iherome of Bruynswyke/ borne in Straesborowe in Almaigne/ the which hath it first proved/ and truly found by his own daily exercising. ¶ Item there after he hath authorized and done it to understand through the true sentences of the old doctors and masters very expert in the science of Surgery/ As Galienus/ hippocras/ Auicenna/ Gwydo/ Haly abbess/ Lancfrancus of mylen/ jamericus/ Rogerius/ Albucasis/ Placentinus/ Brunus/ Gwilhelmus de saliceto/ & by many other masters whose names be written in this same book. ¶ Here also shall ye find for to cure & hele all wounded members/ and other swellings. ¶ Item if ye find any names of herbs or of other things whereof ye have no knowledge/ that shall ye know plainly by the potecaries. ¶ Item Here shall you find also for to make salves/ plasters/ powders/ oils/ and drinks for wounds. ¶ Item whoso desireth of this science the plain knowledge let him oftentimes read this book/ and than he shall get perfit understanding of the noble surgery.  
 
  

  

¶ The Prologue of the noble hand work of Surgery.  
TO the laud of our saviour Chryst Ihesu. & the honour of his blessed mother our lady saint marry. and all the holy company of heaven. & for the help of mankind/ this book is translated out of duche in to englis●he And for the love & comfort of all them that intend to study the noble art of Chyrur gia/ the which is called the handiwork of Surgery/ very utile and profitable to all that intend to occupy this noble sciens the herein is openly expressed and showed/ how it shallbe practised & used/ For many one is therein very ignorannt that will meddle there with/ which never laboured nor never sa point of the beginning or ending thereof/ wherefore it is often times senc and daily chanceth in small towns/ borowghs/ & villages/ that lyefarre from any good city or great town the dyverie people hurt or diseased for lack of cunning men/ be taken in hand of them that be barbers or young masters to whom this sciens was never disclosed/ not thinking on the words of the old lernydmen that say/ It is not well possible to man that he should bring well to a good end that thing which he never or hath but little seen. ¶ Thus ye young studynties/ masters/ & ieruauntes of barbers and surgyens that intend this noble art & cunning/ behold/ oversee/ and read with diligence this little book that I Iheronims Bruynswyke borne in Straesborowgh/ out of the line of Salerne/ hath with great labour compiled/ set/ & gathered together to your behoof & great profit this little volume/ thinking on many noble auctors in divers bokys'/ which playuly doth specesy/ jursyd be those that god hath with cunning endued to the health/ succour/ & help of mankind/ & will not occupy it. But ulessyd be they that among his even christian will liberally sheme and minister such gifts of grace as god hath endued him with for the preservation of man. Wherefore my friends think that ye may now for a little money have great learning & cunning to your honour & profit/ the which hereafter ye might fortune not to get for ten times so much gold as it should cost you now.  
Oye young brgynning surgeons unclose youreries w all your diligence and mark well the words of the great masters which command you when ye be called or desired to any patient or diseased parson/ that if the diseases fall to your cunning to ponderous/ & that ye be not fully perfit/ than be not ashame but quickly get another discrete surgeon or ●mayndesyrynge them that they will help & ● cell you in that business at your need▪ sore yo● honesty lyath in that cure/ & also the great comfort of your paeyent so dy●eased. ¶ Ey●st ye learn by chance/ that thing that ye seldom or never have seen before. ¶ Serondarily/ if aught in your hands happen to misfortune▪ that the other may quickly than amend it. ¶ Thirdly/ that the wounded parson have the less grudge or mistrust in you. ¶ Fourthly/ When the cure hath good speed/ than be ye partaker of all the honour thereof/ & if that misfortune fall between your hands/ than be they bound every man to bear the charge of your hinder and losses/ which were to much for you alone.  
¶ fifthly/ for this wise deed ye be praised of all them that be discrete or learned men that speak of you/ which say/ he desireth to learn/ and will not that any man should be by him negligently spilled or perished. and thus mayye come to yone poncpose with honesty and pleasure/ which else might turn to yourgrete shame & displeasure.  
¶ Also ye may consider that two may better amend a fault than one/ for no only workman can well perceive the faults of his own work alone till he hath very long wrought upon it/ or else near hand fynyshte it/ and than is it sometime evil & ipostyble to be mended/ but principally in many operations belonging to surgery/ Therefore when ye go two or more about the patient/ take heed that ye make no discord▪ In like wise when any of you be present alone with your patient/ blame ●at the other that is absent/ nor diffame him not But what ye have to say with each other let that be secret within yourself for grewing of your patient/ for it might turn him to great pain & hindrance in his diseases through your discomfort. The one shall follow the others counsel and 〈◊〉 shall ●●de nothing from each other that ye shall think profitable & beho●… for your patient or seek body/ for 〈◊〉 turn you to shame/ and him to great pain. Also ye ought not only to be ●●pert in surgery but also in astronomy or philosophy/ wherefore ye shall diligently study & often read such things as for you in this matter or science shall be utylle & profitable whereby ye shall have perfect understanding & knowledge of your noble science that ye do enterprise/ ye shall for no gold nor silver take in hand the thing that ye think is incurable/ or not likely to be cured/ for savyge of your goodname Also ye shall not praise yourself/ nor blame none other. Item ye shall also comfort your patient how so ever it be with him but to his good friends ye shall show the truth & give them parsyte knowledge of his diseases. ¶ Also ye should know & under stand perfectly your Anathomia/ which is the gathering and also the dysmembring of the limbs of the body/ becauseye should preserve man for the jeopardy of death/ if it need required that ye should cut him in any place wout doing to him any scathe and to yourselffe an everlasting/ shame/ and great dyshonesty.   

¶ Here beginneth the table of this present volume.  

●He Anothomy in general of the limbs/ skin/ flesihe/ veins/ sinews/ and bonies. ca i.  
¶ The anatomy of the composing and setting of the limbs. ca two  
¶ Of the face & his membres ca iij.  
¶ Of the neck & back bonies. ca iiij.  
¶ of the shoulders/ arms/ & hands. ca v.  
¶ Of the breast & his parties. ca vi.  
¶ Of the belly & his membres. cap. vi●.  
¶ Of the flanks & her parties ca viii.  
¶ Of the grain veseels. ca ix.  
¶ Of the skins or great feet. ca x.  
¶ Of the bonies of the great seat ca xi.  
OF the heling of the small wounds. ca xii  
OF the stitching/ or festening of great wounds in the flesh ca xiii.  
¶ Of the wounds in sinews. ca xiiii.  
¶ Of staunching of blood in the wonnded veins. ca xv.  
¶ Of wounds where thornies/ splyntes/ or such like be in. ca xvi  
¶ Of wounds shot with poisoned a-row hedys'/ & many other things ca xvii  
¶ Of wounds shot 〈◊〉 a genne where as the venom of the powder is abiden in. ca xviij.  
¶ Of crushed wounds. ca nineteen.  
¶ Of wounds in bonies. ca xx.  
¶ Of a deep wound & not well seen. ca xxi.  
¶ Of woundys' come by venomous stings/ or of wood doggysbytinge/ or of snakies/ adds/ scorpions/ or otherlike. ca xxii  
¶ How ye shall cure those forenamed wounds. ca twenty-three.  
¶ Of the new cure and helping of fresh wounds with balm. ca xxiv.  
¶ How that the wounded parson ought to be dieted & ruled. ca xxv.  
¶ Of the accydentes or to fallings of dice ales that cometh to the wounded person. ca xxvi.  
OF the general wound in the heed. ca xxvij  
OF the wounds in the heed which fortune by cutting without breaking of the brain pan. ca xxviij  
¶ Of the wounds in the heed which chance by cutting with breaking of the brain pan/ & not through pierced ca xxix.  
¶ Of a wound in the heed through cutting with breaking of cranei/ without lesynge of substance▪ to the nedermost fleece or superficyon over the brain through pierced. ca thirty.  
¶ Of wounds of the heed with contusion & ●●al breaking of the brain pan. ca xxxi.  
¶ Of the wound with contusyon & without breaking of the brain pan. ca xxxij.  
¶ Of the wounds in the heed with contusyon and with little breaking of the brain pan. ca xxxiij.  
¶ Of the contusion with a great fracture or breaking of the brain pan ca xxxiiij  
¶ The mendementies of accydenties or evil to fallyngys'. ca xxxv.  
¶ Of the inbowing of the heed/ as a ketyll inbowed when it falleth/ or is cast down. ca xxxvi.  
¶ Of the wound in the face. ca xxxvij  
¶ Of the wounds of the eye. ca xxxviij. a  
¶ Of the ears wounds. ca xxxviij b  
¶ Of the nose wounds. ca xxxix.  
¶ Of the wounds of the mouth. ca xl  
¶ Of the wounds of the neck. ca ●…li.  
¶ Of the wounds in the shoulders/ 〈◊〉 between the shoulders. ca ●…ij.  
¶ Of the wounds of the shoulders/ & vp●most part of the arm above the elbow. ca xliiii.  
¶ Of the wounds in the elbow. ca xliiij.  
¶ Of the wounds in the joints/ shoulders elbowies/ hips/ knees/ & of the glytinge water/ that of them issueth ca xlv.  
¶ Of wounds between the elbow and the hand. ca xlvi.  
¶ Of the wounds in the hand and fingers. ca xlvij.  
¶ Of the wounds in the breast. ca xlviij.  
¶ Of the wound in the maw mouth/ or pit in the heart. ca xlix.  
¶ Of the wounds of the belly. ca l.  
¶ Of the wounds of the bladder & kidney Ca li.  
¶ Of the wounds in the yard and coddies Ca lij.  
¶ Of the wounds between the hips & the nederpa●te of the back. ca liij.  
¶ Of the wounds in the thigh. ca liv.  
¶ Of the wounds in the knee. ca lv.  
¶ Of the wounds in the skin. ca lvi  
¶ Of the wounds in the anclowe. ca lvii.:.  
¶ Of the wounds upon the feet/ or among the toes. ca lviii.  
OF all manner of fractures/ or breaking of bonies in general/ how they shall be ryghtned and healed. ●ap. lix.  
¶ Of the breaking of the nose. ca lx.  
¶ Of the breaking of the raw bone. ca lxi  
¶ Of the neck & back bone. ca lxij.  
¶ Of the breaking of the fork bone/ & shulder blade. ca ixiii.  
¶ Of the breaking of the shoulder ca lxiiii.  
¶ Of the breaking of the bone above the elbow. ca lxv.  
¶ Of the breaking of the arm beneath the elbow. ca lxvi.  
¶ Of the breaking of the fingers or their joints. ca lxvii.  
¶ Of bonies broken in the breast. ca lxviij.  
¶ Of the breaking of the ribs. ca lxix.  
¶ Of the breaking of the hips. ca lxx.  
¶ Of the breaking of the pipes above the knee ca lxxi.  
¶ Of the breaking of the knee shive or whorle bone. ca lxxii.  
¶ Of the breaking of the shines. ca lxxiij.  
¶ Of the bone breaking in the calf of the leg. ca lxxiiij  
¶ Of the breaking of the bone above upon the foot. ca lxxv.  
¶ Of the bowding of the bonies without breaking. ca lxxvi.  
OF the dislocation or dysmembring of every joint in general. ca lxxvij  
¶ Of the dysmembring of the Jaw bone Capitulo. lxxviij.  
¶ Of the dysmembring of the neck & ridge bone ca lxxix.  
¶ Of the dislocation of the rib. ca lxxx.  
¶ Of the dislocation of the bonies of the shoulders ca lxxxi.  
¶ Of the dysmembring of the shoulders ca lxxxij.  
¶ the dysmembring of the elbows ca lxxxiij.  
¶ Of the dismembering of the hand/ or knot of the wrist. ca lxxxiii●  
¶ the dysmembring of the fingers. ca lxxxv▪  
¶ Of the dismembering of the bonies of the hyppies. ca lxxxvi.  
¶ the dysmembring of the kneshyves: ca lxxxvij  
¶ Of the dislocation of the knees ca: lxxxviij.  
¶ Of the dysmembring of yiete. ca lxxxix:  
¶ Of the dismembering of the bone on the foot. ca. xc.  
OF the hard/ stiff/ & crooked members how & in what manner they shallbe cured/ or helped/ & righted: ca xci.  
¶ How the consuming membrys aught to be helped and cured. ca xcii.  
¶ How you shalt stance blood/ or cause it to consume and vanish of one that is bruised with a ●all/ or ●rykynge with ab●ont wepyn/ as a clobbe/ or stat/ or other instrument/ or engine neither cutting or stitching/ ca xciij.  
¶ How you shalt help him or them that through such fall/ stroke or chaunche be faint or feeble: ca xciiij.  
¶ How you shall helpen him that is fallen or betyn/ and if his blood be ●onne/ or enge lied like cruddys'/ & the flesh bruised. Ca xcv.   
 
AFter these chaptours followeth the Antidotharius/ in the which thou mayst learn how thou shalt make many & divers noble plasters/ salves/ powders/ oils/ and wound drinks/ the which be very necessary and behoveful/ utyll/ & profitable for every surgeon therein to be expert/ and ready at all times of need:   

¶ Here beginneth the handworke of Anothomia in general/ of the membres/ skin flesh/ veins/ senowies/ and bonies.  
  

¶ The Anothomia in general  
THe skin is a covering of the hole universal body woven out of the veins & sinews/ made for the defence of the wits of man/ and the same skin is twain indifferent. The one doth cover the uttermost member/ & that is named the very skin/ The other covereth the innermost part of the members and it is named panniculus/ or pannicle/ & that is as a fleece/ like as by the fells or chambers of the brain/ and pyrocraneum is the thine fleece above the braynpanne/ and the pannicle of the rib is named Pleura and Siphac/ and the pannicle of the heart and other. etc. ¶ Here after followeth the fatnesses/ some is within the skin & that is named grece/ some is within by the belly about the kidneys and that is named tallow  
¶ Than cometh the flesh which be in. iij. manners/ some is pure simple flesh/ as is only the yard and the gommies of the teeth/ that other is as carnel●ys/ like the flesh of the coddies & of the breast/ the iij. is compre hending almost overall the hole body & is named caroplena lacertis. ¶ Than beginneth the sinews to take their effect of the brains & of the marrow of the back/ After that the veins taketh their effect of the liver and of the heart. ¶ Than followeth the bonies of the body/ and of them be in number. CC. xlviij. beside the small bonies that be called ossa cisanina and the bone laud/ whereon the tongue is founded. ¶ The nails be made on the uttermost part of the members because they should the stronghyer gripe and hold all manner of things. ¶ The hear is ordained for fairness and to purify the manifold partis of the body.   

¶ The anothomia of the composyde membris. Ca ij.  
¶ The knowledge of the .x. wits. v. interyall. and. v. common wits. as it scewyd in the picture of the heed. 〈◊〉.  
AFter pia matter followeth the substance of the brain/ and is soft whit/ and round of figure when the additions be taken from her ¶ The brain hath. iij. cells or chambers somewhat long/ and each cell hath. ij. partis/ and in every part is a part of our understanding/ In the first cell is our common wits/ as it is expressly seen in this figure of the heed/ & these be they saying in the eyen/ smelling in the nose/ tasting in the tongue/ Hearing in the ears/ & Fyling overall the body. In the second is the imagination/ in the. iij. is wyning & reason/ in the .iiij. is remembrance & memory/ & there be ways from the one to the other/ to th'intente●tent that the spirytis may have their free course from one to another/ and in the first cell be more additions wherein is closed our smelling/ & thereof groweth. ij. couples of sinews/ & they be lead to the eyes/ to the ears/ to the tongue/ to the stomach/ & to other limbs through holes closed with pannicles. ¶ By the second cell● mark the place that is named lacuma/ vermiformis/ anchaformis/ and the cornel flesh. And under the pannicle is rethe mirabile that only is woven with vaynst●ingis coming from the heart/ in the which is comprehended & under fonge the quick & understanding spirities. ¶ Finally/ mark how that nucha or that ridge bone mary groweth of the last part of the brain/ whereof principally all our moving & understanding synowies have their first original beginning/ & thus is the A●nothomia of the brain pan openly known & may suffer many wonder & hurtis/ but the ne●er the brain the worse. and in the working of the heed if need require thou shalt cut the same flesh of the heed according as the here goeth which way so ever it be.   

¶ The anothomia of the face. ca iij.  
THe parts of the face be these/ the forheed browies/ iyes/ ears/ templis/ chekys/ mowth/ iawys/ with her teeth. ¶ The forehead hath but the skin upon the musculy/ or flesh called lacerte/ for the bone that is under it is of the coronal bone/ and is raised toward the upper table like a double bone & maketh the form of the brows. ¶ The brows be made for beauty/ & set above the iyen with here for to defend them/ the cutting that is done to them must go after the length of the body/ & not the way that the frounces go. ¶ The eyen be the instruments of the sight/ & be ordained a part in the coronal bone by the bonis of the temple/ the iyen be made of. seven. coats &. iiij. humours/ The first cote is without forth & is named/ coniunctiva alba/ and grossa/ that runneth about the eye/ and groweth of the pannicle that covereth the brain pan/ after this there be. iij. material circles that run about the eye/ and because they be so different of colours they be called yride or rain bows/ there be. iij. of these coats that cometh from the side of the brains/ &. iij. from the utter parties/ the first cote groweth of dura matter/ the inner part thereof is named scly●otica/ the uttermost part is named cornea The other cote groweth of pia mr./ the iner part thereof is named secundina/ & the utter most thereof is named v●ea/ & hath the hole of the ball of the eye. The third groweth of the senowe optico/ the inner part thereof is named retina/ and the uttermost thereof upon the bright crystallyn is named Aranea/ & to this be. iiij. principal moystours The first moisture is named cristallyna/ and it is set in the mids of the eyen/ and is of colour like crystal/ and is fashioned like a hail stone/ wherein the sight is pricypally founded/ after that toward the braynis is vitreous humour which holdeth & circuyteth from behind the crystallyn humour & these twain be wound about with one pannicle in the senewe optico/ after that from before is the humour albugyneus & that is whytysshe/ and is concluded between ●he 〈◊〉 be afore said & the web that groweth of pia matter: G●…enus alegith another moystours & is in the region of the ball of the eye/ and that is clear of a heavenly element colour and is hole fomys●he or scommye/ and this is the composyssyon of the eye in himself. ¶ The eye hath cartilege above & under which we name the eye lyddis with here that close from above with one musclus/ & opyn with twhart musclus. ¶ The nose hath fleshy/ ●onye/ and grystly partis/ the fleshy part hath a skin and. ij. musclus by each other and the bony part hath. ij. tryangle bonis/ which corners cometh on the nose shyfting them on the one side along the nose/ coming down to the cheek/ the grystyll part is of two manners/ the one is without that ●acynéth the utter part of the nose/ and the other divideth the inner part of the nose thryllies. And the. ij. holes of the nose ascend upward to the bonies colatorij/ & be added to mamillares cerebri/ where as the smelling hath his beginning/ & these go backwardly down to the rowfe of the mowth behind vuulan/ through which holys is drawn the breathing vapour/ both out and in/ & the superfluity of the brains puryfyde. ¶ The eeris be grystly upon the petrosun bone ordained for to here/ to the which that come otwahrt holes unto the renews of the brains where the hearing is/ under the ears is flesh like carnelliss that maketh the puryfienge of the brains/ by the which goothe. ij. veins that convey the spermatyke or seedly matter or substance down to the ballockis. ¶ The temples/ leyres'/ cheek/ be the parties of the sides of the face/ and have in them moche musclus flesh: first there be. seven. moving the cheeks and the upper lips/ after these be. xii. that move the undermost Jaw bone/ some opening it that come from beside the ears/ and some closing it/ and they come from above beside the temples bonies/ & if they bewoundyd/ it is great jeopardy. ¶ Though it seem that there be but ij. bonis gathered together above the nose/ yet some say there be nine.:▪ ¶ There be. v. partis of the mouth/ the lips teeth/ tongue/ rowfe/ and vuula/ the which is a little dame hanging in the throat like the spin. The teeth of the nature of the bonies/ & of them be. xxxij. that is in every cheek ●one or Jaw xvi. of the which ij. be named duales. ij. quadrupli. ij. canini▪ ij. caysales. iij. molares. & have rotis fastened in the Jawbonies/ some one rote/ some ij. some more. ¶ The tongue is a soft fleshy/ & spongy part/ made of many seynowes/ strings/ & veins/ pricypally ordained for the spece & favourable taste/ & to rule the meet in the mouth. Under the tongue is a cornel flesh/ where as. ij. holes like mouths be in/ where the spetyll cometh out of: Behind the tongue is the Jawflesshe by 〈◊〉 rowf of the mouth with knoties like an 〈…〉 and between those. two. hangeth vuula 〈◊〉 saith/ & is ordained to take the air and to make it apt. ¶ The upper part of the mouth is named the rowf/ & is covered with a pannicle/ & taketh his beginning on the forner part of the maw or stomach.   

¶ Of the neck/ and back bone. Ca iiij.  
TWo parts be in the neck/ some do holden/ & some be holden/ The holding parts be these/ shynne flesh/ muscl● strings/ and bonies. The ꝑtes that be holden be these. the throat bowl or trachea/ ●sophagus or meri/ that is where the meet goeth through Epiglotum or gula/ veins and strings/ and a part of nucha. ¶ first is trachea arteria/ that is a way of the breathe or ayr● coming from the lungs to the throat which is gathered & bound to the side of merry with a strong & soft pannicle/ after the throat on the spondyles is merry/ or ysophagꝭ/ & is a way of the descending of our sod/ & goeth from the throat to diaphragma & is maden out of. two. coats. the innermost is festyned with the skin of the mouth/ and the uttermost cote is festyned to the pannicle of the belly & is fleshy/ on these. two. ways on the side of the mouth is Gula or Epiglotus/ & is a grystly part made for the voice/ & is the place of the swelowing down.:. ¶ Here after followeth the double sinews to the stomach/ and to the limbs descending/ & again ascending upward by Epyglotꝭ. After these be great veins and strings named Guidegi/ or Apopleti/ or subetales. The divided ꝑtes go upward through the sides or the neck unto the highest parts/ & the cutting of these be very ieoꝑdus. Spondyle or ridge bone is all through pierced or bored/ where as Nucha or back marry goeth through/ & there as the sinews in the side goeth up & down/ the back is it that goeth from the heed to the rump bone out of many & strong spondyles following each other for the defence of the back marrow which be. thirty. in number. seven. in the neck.. xii. by the shoulders. v. by the limbs above the hyppies. & after the bone called the holy bone/ there be. iiii. In the neck be. seven. stondyles through the which goeth. seven. cowpies of sinews from that part of Nucha that goeth through it/ the which bear moving to the shoulders/ arms/ & some places of the heed & neck ¶ Thus do as before is said in the neck/ & work by the length for it is the right way of all the ꝑtes in the neck.   

¶ Of the shoulders/ arms/ and the great hands. Ca v.  
Descending from the neck doth follow a graet rising like a hill/ and on the highest part thereof the shoulders be planted/ and that shoulder bonies be twain first behid is one broad and thyme on the back party/ & on that side of the joints it is somewhat long & round like a haft with. iii. edgys'/ the first is hollow/ the other above crooked & sharp like the bill of a crane. ¶ That other bone is named Os furfale/ or the forked bone/ and is round & festyned in a hollowness in the upper part of the breast/ & hath. two. branches like a fork/ the one goeth to the one shoulder/ & the other goeth to the other shoulder/ & byndyth the. two. sharp & crokydendies/ and is a hole defence & preserving of all the shulder wynties. ¶ The part under the joints of the arm pits is made of cornel flesh/ wherein is showed the purging of the heart ¶ Galienis divideth the arm in. iii. great parties/ the first part is a 'bove the oxcellies or arm pits. the other part is namyde the little arm/ & the third the little hand. ¶ The strings & opyne senowies that be found in the arm coming to the oxcellies & there be divided in twain. The one goth on the highest of the arms/ & that other part to the undermost part of the arms.. The veins that ascend be divided in branches/ & the one goth up behind the shoulders to the heed/ the other descendyth & is yet divided in twain other branches/ where of the one branch is divided through the arm on the utter side in divers placies/ & is named funis brachii/ which is the rope of the arm. The other branch cometh up through the upper part of the arm and is opened & showed through the bending of the elbow/ & is named Cephalica or the chief vain. From thence it cometh for the on the hand between the thumb & the forefinger/ and is named cephalica ocularis. ¶ The other veins from the oxcellis that come to the under part of the arm show themself in the bought of the arm/ and is named basilica which is the vain of the liver/ & from thence it descendyth down between the gold finger and the little finger/ and is named saluatella/ when the two. forenamed veins be in the bought of the arm/ than is there another vain seen between them both/ and is named mediana corporalis/ and thus there be in the arm. v. great veins/ and so many strings/ the which be very ieopardus to staunch if they were wounded or cut. ¶ Of Nucha through the spondiles of the neck descending to every arm. iiii. principal sinews/ that move and steer the advitory or little arm/ and out of it cometh. v. sinews into the hand that move the fingers/ and they show themself openly on the three fingers towards the joints/ which is dangerous to be wounded. ¶ In the arms be great strings & strings the come from the bonies going through the joints/ and keep them joined/ the which were very ieopardus to be cut. ¶ The bone named ulna or adiutorium/ is a great bone full of marry/ & round at both endys'/ but above it hath but one roundness/ and beneath it hath. two. & the uppermost goth into the hollow of the gambone/ & maketh the joint of the shoulders/ and the neither end which hath. two. roundness is divided in. two. and goth into the hollowness of the. two. bonies that be named focilium/ and they make the joints of the elbows where as the little arm beginneth/ in which little arm be two. focill bonies/ that be named ossa focilia/ and the greatest is beneath/ and that goth toward the little finger/ & show a round knot outward/ the small focille bone goth above from the bought of the arm to the hand toward the thumb/ and in both the upper part of these. two. bonies be pits/ or holies by the elbow/ & receive the roundness named graduales/ of the bone called advitorii/ by the hands they have pits also/ which receive the roundne of the joints of the hand/ and be fastened just unto the bonies of the hand making the joints/ the which joints be. three heaps of bonies/ and the uppermost be gathered with a roundness in the pits of the nethermost. In the first heap be. three bonies/ for the addition of focilles keepeth above the place of a bone. In the second heap be. iiii. bonies/ & there above is a little box wherein is fastened the first bone of the thumb. The bonies of the two. forenamed heaps be short. The first heap is named rafeta/ or corpꝭ. The other heap is named Pectenor Metacorpus.. In the three heap be. iiii. bonies longer than the first ¶ In every finger be. three bonies/ and the fingers be in number. v. therefore there be xv. bonies in the fingers. And in the 〈◊〉 xi. two. in the little arm. i. in the upper 〈◊〉 And thus there be in the hole arm and hand xxix. bonies. and these must be cut for to becurydall long ways/ like as the sacerres and musclus goeth..   

¶ The Anothomie of the breast and his parties a members Ca vi.:.  
THe parties in the breast be some holden & some that be held ¶ The paps or breasts be made as it were a cornelly whit flesh like a sponge/ made with veins/ strings/ and sinews/ and therefore they have a festening of the liver & of the heart. ¶ The lacertes or musclus be many & divers some with the skin named diaphragma/ some do be long only to the breast/ some to the rib/ & some to the back. ¶ Therbe. three manners of bonies in the breast. In the first part be. seven. bonies named ossa thoracis Thereby on the side of gula is received the holowes of Fircula/ & under fircula by the ●roppe of the maw or stomach is a grystly addytament named Cusifornun. On the hinder part be. xii. spondiles where as nucha passeth through/ whereof wax or grow. xii. cowple of sinews/ the which bring steering and me ning to the musclus or flesh of that part On every side be. xii. rib. seven. ryghtewys rib/ & v. mendosa rib or faint rib be cause they be not hole as the other rightwise rib ●e. ¶ For to do the Anothomia well of the limbs that be holden ye must cut the breast towards the side/ & put away the first part for mediastum/ & than may the inner part be seen/ of the which the heart is the first in the midst of the breast/ descending a little toward the left side/ for the place of the liver/ and to th'intent that it should give room or place to the strings. The form or shape of the heart is like a pine apple/ for the point of the heart goeth toward the nether limbs or members of the body/ & the breed of the which is the root goeth upwardies. The substance of the heart is hard having on every side a ventrycle or hollowness/ and in the myddyst a pit as Galienis saith/ in which is consumed the gross feeding blood that cometh from the liver/ and is made pure/ & is sent by the veins throughout all the parties of the body. first to the brains/ & there it conceiveth another nature and becometh animalis or understanding/ & to the liver where as it becometh natural & feeding/ & to the stonies or coddies for generation/ & so forth to all other membrys or limbs/ & maketh them quick or giveth them life. ¶ The heart is an instrument of all powers and might of the body/ & a fulcomen bond or festener of the soul/ & in it be. two. orificias or mouths and through the right orifice runneth a branch of the ascending veins/ bringing up the blood from the liver/ & descendith from thence downward again to vena arterialis for to fede the lungs. ¶ Of the life orifice goeth the beating vain/ named vena pulsatilis/ whereof one part goeth to the lungs/ and it is named vena venalis/ bearing the vapours capinosoes to the lungs/ and leading the air in/ for to coal the heart with all/ upon this orifice be. three pannicles or skins opyning and closing/ the passage of the blood. ¶ By this orifice be. two. little ears joined to the heart/ where as the air or breath goth out and in toward the lungs. Also there is a little grystell bone in it for to strength the heart with. ¶ The heart is covered with a strong pannicle named precordium/ where as the sinews come to/ & be bound with the lungs fastened/ and subporting through mediastinum. ¶ Upon the heart cometh the lungs fleeing & waving for to coal it/ whose substance is spongy/ whit & soft/ in that which be. three holownessis.. The first is the veins which grow out of the right ventricle of the heart/ & the vain that groweth out of the life ventricle/ & the branches that cometh from the throthe bring wind or breath to the heart. The lungs hath. v. lobos or feders. iii. in the right side/ and. two. in those ft side. ¶ Behind the lungs/ after the. v. spondyle goth merry/ & the vain tracea ascending/ & both these pass through diaphragma. Also there pass through it matter adorthi that doth ascend from the heart/ all these with the vain Trachea make a heap filled with pannicles and strong bondies/ & with caruelly flesh to gula. ¶ After this be in the breast. three pannicles. first the pannicle that from within doth cover the ribs named Pleura. The other is mediastinum/ & departeth the hole carks in both sides. The third is diaphragma/ and that divideth the spiritual limbs or members from the feeding members/ and is made out of pleura and syphac/ & of the short pannicle that groweth of the sinews between the spondyles & is most by the rib/ whose operation is for to draw the air to her/ & for to withdrive the superfluity as Galienis testifieth.   

¶ Of the belly & his members. Ca seven.  
MEry is the crop of the neck going inwardly through the neck/ till that he maketh a hole through diaphragma/ where unto he is fast bound/ & diaphragma goth into the last part of the breast there as the mouth of the maw or stomach doth spread him. The work of the stomach is digestion/ for it hath the liver on the right side/ warning herself with the lombies or limbs/ & the mist thwart on the life side with her fat veins for to drive away melancholy or heaviness/ for to lighten & relieve the appetite. Above it is 〈◊〉 giving her quyknes unto the brains lo●… have the undstanding of feeling. Also it hath of the back part the sinews named chylym & adorthi/ where as it is bound with/ unto the spondiles of that kydnes. Unto the undmost mouth of the stomach beginneth the guts/ and they be in number. vi. the first is named duodenum. for he is xii. inches long. and is also named portenareꝭ/ for he is the undmost ꝑ●e of the stomach/ like as meri is upꝑmost. The. two. is ylion/ & is long & small/ & is wounden up by the back & by the lyskes The. iii. is jeiunium/ for he is ever empty/ because he is so nigh the gall/ & there come to high the small veins mice raice/ & he receiveth the pantera that cometh between high & portenarium. The. iiii. is cecꝭ or saccꝭ/ & is the blind gut/ or second maw or moke/ & is about the length of a shaftment/ & hath. i. orificium to receive the hole filthiness that cometh of the first dysgestyon of the bowels. The. v. is named Colon/ & is gross fullof hollowness/ where as the fyshynes receiveth her form. The. vi. is named Longaon/ and that is the arse gut. ¶ The liver is a place & an organ of the second digest yond engendering blood set in the right side under the short rib/ and is form like a moan/ & hath. v. little pamnies in the manner of a hand/ wherewith passeth above the stomach. ¶ The liver with her pannicle is bound on diaphragma with the back/ stomach/ & gut/ and hath colligation with the heart/ kidney/ coddies/ & with all membrys Her substance is redflesshy like blood that is stollydor run/ & is full of sinews. Of the hollowness of the liver cometh a vain named the gate/ & is divided in many small veins that be named miseraice/ that be planted in the stomach/ & in the guts & draw out all the moisture of the vain Chyli/ & is divided with her roots through all the liver/ and of the hill of the liver cometh the vain Chylis/ & draweth from the liver all the blood that is in it engendered/ bearing that blood for to feed the hole body. In the mids of the liver where it is hollow doth lay a little bladder that is named the gall or deigned to receive the superfluity of Colera/ & it hath. two. oryfyces/ one in the midst of the liver for to receive the colera. The other goeth along down by the bottom of the sto make/ for to purify the guts & to drive out the colera. ¶ The milt is ordained in the left side overthwartly embracing the stomach/ & is bound with her pannicle to three eybbies with her back/ & with her holownes to the stomach The kydners be twain the one is ordernid for to purysy the blood & the watery superfluity/ & in them is a hollowness wherein they receive such as they draw to them. In each of them be. two. entrees/ through the one they draw the wait ●y humour of the vain Chyli/ & also from the liver. Through the other they send & uryn water to the bladder/ and the kydnes be joined to the back & be fat round about ¶ Behind the kydnes by the spondyles be the limbs or neither ridge bones there on restring as on a quylt/ or matries. ¶ Between that kydnes passeth the veins Chyli & A dorthi to the netherm●…mmes/ by the which veins very nythe groweth the semynall veseels.   

¶ Of the flanks & herpartyes Ca viii.  
Of the flanks ye shall und stand the neither part of the belly from the lap to the secret membries/ & be of. ui. manners/ somholde/ as myrach/ Siphae/ Sir bus/ & the bonies/ some be holden/ as the semynall veseels/ the mother or matrix in a woe man/ the fundament gut/ the sinews & veins the cometh downward. ¶ In every of them is a gryat bone/ & they be ordained together with a great spondyle named ossis sacris on the back side/ and on the for part making of the genytour bone/ named os pectinis. Thus these bonies go abroad over both the sides of the limbs of the hips/ where through having in them great holys doth go both sinews/ veins/ & strings/ they be also but small by the side of pectinis/ by the secret membres. In the midst of them that neither part by the boxies or hollowness/ or pixides/ wherein be strings of the bonies. ¶ Of the limbs that be holden is first the bladder/ & is like a bag/ where in is gathered the suꝑflue water/ or urine/ that cometh of the kidneys/ & the bladder is of. ●i. strong pannicles/ & is roundand great about the quantity of a pint. In it be. two. long ways named porri uritides/ coming from the kidneys a side half/ bearing the urine from the kidneys. The neck or pipe of the bladder is fleshy with closing and onclosing lacerties or musculies/ going from the bladder beudyd through the mids unto the yard of the man But in a woman without beuding/ the quantity of. two. inches with their secret member/ & through that is the urine driveth.   

¶ Of the grain or semynall veseels. Ca ix.  
THe semynalle veseels be in themself veins/ that have their beginning by the kidneys/ of the veins of Chyli and Adorati/ descending & be●●●ge the blood to the cods/ both 〈◊〉 man and woman/ wherefore in the last●…yon the seed is named sperma/ which is the seed of our human na-nature. In a man these veseels be outwardies/ for their coddies be without/ and the women's vessels be within/ for their coddies or stonies be within/ and by this may be marked that this seed hath the nature of the heart/ the liver/ and the kidneys and the brain/ for this cause/ for to make dilectation/ the sinews come from the brains to the stonies/ & also the hole body hath fellowship therewith. ¶ The matrix or mother is an acker of the generation of mankind/ and an organ for to conceyne/ whose manner & position or place is between the bladder & fundament/ and is made of. two. strong pannicles/ and is round/ and hath armis with coddies or stonies like the purse of the coddis & hath a thing like a belly in the myddyl and a neck hollow and small at the end like a man's yard that is crooked/ & hath a cleft named vulua/ and hath aprepucium or covering like a man's yard/ and is of length. viii. or. ix. inches. And though she hath. two. holownessys that be openly known after the number of her breasts or pappis yet she hath each divided in. three cells or chambers/ and one in the myddys'/ and thus she hath. seven. cells or places of conceiving She hath also colligation with the brains/ heart/ liver/ and the stomach/ and is bound to the back/ between her and the breasts be joined to gydder the milk and the menstrual veins. Therefore hippocras saith that the woman's milk is the brother of menstruum. And Galienus saith therefore that the woman can nathave their costumable disease of menstruum & give milk at one tyme. ¶ Under the mother is the right fundament which is the keeper of the superfluity of the first digestion/ and is made of pannicles/ and is of the length of a shaftment/ reaching nigh to the kidneys/ stretching in length nigh to the romp bonies and the undermost part of it is named the ars/ and the arse gut hath colligation with the bladder/ therefore in their sickness they suffer which each other. ¶ The man's y●●●● is a ploughman of the nature of mankind/ and is also a way of the urine/ & is made of skin/ musclus/ veins/ sinews/ and gross strings/ and it is planted upon the bone Pectinis/ and the bonds come from the bone Sacris/ or holy bone. In the yard be. two. principal ways or pipes/ the one for the seed/ and the other for the urine. The end of the yard is named Ballanum & the hole is named mitra. The first overgoing skin of the yard is prepucium/ and the yard is commonly. viii. or. ix. finger breed long/ and must be of reasonable bygnes/ according to the quantity of the matrix or mother. Permenium or Peritonium is the place between the arse and the yard/ the which is a seem that followeth the line of the yard. Inguina or lyskes be the clynsers of the liver/ ordained in the foldies of the thyges. ¶ Nates be the buttocks/ ordained upon the bone semoris/ and is grofe lacertous flesh.   

¶ Of the shins/ and great feet. Ca.. x.  
THe great foot or the shin bone continueth of the joint Scie/ or the thighs/ to the uttermost part of the articles. This great foot is divided in. iii. the first is the thigh the other is the shin. the third is the little foot. ¶ When the veins be descended with branches from their beginning to the last spondyle or backbone/ than be they divided in. two. parties. The one goth to the right bray or thigh/ & the other to the lift/ and come branch wise down through the shins to the feet/ and make. iiii. veins. The first is named Sophena/ of the innermest hollowness of the anclewe. The second/ Sciatica on the utter part of it. The third/ Poplitica between the great too and the other. The. iiii. is Renalis/ between the little too and the other. These veins be let blood for divers diseases/ for this cause there be in the shins. iii●. great veins that oftentimes bringeth in great course of blood with peril and Jeopardye ¶ Auicen. saith that the sinews of the feet come from the fenowes of the hands/ but they take their beginning from the last spondylle of the kidneys/ and the bone sacri. It is to be understand that by the form or disposition of musclus that wounds by the joints be perilous/ and sore to be feared. The gross bounds come out through the shynies and be openly shewyde from beneath by the knees and on the heels/ and in the joints of the articles/ the sole of the foot is all full of bounds.   

¶ Of the bonies in the great foot. Ca.. xi.  
THe first that is named the thigh is a great marry bone/ and round at both the ends The uppermost roundues is named Uertebrum/ and entereth in the broad bonies of the haunches. The neither part toward the knee hath. two. roundnessys/ which come in. two. holownessies of the first shin bone named Osfocile/ and thereon is a round broad bone named the world bone or knee shive/ and so is the knee full made. ¶ Tha●… weth the shin bone/ and therebe. two. 〈◊〉 named focilia/ the byggest 〈…〉 former side maked the gathering of ●…es/ and cometh down from the kn●… onto the foot/ and maketh the anclewe on the inner side. The other on the utter side like wise descent ding shyfting herself to the foot by the other focili bone/ and maketh the vttermeste anclewe/ and these. two. shynne bonies make between them both one hollowness/ where as the first bone of the foot is received in. And in the foot be. three acyes or gathering of bonis In the first acyes be. three bonies gathered together in one rowndnes. The first of these three bonies is named Cahap/ or Astralagus and is round onether side. In the up permost roundness is festyned in the hollowness of focilium/ and there hath the foot moving. In the other roundness is festyned the hollowness of the bone named Navicularis. Than followed incontinent upon the foot the bone named Cahab. The bone Navicularis is like a shypholow on both sides. In the first hollowness is received the roundness of the bone Cahap. In the other hollowness cometh the roundness and gathering of the bonies of the foot. Under these. two. bonies is made the hole bone & proportion of the he'll/ wherein is fastened the hole foot/ and beareth outward behind for the great bondis that be in it. ¶ Now understand that after the bone Naviculare is in continent the second heap of the bonies of the foot/ wherein be. iii●. short bonies/ of the which the one is named Grandinosum. These bonies be round according to the bone naviculare/ and be round toward the third heap of the bonies. ¶ In the third heap be v. bonies long/ and receiving the articles of the toes/ which be also. v. in number/ & each hath. three bonies save the great toe hath but. two. bonies. ¶ Thus there be in the little ●te. xxvi. bonies. And in the hole great foot be. xxxviii. bonies. ¶ Thus may a surgeon mark by this/ how he should break dismember/ and join again together/ & among all other the little foot is most dangerous to dismember/ and set again together/ and the lightest is the knee/ and the myddelmost is in the thigh. 〈◊〉.  
Here endyh the Anothomia of the body of a man/ for to know the cutting/ dismembering and joining again Here after followeth the science and cunning of Surgery   

 
  

¶ Of the heling of small vuoundis, Ca, xii.  
AFter the declaration that is made of the Anathomia/ ye shall understand that I will begin by order the handworke of surgery/ & first I will begin with the wounds/ that be hewydor betyn only through the skin unto the flesh/ & how ye shall demeve yourself to cure and hele them by the grace of god. ¶ Compelle and join the lips of the wounds together 〈◊〉 your hand/ and lay tow thereto with the white of an egg/ tempered with a little common salt and bind it according to the need. ¶ The wounded joint must rest and be holdyn still/ for through rest it must be cured or else other accydentis will put back your cure through effusyons or corruptions of blood/ none other curing is of need so that the wound be without pain and the depth well disposed/ but if there be great pair in it/ for that should be a token that the fas in the depth were hurt/ or the pannicle that is between the flesh and the bone which covereth the bone. Mark the words of Guidonis that saith/ ye shall never begin to hele a wound till all other impediments be first voided from it/ which to fallyngiss or accidentis happen most in great woundis.   

¶ Of the stichyng● or festening of great wounds in the flesh. ca xiii.  
When there come to the any great wound/ that is not only through the skin/ but also through the flesh unto the bone/ without and to fallyngiss or accidentis. Than shift the lips of it together proply and clean/ and than festyne them according to their need. which festening may happen in divers manners whereof I will written the most common. If the wound be than so great that that binding only aware not enough for it. Or if the wound were over twhart a hole 〈◊〉/ and that the lips of the wound drew ●…de a sunder/ & might not be bound together. Than shift the lips or upperpart of the wounds together/ and beware there come no manner of onclennes of dust/ here/ oil/ nor none other thing that the gathered heling thereby might be let. ¶ Than take a three square nedyll as the skyners' occopy/ and se that the needle be hollow graven out about theiye/ so that the thread that shall go therein may lay flat in the hollowness. The thread shall also be twined together without any knots & waxed wherewith ye shall festyne/ and the fastening/ is in. v. manners. ¶ first the common festening as to the foresaid belongeth/ is that ye shall set the first stiche in the mids of the woundys' lips/ the other a finger broad between every. two. stitches/ and so to the end till there be stitches enough/ but begyne never at the end/ th'intent that the wound may be the purer fastened rout any fro●cys. Therefore the stitches shallbe always add whanther behoveth more than twain ¶ Also ye shall understand when the wound is deep & overthwart/ than must the styches be the deeper fastened for. ij. manner of causes/ the first is because that it should breast out the less. the second it should matter the less/ and because that should be the less hollowness underneath. Ye shall not need to festen it deep if the wound be of length. And when ye have fastened the wound/ se that ye over cast your thread twice or ye knet the knot/ for else it would breast out again or ye could knet it/ as I have seen often of unlearned surgeons/ but ever keep your finger upon it till it be fast knet that ye be not deceived with one knot/ but when it is overcast as before is said/ ye need not to fere the yeopardy. And when that ye have done as I have let nydin the styching as before is said/ than do after my co●soll and folewe these noble learned men and surgeons/ as Lāfrancus/ Guido/ Guilhelm?/ Placenti● de saliceto/ do their commandment and fail not to bear upon you this powder. ¶ A Powder. made of white franckencence. ij. parties/ dragon's blood. i. part/ and one third ●te of lime made of egg shellrs/ & make all these in one powder and temperit with the white of an egg/ & lay that on the wound with tawe/ though it have not been used till this time but with the white of anegge & salt. But this forenamed powder is moche better and profitable. and this is the first manner for to stitch the wounds. ¶ The second manner is to sow over hand as the skyners do/ & that fortuneth in the bowels or syphax & that is the call that keep the bowels each by other. ¶ The third manner is for to put the nedyll through both the lips of the wound/ and let the needle bide therein stic king/ and than take the thread and wind it about both the endis of the ne●yll. vi. or seven. times/ and let it bide so still as long as it nedis/ as it fortuneth in wide or large wounds. ¶ The fourth manner is that sometime a styching or festyning happeneth for to staunch blood/ and that is when ye see a vain bleed sore/ as the vain of the neck/ or the vounded beating vain/ thrust that vain through with the needle/ and after the needle/ knet the vain fast with the thread that is in the needle/ & than draw the nedyll through/ and let an end of the thread bide hanging at it a certain days till that upper part of the vain doth putrefy/ and that the thread go out by himself. ¶ The. v. manner happeneth in the face/ or in such place as would not be seen/ and also in tender people that were not able to suffer the forenamed stychynges/ and eke in great wounds that have the lyppis wide a sounder & thus if shallbe ordered. Take little linen clouties three square and spread them 〈◊〉 this salve/ made of dragantum/ dragon's blood/ Olibanum/ Masticis/ Sarcocolle/ of each one dragma. Myldust out of the mill three dragmas. The white of an egg so moche till it be enough. Than lay upon every side of the wound the pieces every of them an inch from other. And when the cloutis be well dry/ than sow them or stitch them together. Thus endeth th' is chaptuor of the stitching or feasting of the small or simple wounds/ that be chanced in the skin/ or in the flesihe.  
  

¶ Of the wounds in sinews. ca xiiii.  
first it is to be regarded whether the wound be in the length of the senowe or in the breed. Or that it is only a prick with a nedyll/ an all/ thorn/ bod● kynor any such like. Or that the senowe is over twharthewed clean of/ or cut. Or that it be cut through the length. Nota when the senowe is hurt with a foyne/ than is the wound close. than it is need to make the wound wider and put therein oil of roses made with on●ype oil oylue/ wermer than he may well suffer it. so long till the wound be full. furthermore that shall be laid to the wound fyn turpentyne that is pure/ white/ and well washed between. ij. clothes. and the wound and limb about it  

¶ A Salve.  
& shall be anointed with that warm oil of roses tempered with bolo armeno that it may be some what thick. & thereupon shall be laid a soused linen cloth that hath beu wet before in good warm white wine/ & than bind it up softly. And if the pain do not cease with this at the syrst/ than do it often that it cease for there is no better way/ though the pain vanish not incontinent. This doth Lanfrancke testify/ and many other noble surgeons. But if the pain contyne we to long/ than it is good be my council for to take oleum rosa●/ boli armeni and opium thebaicum a little/ and made warm/ and occopyed in the forenamed manner. And the patient shall rest and move but little/ and keep himself from anger. And when the pain doth cease/ and the wound draw to the draft/ Than hele it with the green wound salve and wound drink/ the which I will show you hereafter in the antithodari● ¶ Nota/ if the senowe or the vain be hewed/ or cut a sunder/ than festyn the vain or senowe in such manner as the lips of the wounds be fastened if that ye can get the vain with wound/ & upon the vain & wound ye shall lay oil of roses made with green oil olive where as the little ground worms be sodt in/ and how ye shall seethe them ye shall know in the Antithodario/ and that shall ye use. ij. or. iij. days/ and on the. iiij. day take the foresaid powder that is showed in the. xiii. chapter of the festening of the wounds made in this manner. Of white frankincense etc. but it were very utile and profitable to put among it the powder of dried worms afore named/ & dried to the uttermost without brenning. But the drying that naturally behooveth to the wounds of sinews and veins as Lanfrancus/ Guido/ and Rogerius testify/ is unguentum de vermibus/ made in this manner.   

A Self  
Take little Centaurea Lingua canina herba/ consolidamator/ consolidamedia/ a hafull of each/ a pound of green oil olive ground worms half a li. whit wine half. li. stamp all these together and let it stand stepynge in himself. seven. days/ and than ye shall stamp with it. ij. li. of shepis tallow/ black pitch & rosin/ a quarter of each. Armoniaci/ Galbani/ appoponatis/ melted in vinegar. v. dragmas of each/ & seethe all these together till the wine & vinegar be consumed/ than strain it/ and when it is almost cold/ than put to them half a quarter of turpentyn/ frankincense/ mastic/ sarcocolle. iij. dragmas of each. ij. drag mass of saffron/ and take a spatula & styrie all these together/ and thus make this salve for it is very precyo● in necessity. Roger? doth put to this millefolin/ but Lanfcancus commandeth that ye shall keep the wound moist first. ij. or. three days with oil of rose & ground worms when the wound is fastened. ¶ This ointment following thou ought for to have always by the for to anoint about the woundis/ for all cunning surgeons use it for to defend all fresh wounds.   

¶ A deffencyfe self.  
And the deffencyf is made in this manner. Take. iiii. ounces of olium Rosarum. two. ounces of boli armeni/ terra sigillata/ asceti/ of each of them an ounce/ canfer one dragma/ night schaes/ house leek/ of each an handful. Of all these ye shall make a fine oynt meant in a mortyr/ for through these for said festening of the sinews/ and through the oil/ powder & ointment/ the limb is preserved healed/ and rectifyeth. Also ye shall not be to sore abashed of the pain that cometh of the pricking of the needle/ for the pain is sweetened again with the oil of roses when it hath been anointed their with iii. or. iiii. times. But if the pain do not seas/ that is a token of the cramp or a cut ting of the senowe▪ ¶ Now may ye re●ue me of that I said before/ that the oil was a deffendour of the heling of the wounds/ because I docommaunde here to put warm Rose oil in the wound/ & also abvut it. But to this I answer/ Though Galienis saith that the wounds ought to be taken heed of that theridamas come no here/ nor oil/ nor other fylthenes/ Therefore I say that the oil of roses must be made of green or on type oil olive that seemeth more a ioyst or liquor than oil/ and of the ground worm the oil receiveth a conglutination. Ye shall never begin to he'll up the woundetyll the pain be passed and gone/ for if ye hele it up or the pain be passed and gone/ it is to be feared that an i●● os●ume and swelling with great heat/ shall strike to the wound/ and of that to falling it fortuneth some time the loss of a limb or death. The surgeon may do no better for the ease of the diseased pson/ but to keep the wounded limb from swelling with great heat as it is before said ¶ Is that the wound done not he'll with the for said oil and powder/ & that the wound dydonclose and began to matter or come to draft/ than shall ye hele the wound with the green wounds salve which I will set in the antithotarius/ and that salve shall be stryked upon a linen cloth and laid to the wound at mourn and at night/ and in the nedermost end of the wound/ ye shall put a little tent/ that the sinews be not moved or touched that there come no pain of it. ¶ If that there were of that matter to great a supsluyte than make this salve following/ the which doth not only purify the wounds of the sinews/ but also all manner of wounds/ though it were in a deep hollow wound/ which salve shallbe made in this manner. Take strained rosehony. vi. ounces fine boultyd barley flower. two. ouncis/ temp these together and seethe them/ but look that brene not. And when ye have set it from the fire/ steer it well with a spatulum and put thereto. two. ouncis of white turpentine▪ or if ye find non white/ than wash it in cold water till it be whit/ but for that common water I have taken one of these water that I could get best/ as Sanicle water/ small planteyn water/ consolida minor water/ sidou wat rose wat. & when the wound lenyth of mattering & will dry/ ¶ A salve. Than tanke of the forenamed salve. iiii. ounces whit frankencens dragon's blood/ mastic/ sarcocolle/ a dragma of each/ temper them all together/ and lay it to the wound as before is said. till it be hole/ and always lay above the wound/ tow/ steeped in strong whit wine/ well warm/ & that defendyth the wonnde from all accedentis/ pain swellynge and heat/ specially when in the wine is sodyn Consolida maior mouseer with the gelow flowers/ and sent Johnns wort with the brodlevys. ¶ If the common veins ve hurt that be named vene or arteria whihe be the beating veins/ They may so sore hurt that they shall never be healed truly/ as some doctors say/ But that fortuneth when they be wounded overthwart/ But & they be hurt in length/ they may be healed truly/ as it is opynly enough known by the veins that belet blood/ which be healed in few days without drying powders. But to he'll the wounded veins is done with the for namyde powder that is made of the dried ground worms named Lombrici/ and that laid in the woundr/ and the foresaid rose oil sudden with the ground wormys laid warm upon it with cotton. ¶ Hereof I have had moche profit/ & also seen it of many good masters/ though that some say that the worms should be brent to powder/ but it is nothing so/ but they shallbe dried in an ovyn where as the breed is drawn out of till ye may bray them to powder/ For when they be brent to powder they lose their strength of their conglutination or gathering together of flesh/ But they gather the skin to soon toged/ the which to the grieved sinews is no need. This fortuneth also in the salve aforesaid of the said worms/ as Lancfrancus & Guido testified.    

¶ Tostaunce blood in the wounded veins. Ca xv  
IF it fortuneth that vene capillares/ which be the smallest veins/ or vene maiorum/ which be the great blood veins/ or are terie/ that be the beating veins were hurt/ and died bleed sore/ than is it needful that ye behold the manner of the wounded man/ the complexion/ the age/ & the strength of youth/ specially ye must mark if he have moche blood in his body/ than let enough go out of it/ if ye be called thereto betime. But if ye come not intime by him/ so that he through fault of blood should become faint & feeble/ than mark if the blood come from venis capillariuꝭ/ for they be veins as small as here/ if it so do/ than after the stitching of the wound/ it is sufficient to lay to it/ the white of an egg with tow & with the powder afore named/ for that powder stauncheth blood and congluti nesh the lips of the wound together. When the blood cometh from the great vain named vena matorun/ than it cometh slowly forth/ & it is gross/ and inclineth him to a purpre colour/ blackysshe/ & when it is not staunched/ it is deadly/ for the blood is the treasure of the life. And Auicenna writeth that if the wounded person have any of these changes/ that is to say Spasmus which is the cramp/ or Cincopis that is the swowing it is a suspect token or sign/ Also when the blood cometh from the artery/ which is the beating vain/ ye shall know it by this token/ for the blood cometh springing out/ like as the vain closyth and opens▪ If it be not staunched lightly/ the woun did parson bledyth himself to death. Therefore it is not enough always to use the forenamed staunching of blood. But this vain behoveth a mighty strong staunching of blood/ & that may be done in. two. manners. Therefore we can not understand that the blood of the wound can be staunched only with the dryness that be laid to the wound as it is afore said. But ye shall have therefore a rule/ where with the cowrs of the blood may be helped & stopped/ & that in many sundry ways/ sometime it fortuneth that it will be helped with binding of the contrary side over against that wounded place sometime with rubbing/ sometime with letting blood in another place/ sometime with boxinge/ sometime with imagination/ that she wounded parson doth imagine or think that he bledid no more. ¶ The second rule or manner is how ye shall use the utter more drying/ named the localia/ & how it should be laid upon the wound and vain/ and this is of divers manners occupied & ruled/ sometime with noise that causeth one to start for fere that the blood runneth or congelyth/ or the drying be laid to it/ sometime it drieth with fasting of the vain with the nedyllor the tread/ sometime with brenning & with other ways as ye shall here. ¶ when ye have dressed a wound with the drink substances afore named/ & that it will not staunch/ than it is necessary for to remedy the cowrs of the bleeding/ in this manner/ ye shall bind and rub the contrary part as if the right hand did bleed/ than ye should rub the life arm well up and down/ and after that rubbing bind it with a woollen selue egg of cloth to tentent that the blood may run to succour the place that is so fore bound because that the other place so bleeding may staunch/ but not sully/ for if it were hold stopped/ the limb or place might wear stiff and lose his feeling and be as deed. And thus may ye do from the life hand to the right/ and from the right side of the heed to the life foot/ and in the same manner may be done with boxing & fleeming/ also with closing of the wounded parson or with setting at window & his heed outwardis that he see no manner of red/ and say always to him that he bledyth no more/ than ye died fleem him or let him blood for his health. And thus is the natural strength enforcid/ & blood staunched through the contrary imagination/ and this is the first manner for to staunch the flood of bledig The other manner or rule is how ye ought to order your patient in the localia/ that is in the laying on of the drying substance or syccatyf without with the hand. And this is done in many manners. ¶ Galienis in qui to terapenti/ Lanfrancus of milan/ Gui do/ conclude all together that in the cour● of the blood which can not be staunched with the for said mysterijs/ than lay your finger softh upon the mouth of the wound of the vain/ holding it still till the blood do run or gely/ or ye lay any dryness or syccatyf to it. The other manner or rule is that ye shall have always by your powder that of their own nature doth staunch or restrain the blood/ & that the powder have in himself such strength that when it toucheth the vain/ that it therewith may close/ which strength is named stiptica/ and that causeth also the flesh to grow. Another manner following/ is that if ye can get the vain by the end and festene it/ as it is showed before in the. xiii. chapter. Another manner to brenne the end of the vain that it may have an estra which is a scurf or shrinking together/ & that is in. two. manner of ways. ¶ The syrst is done with sharp dryenges or cy catyffes/ as with vitriol/ brent or onbrent/ or else which unslycked limb. The second with a brenninge iron or gold which belongeth to the vain/ as saith avi. The hot cauterium shallbe done in this manner with a hot brenning iron & that it be deep to th'intent it may make agros estran or scurf/ whose offalling be nathevy. The cauteries or irons that ye brenne with be figured here underneath/ and ye need no more instruments than here be figured/ for over many doth trouble.  
¶ Theodoricꝭ praiseth Arcenicum sublimaticum with such brenning/ for that stoppeth all great flood of the blood/ & also it maketh along during estram or scurf. Another is that ye must lay that limb right that it hang not as near as it is possible. Also if it hath bled moche before/ take it not of in iii. or four days till the vain be somewhat healed. And take your binding is of wisely and not rechelessy lest ye hurt the vain & cause it to brenne upon a fresh. ¶ If that the syccatyffes or byndynges be taken to it/ than ye shall lay wete things to it an hour of twain because ye should not hurt your patient/ nor trouble yourself/ & ye must do it thus/ take the white of an egg/ and vile of Roses well betyn together/ and lay that to it/ or else take a fair linen clout & deep it in wine and lay that to it. Another manner of drying as this/ ye shall lay your finger upon the mouth of the vain till the blood besomwhat run that it be thick/ and than must ye have a powder  

¶ A siccatyf powder  
Made of pure whit franckencens. two. partis & Aloepaticum. i. part/ temper this powder with the white of an egg as thick as honey/ and deep therein white haers' hee● that is cut small and lay that to the wound or vain/ for that doth not only staunch the blood/ but it healeth also the arteries/ as Lanfrancus of melan hath often times proved/ as he writeth in the chapter of the staunching of wounds/ that a child of three year old having a knife in his hand/ and cell upon it and so hurt himself in the throat/ & unwares he come by the child which all ready had lost his sight/ and the blood died run white out of veins/ and his puwlce died beat but faintly/ and he laid incontinent his finger upon the mouth of the wound that there might no more yssowe out the wound/ and with in alystonde the nature was reconfortith/ and the poulce began to beat again/ & the iyens began to open/ than died he lay the forenamed powder upon the wound/ and upon that he died lay tow depyd in the white of an egg/ and he commanded to give the child a morssell of bred stalled in water/ & the next day the child was well strengthed/ yet he unbound not the bound till the fourth day after/ and on the. iiii. day the dryness or cyccatyf was so hard backen there to/ that he could not well get it of. Than he did lay to it the white of an egg & oil of rosis betyn together as afore is said and did let it lay upon it till the next day and than was the wound clean hole/ whereof all the people thereabout had great marvel. ¶ If the blood will not staunch with such cyccatyffes through any accydenties or tofallynges/ than must ye work with such sharp ferynges or brennyngys' as is before specified. ¶ Also another staunching take by the instruction of Auicenna/ ¶ A cyccatyf powder Take unquenched lime/ dragon's blood aloes succotrini/ of each a like moche/ and thereof a powder made/ and used as the other before. ¶ If ye will have another that drieth and resteyneth more.   

¶ A powder.  
¶ Take a great gall apple/ dragens blood voly armeni/ frankincense/ aloepatic●/ masty of all these a like moche/ and thereof a powder made/ and to it/ put the guarter of as much whit haries here that is cut small and that occupied in the for said manner. ¶ Another powder that Rogerius/ & Jamerius used/ the which doth not only staun the blood but also it doth dry & heel.   

¶ A Powder.  
Take grek is pitch. vi. ounces/ boli armeni. three ounces mastic/ dragon's blood/ & olibanian ounce of each/ the rote of x maior/ roses of each an half ounce/ of all these make a fine powder/ and use it as before is she wy●… After this I will show you of many and divers powders at more leisure in the Antithodarius. ¶ Of all the staunchyngys' of blood thatever I see/ I never saw none better than one stone that is brought out of spain or galisce not far from the way to saint Jamys which I used/ & as soon as I touched the mouth of the wound or vain/ it staunched and closed/ butt I took also of the same stone puluerysed & strewed that powder round about it in the mean season that the stone was in it/ & when I would occopy it again/ thandyd I pullies she the stone 〈◊〉 of the old blood 〈◊〉 it was fresh again. & also. ij. parts of this pow● mixed among one part of the other and so used hath done me great pleasure at my most ●…e & is very profitable/ this stone is somewhat palewhyt/ and hath sometime in it small read veins/ and is named of the pelgrymes the blood stone/ but it is not the stone Jaspis nor Ematites/ and when the blood is so staunchyde/ the wound healeth as before is specified.    

¶ Of the wounds where thorns splenties/ or such like be in. Ca xvi.  
IF now there were no vain hurt nor no flood or course of blood/ & that there were between the parts of the wound a piece of a bone/ a piece of the arrow/ thorn/ a splynter/ & that the wound were to narrow. Than it is need for you to cut or make the mouth of it more wider/ & that in two manners. ¶ The first with a tent made with the rote of gencyane/ or pith of el● or of a we●e piece of a sponge bound hard 〈◊〉 a thread and dried upon an iron/ and than the thread taken of again/ and here of make tents/ one smaller than another/ & occopy th●m till ye have made the wound as big as need requireth/ or as ye desire.  
¶ The second manner is/ that ye shall cut the wound wider with a pair of cysars or with shears there to belonging/ as here is figured/ but that is dreadful to the wou did ꝑson●… counsel fo●… But if those can nateas/ & that the diseased person can not for great fear abide the cutting/ Than must ye make this sleep drink and give it him to drink/ whereof he shall 〈◊〉 in sleep and feel neither cutting nor pain/ & thus must y● make it.  

¶ A sleep drink.  
Take the rote of Solatrun mortale/ & semen i●s●ami of each an ounce/ white popy sede/ & black popy sede/ opium the baicum adragma/ croci orientalis/ corticis mandragoras/ lignum aloes/ Cinamomi/ Castorium/ a dragma of each. And of all these make a course powder/ and of this powder take. ij. dragmas and i●●…e it with maluesye/ & give it him at a draght. And when he is in sleep than cut up the wonunde as much as nedyth till it be wide 〈◊〉. Than draw out such thing as is in it with thy fingers or with nipers. In the same manner gone stonies/ with nypers or pynsons and other instrumentis as here after is more plainly expressed/ And when thou wilt have him wakened again than put a piece of a sponge in his nose/ that hath been wet in vinegar or in the Joyst of rue or fennel/ and their with all he wakeneth again. Some give him Opium alone without any other thing therein tempered/ but beware thereof/ for some become frantycke or made thereof/ thus it is very dangerous. ¶ If that the wounds were made wide with the tentis or with the cutting & that they were not wide enough/ and that ye durst make it no wider which cuttig through fear of death/ or losing of a ●oynte/ than put into the wound this instrument balista that is here figured/ wherewith ye shall enlarge it/ and than ye may put your Instrument into the wound and take out that is in it.    

¶ Of 〈◊〉 ●is shot with poisoned 〈…〉 he dis and other things ca xvii.  
When any patient cometh to you/ this is my council that ye demand of him/ how and in what manner this chance died fortune him/ in what manner and form that this is shoot or other wise come to him/ as of the things that therein be remained/ like glass/ iron/ thor●e/ a-row heed/ or other divers things/ some be right/ some crooked/ some round/ some hooked/ some square/ some triangled/ some hollowed where timber hath been in/ some venymed/ and some not venomed. Some stick fast in the flesh/ & some in the bone/ & some so deep in the body that it go the almost through both the sides. And when ye be well assured of these/ than it is need that ye have some instrument in your business be longing to this work. Of the which the first be tongues or nypers/ half moon wise and inwardly toothed.  
¶ The other be ryhgt terebellies sharp before/ like as ye see figured and counterfeited here benythe/ when the heed of the a-row is broken of/ than ye may pierce with your instrument in the timber softly and so draw it out.  
¶ The other be nypers or pynsons/ named Albucasys/ and is form like the bill or nebbe of a stork within dented teeth which is figured as it is shewyde by this instrument that standeth here beneath between the other. two.  
¶ The other be tongues or nypers that be broad/ indented and hollow as che nebbe/ for to take out a gone stone/ like as here stondyth beneath on the other side.  
¶ The other be terebellies that be viced going in a pipe/ like as it standeth figured here beneath on the one side/ and it is for to take an a-row heed out when the wood is out of it.  
THe manner in such cause to work is this. Thou shalt mark the tokens of life or death or ye shall begin to work yfye see any token of death/ than take nothige out of the body at that time for fere of death before he hath taken his sacrament. ¶ The first token/ as when the shot is in the heed brain/ so suffer the patient great pain whereby the s●ome avoid out of the mouth and at the wound. ¶ That other token/ as the shot is in the heart/ so cometh there out black blood. ¶ The third token/ as the shot is in the loungiss/ than there cometh scomming blood out. ¶ The. iiii. token/ as the patient is touched in the maw/ than goeth his meet undisgest out. ¶ The. v. token/ as the patient is touched in his guttis so he avoided his tordre out. ¶ The. vi. token. as the patient is touched in his bladder/ so he avoid out his water/ and that is a sign of death/ And in all other places there the patient is hurt/ there as the sign of death is not pull out of the wound that shot/ as I shall learn you. and than heel it as another wound. And that shot shall be taken out in sundry manners. And there is three principal manners of takenout. ¶ The first that must be taken out with tongues and instruments. The. two. that with might is smitten through coming out on the other side. The. iii. is/ as the shot will not come out/ or may not be draw out without more harm/ and you may not make the wound greater with cutting or with tents. So let the wound certain days putrefy/ so cometh the shot better out/ Nevertheless it must be handled softly/ and there upon lay the plaster drawing to the sore/ as I shall learn you ¶ If it be so that an a-row is poisoned/ if any body is shoten with a gone/ so do as I shall learn you. the which drawn with plasters it will not be well done with out the wound be wider made with cutting or with tents. Also saith Henricus that it may be hastily drawn out. And so saith Auicenna/ Albucasis/ and Brunus. And there after may ye heel the wound as ye will heel an other wound/ No more there to do than the superfluence blood which is become to matter in the wound/ that it be cleansed. If ye be in fear of coming more pain/ so may ye put in the wound hot oil often times. ¶ And as ye will begin to work/ & ye have knowledge whether it be an arrow/ or a gone pilleth/ or another thing. And if the shot is in the heed with any other dyseas or to falling/ so draw the arrow out craftily with a pile tongge like as here to fore the pyctor or figure showeth. ¶ Is any body shot in the arm or leg/ and the timber be from the iron/ so cut that other side against the wound/ & draw out that iron. ¶ If he be shot in his body and the timber be out of his body from the iron/ than must you ●erche the iron with a tongue or a small instrument of iron where that it is/ Than draw it properly out/ If the wound be to narrow than may ye do as is aforesaid with tents or cutting/ If he may suffer it waking or sleeping/ & so draw it out with your instrument/ If it may not so be/ lay there upon a plaster/ & give the patient a drink as I shall learn you in this chapter/ & also in Anthidotario The patient shall lie opon the wound as he may best suffer/ because that the said drink and plaster may the better draw out the iron/ And as ye may perceive the iron/ draw it out. Never shall you pull out the shaft from the iron as one is shot with an arrow. If the shaft be shot deep in the body/ in the plu● king out of the arrow ye lose the iron of the arrow so that ye can not find it. So it was be happened king Mathyse of hungry was shotten with an arrow in ana●me the timber came out/ and the y●on could not be found/ The said king ꝓ●…ysyd who that could get out that iron without harm doing he would give them great good. Than came to him hans dockenborth and dressed the wound there he was shotten in/ and band him so that there came no matter out from the wound in many days/ and layed upward above the wound an defensyfe a cold plaster  

¶ An defensyfe.  
Made of bolo armeno/ vinegar/ camfere/ a little roose oil/ and the white of an egg mixed & made as thick as honey/ because the arm should not festre in fire/ by reason of the binding caused to gadder the matter about the iron in the wound/ & so the skin swelled/ where by the iron came/ theridamas cut he the skin and took out the iron without any tongue. Than the king made him knight & an earl. Wherefore ye masters remember upon it as ye can not find the iron/ or that it be in a such place that ye may not cut. yfit be in arm or leg/ Is the timber be go out and the iron is bide within/ put therein that instrument called a terebell in apype/ and shrovyd upward and pull that iron out. If that may not be done so/ make the wound wide with tentties/ or with cutting/ and so may ye pull it out. But first put in the wound that instrument called Balista/ and there after the terebelle/ because it shall to softer go in. And if that iron will not come out lightly when ye begun to pull than prove it with the pill tongue/ and as ye have the iron with the tongue/ and it will not come following/ like as it happenyth in the borgonnysshe field afore Bloumounde that a man was shoot with an arrow/ the iron bide in the body and the timber was out/ To the which was many surgeon called for help to have the iron out/ & it would not follow/ than came there to a surgeon of Straesborowe called Hans mayere/ and he took the pyltonge in his hand/ and he ꝑ ceyvyd that the iron was hooked cross wis and he turned the iron with the tongue about so that the crossed iron came to the same place as it went in/ incontinent came the iron out/ where by he was sore praised/ & yet could no person tell how he had it out.  
¶ If it be also that it is not possible so to do with that pulling out. And if it be all most through going unto the further side/ like it happen the arrow to stitch in the leg and the timber is still in it/ than sin yte the a-row through it/ and pull it out on the other side. And if the timber be out than strike the iron with another arrow through. & so must ye do like wise if such a case of an arrow happen in the body/ and that is more perilous And if an iron ware sounke deep in the body of a man/ that it were not possible to take it out with pile tongues nor with plasters nor with tentis/ nor with cuttyngis where as it went in/ nor unto the other side with outfere/ so long let that iron stick unto the time that the natour will drive him out to appear. Albucasis writeth of many personis that a-row heediss & gone pilleth that remain in the body/ and hath worn it many a day without harm. ¶ There hath been seen in wertenborw a Tailor that had an nedyll in his back bearing more than. xx. winter or it was cut there of/  
¶ Of the dryness the which pull out/ thorns/ splyntis/ glass/ bonis/ and pyces of bonies/ hath Guido made one dryness/ taken out of Auicenna/ & is made in this manner/ And all this ꝑ●ellis that is in the book that ye understand not/ ye shall find it in the pottycarris to sell.   

¶ A cicatyffe powder.  
¶ Take wheat meal and honey & the fullness of a be have of each a pond weght/ & of bird lime take. viii. ouncis/ and oil olive viii. ouncis/ armoniacum. iiii. ouncis/ and make thereof a salve/ and use it like aforesaid is.   

¶ Salve  
Make this following salve that to him pullyth all manner of iron that bideth in man's body. Take apostomaticum Nicolay. iiii. ouncies. magnet stone which cometh frō●●iente. two. oncies. and & yellow jye front/ & Polipodium/ dyptami albi/ of each a half ounce. hare grese. two. ounc. oil of hempsede one once/ turpantyn a half ounce/ of all this make a plaster and lay it on the wound. Iten Rogerius said that he hath proved/ the rote of a reed stamped with honey and laid it to the wound/ that pull out all that is bonies/ stonies/ glass/ without any pain. Is the wound to narrow so make it wyd with cutting or with tents as I have afore said. If that may not be done/ so let the wound in himself type with the maturatyse/ than it cometh out of the wound with the matter/ and than cleanseth the wound/ & if it be need do as is afore said. ¶ Item here I will learn thou a marvelous mixture of many virtues/ for it will suck & draw out all rotten bonies/ thornies/ and other like things.   

A salve  
¶ Take the kyrnels of a date tree Surach rubei/ sal armoniacum/ long hole root or astrologia longa/ & radicis cucumeris/ asinini/ terpentyn of each. v. dragnes. and black pepper and white pepper & armoniaci amoni/ phylobalsa●●/tu●is masculi/ colofonie// more tresap/ of each two dragnes and a half/ & wax. iiii. dragnes and the dreggis of the oil of white lilies as much as ye need, and of all these make a salve/ and lay it upon the wound/ and it is very good to set on the wound a boar without pricking.    

¶ Of wounds that be shot with poyseneth arrow hedis and many other things. Ca xvii.  
A Man shotien with a poisoned arrow or any other weepen. and you have taken out the arrow in such manner & form as is afore written. For that which venom shot the same person hath great harm that the same venom cometh from one joint to another, for fault of taking heed betime. ¶ I iheronymus brounswyk born in strae soorow have seen one was bitten in his thumb which he would a reested/ & he had etyn in the night some what/ having in mind that day to poison arrows and other wepens/ and as he would a reested that man he cast him on the ground and so came his thumb in the man's mouth & he booted the thome and would not leave his bything unto to the time his mouth was full of blood/ whereby he was almost choked with the said blood/ than he opened his mouth and let him go/ and said he had enough to save his life/ for as much as the thome was so fore it must be cut of/ and after that was the hand cut of/ & after that was cut of the arm/ and the body was swollen so big that they could scant save his life. therefore it is need to take heed with the first to give him treacle magna one dragne meddled with wine/ therein must be sudden tormentil dyptan & master root and rue water as much as is the wine each an ounce. And that shallbe given him at every. xxiiii. ouris. In the wound there as the arrow is pulled out/ put warm violet oil made of lynneseed oil/ and in the same wound shall ye put a tent deep in the said oil/ and that will draw out the venom/ and put the same oil to the salve wherewith ye will heel the wound. and do in like wise to them that is shot with a gone/ for that taketh ●ut the ●e●y●● & that fire/ and bringeth the woūdet● fair matter into healing.  

¶ An Oil.  
Take lynsede oil one pound/ 〈◊〉 an ounce of camfer/ and temper it together/ and the ●he● of a little warmed/ and deep therina tent and put that in the wound the ●yle and the tent/ & thereupon le●● a green wounded plaster/ and that shall heel it.    

¶ Of wounds shot with a gone where as the venom of the powder abydyth in. Ca xviii.  
ALso as any body is shotten with a gone where as the pill let is taken out of the wound/ & in the wound abydteh the venom of the powder/ be it in the arm or leg 〈◊〉 herso ever ●t be/ so threst a little rope of here through the wound about all sides of the wound/ & there with shall ye draw out that venom of the powder that is in the wound. And than will there no matter come out. than make a tent of bacon/ and strike a little there with of eer wax/ and that shall draw out the venom of the wound and of the a●●ow/ and to bring the wound to matter. Thant, ●●ll the wound with good salve.  

¶ A salve.  
Take oil of rolls. two. pound/ and turpantyne a half ounce/ and camfere-in powder one dragne/ & the one with the other meddle/ and thereof a little warmed/ and with week tenttes made of linen dext therein/ and lay it in the wound and than pull out 〈◊〉 venom. And therewith shall ye grew him at all times treacle electum one dragne. with white wine there with sudden 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. And ware ye in a broad field there as ye can not have of the aforesaid 〈◊〉 or dryness. Than take gootis milk or cows milk/ and 〈◊〉 the wound there with/ And if any man be 〈◊〉 with a gone that the pellet be in the body/ so must ye make the wound wider with cutting or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉/ as fer as it is possible in like wi●e as. I have declared before of the 〈◊〉. Than 〈◊〉 a gone pellet tongue liken as in the. xvi. 〈◊〉 tree she with be pictube/ there with take the pellet out of the wound/ 〈◊〉 ●it be also that ye cannot make the wound wide 〈◊〉 ●ut ting/ than take the iron instrument 〈◊〉 balista/ like as it she with in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in picture/ & put that in to the wound unto 〈◊〉 pellet/ and than threst that instrument 〈◊〉 your hand behind/ and it will make the wound wider/ & to take the pellet the better out/ ●fit be also that ye can not find the pellet/ ye must do as lord Johan of donkenborowe died to the king of Hungry/ or else do as hans ulrik of baden died which was callydto one that was shot with a gone/ and the pellet was still in his body/ and no body could find it/ wherefore the said hans ulryk commanded that same man bend 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 bow with a gyrdyll gird about his body. a das he began that to 〈◊〉 that what with preshnge & straining of himself & so much straining his veins and ●enwes that he caused the pellet to come out of the place unto the skin of his be●y/ incontinent the said hans cut the skin/ & took out the pellet without tongue's or instrument.  
¶ An instrument to make a crooked arm right,    

¶ Of crushed wounds. Ca nineteen.  
THrse wounds happeneth by inyght of falling/ or that the one the other pusshyth/ su the wound happeneth also with 〈◊〉 thing that is not sharp and not cutting/ and not pricking/ as a clobbs/ or a stat/ or a crooked sta●/ or that one falleth from height/ & in all such like case. Therefore these wounds be indifferent from the wounds cutting with sword or daggers/ or with other sharp weapons that cutteth or pricketh/ or stitched. And also to this afore said woun des behoveth another cure/ for to this wounds as they be fresihe we behove one conglutinaturun/ is as much to say as lyming to gydder. Mundificatiuum/ is to say cleansing if it be need. Therewith Consolidati num/ that is the wound to heel. But it is never good heling without fair cleansing ¶ In this brusshed wounds is not to do such a cure/ for in the crushed wounds is 〈◊〉 flesh bruised and the corpora of the veins & sinews. Also it fortuned sometime that the bruising happeth without wound that is sometime in the flesh/ sometime in the sinews/ and sometime within the best of the body. Of this afore said will I not write/ than only of the bruising that hap peneth with wounds. ¶ Item If there cometh afore you such a wound in the fles she/ and ye will begin to work with cōsolidaty●/ ye must look on the complexion of the person/ and of his age/ young or oldr/ or lean of body/ or full of blood or mo● 〈◊〉nes/ so must you let him blood on the va● ne on the contrary side/ which taketh 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the matter that would grow to an 〈◊〉 me. And if the complexion of the pe● 〈◊〉 the week or feeble/ and old/ or lytty●● of blood/ so behoveth him not to be lett● blood. The place of the body must be deafen did of the coming of yl●accyde●tys of an unpostume/ and to flood of the blood/ and that shallbe done with warm oil of roses striking often there with about 〈◊〉 wound & there upon straw the powder of 〈◊〉 berrys of myrtylle. And as the wound● begin to give matter so is need to cleanse it with the yelke of eggs/ and with oil of ●ofes/ be tin to gydder/ & so lay it an aly●ne cloth and lay it on the wound/ and thereupon lay a mundificatiuum of rose honey/ ●●rly meel and a little whit beaten turpa●●yn/ and that must be done so often unto the time it rot●yd and the matter and the bruising may cō●…●●esshe/ and there after do the flesh growing as it is need. And if the bruised place be full of sinews as in the feet & han des/ Soleye not there upon that said yelke of eggs/ nor that mundificatyft/ nor barley meal/ but strike the wound about with warm oil of roses/ and their upon straw the powder of myrtylle berrys/ And lay on the wound white washing turpantyn between twolynnen cloties/ And as the pain is withdrawn/ and the swelling begin to sink/ than shall you occupy that aforesaid mundificatyfe of rose honey and barley meel/ as it is written in the chapter of the wounds and sinews. And this cure is often prou●d by 〈◊〉 & ●aliena  
¶ An instrument to make a crooked leg right.   

¶ Of wounds in the bonies. Ca xx.  
When the bonies be broken without wounding of the flesh that is named a broken or breaking/ and as the flesh with the bonies is wounded and there with that is calleth a broken wound/ or a wound with the breaking. And such wounds happeneth in. two. manners. The first. as the flesh with the bone is wounded which a sherp w●pen/ & that happenyth in sundry manners/ sometime the bone is overthwart hewyn of and sometime is but a part hewyn of/ and some is but a piece cut of. And another manner/ when the flesh of the bone is wounded sometime when one is beaten with a clobbe/ or with a staff/ that the flesh and the bonies is bruised & perished. sometime that one falleth from a heythe/ or that one is hurt with the cast of a stone or with another thing/ not only the skin/ but also the flesh/ and the sinews be hurt/ wherewith the bone be wounded/ nevertheless seldom it happeneth yet it happeneth sometime that the bone is rend or splinted/ sometime in great pieces/ and sometime in little pieces. ¶ All these afore said poynttes must the surgeon have in the remembrance ere he begin any cure te do. The first/ if any cometh to you with a member therein that is broken a bone and skin/ nor flesh is not wounded nor bruised/ than so do as I shall learn you in the chapter of breaking of the bonies without hurting of the flesh/  
Ifany body come to you he that is wounded through the skin/ flesh/ & bone/ with a sherp knife sword dagger or any other weepen/ so be hold it well or that bone is a mi or whole cut thorough in length/ or thwart/ or pieces be cut of the bones or that the bone hangyth on the utter skin or that there be any small splyntiss of a bone/ that is ofnedefull to have/ as an arm pipe/ or alegpype/ or a brain pan/ or yt is a bone of no great need/ as rybbiss or kneshyfes or their likeness. ●s there a part of the bone cut with a sharp sword/ and that phlegm next the bone is cut of therewith from the bone/ so is that flesh hard to grow on that bone wherefore must that bone be shown with an instrument where with that the flesh may grow again on the bone with unguentum aureum secundum Mesue/ thereafter shall you lay one mundificatiuum and consolat●…/ that is a green wounded salve/ like as it standeth in Antithodario/ which salve taketh away the great corruption of matter/ & healeth withal/ as the wound is before filled with flesh/ and if there by any small little pecis or splyntis of the bone/ so it is needful that the pieces by subtlety with your instrument taking the pieces a way/ and than shall you he'll the woundys' like as I have said before/ & if there be any pieces appearing out/ that shall you cut of with your saw/ also if any little pieces of bonis be hanging on the flesh for need must ye lose that from the flesh/ and the skin sow to gydder again/ & so bind it like an other wound/ and if that bone belongeth to a pipe or to joint so needeth to bestow it with your hand in his place again/ and thereon bind it with your bond in like wise as I shall say in the chapter of the breaking of the bonis/ and as in your binding/ ye must leave a hole openayenst the wound so as ye may every day dres the said wound without taking of the said bound/ & this wound is to heel like as another wound with more mundificatyfe up that the matter the lesser shall hurt the bone for the losing of the bone/ therefore need you to lay adefensywm above the wound round about the joint/ that the joint have no cumbrance with the moistness or superfluity of the blood that the matter might make the bone ●o●e/ And the patient must have good rule in meet/ in drink/ and laxative/ for that letteth that no●…postumacyō cometh. But Rasys saith in the seven. book of his surgery/ that the ꝑsonies that hath bonies broken they shall eet but course meet which maketh course blood whereof the so●er may the bone be hole/ that is as the skin and flesh is not wounded/ and that the bonies be not pery●●hyd by the air/ and incontinent all such wounds must be set in his place and than sowed/ that there come none impostume thereto/ and drive the flood or the impostume away/ and bind it so as I have said before/ and the wound shall be made hole without losing of the bound. ¶ As a wound is in any bone that needful is to the body/ ye shall hot take out one of them/ as many as there be/ as nigh as ye can ●…teuery piece by himself in his place.   

¶ Of a deep wound and not well seen. Ca xxi.  
OFten times is the privy and deep wound helped with a drink inward without sowing and binding And where it fortune not so to be/ so saith Galienus in tercio teg ni/ that he shall take away the multitude of blood/ and it shall be helped with a good figure. Through the figure understand Auice●…/ that the mouth of the wound shall be downward 〈◊〉 the depte shall stand above/ for the multitude of the matter may the better go out/ as Galen? speaketh ad Glauconen/ when he healeth a deep wound and the wound was in the knee/ & the stitching went downward to the skin/ than he commanded tolyfte up the skin bone upward higher than the knee/ because the wound the sooner might be hole/ & the matter the sooner should avoid. July ke wise may be done unto an arm. ¶ And if the wound will not avoid the ma●tes and can not cleanse it with any water spouted therein as thereto belongeth/ Than work after the words of Galienus/ he saith in ●●ne tc●●terapentis/ As the wound hath a deep hole and privy/ so must ye take heed if the wound may be clensedor not/ And as the wound is to be made clean/ so make it clean with a washing and with thresting out of the matter with a good binding/ beginning at the end of the stitching of the wound/ and shall be bound the longer the los●… for cause the matter may not be bound behind in the wound/ and that at the mouth of the wound the matter may better avoid out And if that may not be with binding/ so must ye seek another way/ and that is in two. manners. ¶ The first manner/ that you begun on the mouth of the wound and cut up all hollowness to the ground of the wound if that may be done without harm of any veins/ sinews and musclus or lacertes. ¶ The other manner is/ if that this cutting may noot be/ so put in the wound a searching iron/ or a wax candle unto the ground of the wound/ & so make a hole at the end of the wound/ that the matter thereby may be clensyde/ and bind the wound in like wise as is afore said/ Ateche mouth of the wound shall the binding be loser and so see/ so as the wound may be cleansed the better/ And master Brunus died put and use in both the ends of the wounds tentr●…  
And master Guydo used with one tent because the patient should have the lesser pain/ and round about laid he one defensywm/ and upon the wound laid he one mundificatywm/ and there after one consolydatiwm/ and after that he helyde the wound like another wound/ And if the wound had many hooles within/ that you can not know/ so wa●…e the wound with the after written water that some what sherp as/ and must be medlede with one mundifycatyfe/ and so must ye spout the wound thrice or. iiii. times/ & than dry the wound/ & bind it in like manner as is aforesaid/ from the nedermoste part to the mouth of the wound/ and the matter or moistness shall be taken away with the spout/ & not thresting the matter with the hand taking out the matter of the wounds mouth/ and ye would think to thrust the matter out/ but you should thrust the blood out of it/ which would be matter/ whereby it letteth the heling of it/ and doth moche harm. In like wile I have seen by a barber that was not cunning/ to him came one with a wound in his arm which wound gave much matter out/ & the barber threst out every day moche matter/ and with the thresting thrust out much other blood which was matter after ward/ and it was so long time during/ toward marring of the arm/ which might at fryst 〈◊〉 little labour be helped/ in like wise as I have helped him. ¶ The first manner should be/ that above the wound upward should be laid one desensiwm about the arm which should defend the arm. That other is to rule him of good meetis and drink is whereby the less moistness should be unto him The. iii. is to make holes on the other part of the wound/ and there out taking the matter/ with washing and in spouting/ there with the wound should be cleansed/ and the arm bound round about/ that there come no heat thereto/ In such manner in like wise have I wrought & made some holies/ there the matter came out with a spout/ the other holys I stopped/ one mundificatyf I need spout therein/ with a good binding I bound it/ and gave him good rule of meet & drink/ and of good purgations/ and so doing a weigh the corruption from above/ and wherewith was defended the member of the arm/ whereby he was made hold/ & had I done/ the hold arm must be cut of. This have I done writ that ye shall know how ye may order you in such a wound/ so as all other parsonies not to be lost of their membr is/ whereby as all surgeons should come to great shame. Therefore take heed to these woundys' aforesaid. ¶ And that lavament which is 〈◊〉 cleansing water/ & it is made in like wise as here under appeareth/ & it healed all whole woundys'/ an it cleanseth & maketh flesh/ & it healed therewith. ¶ If any body were shoten or stricken through the body/ or that the wound will fistule or raacke/ so spowte therein the same lavament lewke warm/ and that will ●ull all the matter out/ this dod twice or tryse in a day there after as the patient may suffere/ so long that the water may come clear out of the wound.  

¶ A cleansing water  
Thus make the lavamet. Take rose honey strained. vi. ouncies. read rose levys/ Ca●…myll flouris/ of each. three ounce. mastic. i. oum. frankensens a half ounce. myrra. i dragne ●ryos. i. ounce. french wine/ or sudden elsate wine. two. pound weight. water of plantain small and great/ water of red rosys that groweth in the coorne/ water of caprifolium/ water of pervinca agrestis/ water of oaken levys/ of each a pound. Will you have a stronger to dryut the matter more out/ take alum. i. ounce Balausti Pessidie Nucis cypressi/ Orobi/ curscely stamped of each a drane/ will you that the flesh grow/ put thereto Sercocolle an ounce/ is the wound heart/ so put thereto camfere a drane and a half/ The dryness is made thus/ take consolida maior. viii. ounces pensedanum. iiij. ounces/ alum. two. ounces. smiths water dystuled per filtrun. iij. pyntes/ & soddentyll the third patre be consumed/ and that water shall be made warm and the bond shall be depttherin/ wherewith ye shall bind the member like as is afore said/ If ye will make a stronger mundificatiuum/ that more clensyth & caused the matter to rest.   

One mundificatyfe.  
¶ Take unguentum egypciacum. two. ounces. Alum one ounce/ white frankincense an half ounce/ myrra one drane. Reed wine two. pound/ all together sodden a little/ than spowte this in the hole of this sore. For I have done great cures therewith.    

¶ Of wounds come by venomous stings/ or of wood doggys' bitings/ or of snakes/ adders/ scorpions/ or of other such like. Ca xxij.  
Will you beholpen of the venom bitings of beasts/ So it is good that ye follow the learning of master Auicenna/ Rasys/ Rabbi moyses/ and Heuricus. For they have spoken of all venom/ And the cure thereof which belongeth more to the phesycon than to the surgeon. And all such biting wounds it is in. two. manners. The one is done of a venomous be'st/ the other is done of no vem mobeest/ In lykenies as the biting of a man or woman/ or of a dog/ of an hog/ horse/ or a katte/ or there likeness.  
¶ The venomous biting of mad dogs the stinging of a snake/ or adder/ or the poisoning of a ●oode/ or of a spider/ or any other like venomous be'st. ¶ It is in two manners to have in cure. The one is/ to take away the venomous matter by thee▪ he●…cyon within/ defendding the body from hurt/ through the which hurt the racyente may be in jeopardy of his life. ¶ The other manner is. the venom without shallbe taken away by the Surgeon/ and shall be caused to grow flesh/ and than healed/ & keep the hole of the wound some days opener ye begin to cure the wound. ¶ The knowledge of the biting of a venomous be'st. ye may know by the complaining of the patient/ for he shall have great pain and brenning in his body/ whereby ye may know it is to him great harm and grief/ for the venom or poison desireth none other but to overcome the heart. And to such venomous bitings or styngynges it behoned you to take good heed. And if so be that the parson in the beginning feel not the token/ it will afterward apere as peradventure a month after/ a year aftor. seven. years after so may it be. For I have seen a child byten of a mad dog/ the wound was heeled and a year after the same wound began the rot/ and the child was mad and died thereof. ¶ Wherefore if there come any parson to you dyten of any be'st that is not venomous/ and no token on them apsie ye need to do none other thing than you do to another cure. ¶ The cure of biting of all venomous beasts/ Galienus in tertio terapen. saith/ when that the pain cometh of a stinging or biting of a be'st/ you shall take away the pain/ and also the venom/ by boxing/ or letting out of wind/ or brenning with a hot Iron/ or with a warm bath/ and this maketh lose the hole substance of the wound/ or lay there to some dry thing hot to take a way the beny●e/ Therefore commandeth Lanfrancus and other surgeons to set thereto a ventous and take away the venomous blood or that evil blood shall be se●ed or brent with a hot Iron or cauteries/ that the common people burneth with a kaye of his church ¶ Upon such a wound some layeth a simple medicine to draw out the venom/ the which is done with garlic/ and with on ●ons stamped with buter. Also as Guido saith doth the common people for lack of surgeon in like wise/ they take a hynne & plucketh the feathers from her arse/ and layeth the hens arse all quick upon the wound/ and the hen dieth of the venom that cometh out of the wound. The wound shall be open at the least. xl. days. Than the inwardly cure behoveth more for the phesycy on than for the surgyan/ Ye shall know how to take away the venomous blood. ¶ In the beginning you shall not let out the blood of the vain/ because that the venom should not be spread through all the members/ and also give them nothing laxative in the belly/ that the venom go not which in through all the membres/ therefore must be set the ven to●e aforesaid/ which strongly pulleth to him the venomous blood/ & after the third day it is good to be let blood on the vain and so to cause the Melancholy with light medicines/ as in dressing Epitimy with gootes milk/ and he must be in rest of his heart/ Also he must take and ●ethe the heed and feet of a yielded sheep/ and in the broth thereof often times was●he his feet/ And if it be so that the parson may not beholen with the simple dryness/ than shall ye make him a composita.  

¶ A dry powder.  
Make this composyta of licium/ assa dulcis/ bolus armenicus/ terra sigillata/ abscinthium/ nigella/ genciana/ all these meddled together/ so take it in. Or take the ashes of a crefysshe that is dried in an oven/ take thereof. iiii. parts/ and frankincense. two. parts/ medied them to guider & make thereof a powder/ and take thereof every day. two. dranes. with wine wherein is sodden Bybergeyl which is called portulaca in latin and Rew or herb of grace. Or take. vi. parts of a sihes of a crefysshe/ of Genciana three parts/ Terra sigillata one part/ and take this medicines as is aforesaid. ¶ If you in the beginning of his great need had not come/ and the patient hath taken evil sickness/ or ill accidents of melancholy/ by heaviness of dreams/ wrath or trouble/ that he can give none answer ye nor nay/ it is the token ofmelancoly/ which weketh the nature/ for that ye shall give them this medicines of Cantarides that driveth out through the urine the melancholious blood/ yfit be possible. And the medicine ye must make after this manner. Take Cantarides/ that is great and old/ and thereof cut away the heeds foot & fatness and take thereof half anounte/ lentes cleansed/ saffran/ spicanardi/ clowes/ cinnamon/ pepꝑ/ of each a drane. driven in powder/ and meddled with rue water/ and thereof make a trocysce/ and of the trocysce ye shall give him the weight of. seven. barley corns/ so often till he pysse blood/ than he shall be in health/ and after the 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall first be heeled. I●…wyse doth to the 〈◊〉 de that is by●…●…le/ or any other 〈◊〉 ny●…us be'st/ Span●all you make the wound wider and 〈◊〉 ●…on ventoses or boxes for to take out the evil blood/ ●t is also good to ●…he the place with a hoot iron that Lanfrancus 〈◊〉 proved often/ and it letteth no comyng●… swelling nor impo●…/ and presume not to hele the wound unto the time the venom be out of it/ therefore the wound some days be open/   

¶ A powder.  
¶ An expert powder for the dyting of a 〈◊〉 dog or a wolf/ Brent in a shared 〈◊〉 earthen pot ●…ysshe that hath eggs/ ●…make it in small powder/ & of the powder put every day twice in the wound/ & so shall you hele it/ nevertheless keep the wo●●●e 〈◊〉 as long 〈◊〉 you can/ as is before said.    

¶ How you shall ●ure these aforesaid wounds. ca twenty-three.  
As the wound voideth mat●…/ 〈◊〉 shall you cleanse it/ 〈◊〉 than ye shall cause the ●…she to grow/ and after that the 〈◊〉. The cleansing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. The first 〈◊〉 〈◊〉/ to tent it with lint laid within to ●●●ke out the matter/ or for to ●●pe y● 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the matter may 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉/ The other manner is with washing 〈◊〉 ●…eth the matter and the 〈◊〉. The ●…es is used for vi. causes/ T●… is in the narrow wound which 〈◊〉 must be made wide/ and take out 〈◊〉 of the ground/ ly●… 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ●s a hol●… wound there as 〈◊〉 matter ●…ed to draw it out. The other 〈◊〉 is for to make in the hollow wound/ for as long as the matter lieth in the wound there will no flesh grow in the wound/ but it will always rote more and more. ¶ The. three manner is in the wounds that is altered by the air/ or by his one nature that is comen to lofting with the tents and so cleansed. ¶ The. iiii. manner is to the wounds that the one goeth to the other/ and the one is cleansed through the other. ¶ The. v. manner is in holding the open a sore unto the time that the nature be cleansed. ¶ The. vi. manner is of an eating wound/ that the 〈◊〉 sha●●owke the wate● of the wound/ & cast out the ●yll flesh rosideabout. ¶ The. seven. manner is in the wounds by the bones/ that the matter shall come the better out of it. Therefore were ye that the tents be made in divers manners. for the tents that is used for the cleansing of the wounds/ they are 〈◊〉 of fair shauynges of white linen clothes and some be made to hold the lips open of the wound with fine small ●owe/ or small pieces of fine ly●…/ or of fine cotton as Rasys died 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of silver/ or of ty●…e/ 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the nose thrills for to take the air/ or to put into the wound that the matter of himself may go out. Some he made for tomake narrow wounds wider/ and that is made of the rote of gencian●… of a sponge/ as I have learned in the. xv. chapter. The clothes of linen laid dry in the wounds/ ●nd sometimes laid to step in 〈◊〉 as the surgeon thinketh best. And as the wound is cleansed of the matter/ and the wound is almost hole It is needful to lay 〈◊〉 a drawing plaster which ●…eth flesh & healeth/ list wise doth the woundeth plaster/ as I shall learn in Anthydodario. If the wound be changed by moche matter casting/ & that the wound have changed his course in an ●●●us/ which is an old 〈◊〉/ As soon as ye have cleansed the same wound ye must cause the flesh to grow/ for it is called● wound composita or ulcus/ & they behoveth all times a mundificatiwm/ incarnati●ū/ & thereto consol idatiwm. A symplecutting wound that is not changed by the air/ and bideth in his complexcyon/ the wound needeth no more but the heling of the wound. ¶ The manner to cause the flesh to grow in the wound after the stopping of the blood/ & that ye be ●…re of the imp●… cleanse the wound of the gre●…●atter with a mundificatiuum as here after standeth in the chapter of the mūdificaty●●s/ & than wash the wound with reed wy●…/ & after the lay upon the wound the dryness that causeth flesh to grow/ as hereafter I shall learn you. The h●lp we wound or the wound in the sinews/ ye shall heel it like as of them in every chapter showeth. ¶ And as the wound is full of flesh/ so cause thereupon the skin to grow. And to make the skin shall find in the 〈◊〉 of the consolidative.   

¶ Of the new cure & helping of fresh wounds 〈◊〉 baw●●e. Ca xxiiii.  
●Or the heling of fresh wounds 〈◊〉 bawine artificial like as is used in the city of Argentina The bawine warmed & dropped in the wound & sowed & every day twice dressed/ thereof have I seen greth●… 〈◊〉. ¶ If the cure of baw●●e help not at the desire of the surgeon/ so shall you know the poor & nature of every thing that ye will he'll for in the l●de it ●…ly/ & 〈◊〉 land it healeth not/ loan member it healeth/ ●another it healeth not/ 〈◊〉 lands of ytalia/ 〈◊〉 flo●…ce/ the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 healeth not lightly/ nor in the hole body of such ●…s that have little blood or 〈◊〉/ as the hot dryness the●… is laid ●…th the blood & drieth/ through the which the heling letteth/ for the conglutinaryon 〈◊〉 〈…〉 as ●one as a hoot dry●… is laid upon 〈◊〉 de blood/ for the hoot dryness driveth out the great moistness of 〈◊〉 blood/ thereof cometh the sooner heling. Thereby may you know that in high Almaigne/ like in ●…te/ Swaven/ Beye●●/F●…/ & fr●… to Colen/ that every person hath ●…he slime blood/ except they that be coler●…/ & as th● 〈◊〉 slimy moistness is consumed/ so in●… the growing of the flesh. Therefore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 possible to cure the wounds 〈◊〉 dryne 〈◊〉 hoot & dry/ but it is con●… to hot 〈◊〉 & as the lands be colder & m●yster/ the dryness must be hooter and dry●… 〈◊〉 all wounds healeth in the hot ●…des in the ●…de persons as in ●legmaty●●. ●n like 〈◊〉 is in cold lands healeth all wounds which dryness that be hot & dry better 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hot 〈◊〉 And the working of the b●… doth thus The first put it 〈◊〉 the wound 〈◊〉 〈◊〉/ 〈◊〉 the lewke w●… & mark 〈◊〉 ●…tes/ so may you work 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ●…e 〈◊〉 out shame. Irony ●sone 〈◊〉 to you that hath a wound in the flesh/ & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cold land/ 〈◊〉 the lands in almain. If it ●…ly 〈◊〉 wound/ so cleanse the b●… the wound with a dry sponge & never 〈◊〉 〈◊〉/ & make 〈◊〉 baw●●e hoot & step therein cotton/ & lay it warm upon the wound. And 〈◊〉 the body 〈◊〉 fat & full of hu●…rs than make the baw●●e more hotter/ so is the 〈◊〉 ●…ed/ and with her hot & dry 〈◊〉 driveth ●…warde with a ca●… or hot 〈◊〉/ If ye●…pes of the wound be far in 〈◊〉 they must be sown together/ than cleanse the wound 〈◊〉 a dry sponge/ & drop in the wound the baw●●e all hot after the cōple●●iō is of ye●son/ & sow ●… from each 〈◊〉/ for ●…●e of attra●…/ 〈◊〉/ 〈◊〉 & the bawne healeth it 〈…〉/ 〈◊〉 yet is not y● 〈…〉/ 〈◊〉 fore the lips of the 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉/ 〈◊〉 healed 〈◊〉 y● 〈◊〉. It must be 〈…〉 sowed than the wound dr●… with white of in egg/ & lay by the sowing of such a wound pow● to de●●de/ & hold the lips of the 〈◊〉 de to gy●/ therefore it is good in 〈◊〉 lands & for dry & hot persons/ & as 〈◊〉 dressed a most ●e in bony places with the 〈◊〉/ than shall 〈◊〉 burn the bone that begun black/ and in such wound the flesh will 〈◊〉 grow. Therefore make ye●awm bu●…rm/ & sometime ●e may lay the bawm cold upon 〈…〉 place by cause the wound be not made to dry or ●…acke. ¶ As ye see the balm work to the wound or joints/ so make it well hot. 〈◊〉. 〈◊〉. three days long/ at everytyme in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 of the 〈…〉 it may be resolved the moist 〈◊〉 through 〈◊〉 heat & the deynes of the balm/ 〈◊〉 defend the wound with 〈◊〉/ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 to the wound 〈…〉 ye be sure 〈◊〉 〈…〉 to the wound/ than lay the 〈…〉 cloth wet in 〈…〉 & bleta/ & y●●…. In & hot land & dry 〈…〉 bawm no more but twice hot 〈…〉 the 〈◊〉 and 〈…〉 the blood/ & 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ●… 〈…〉 lay not 〈…〉 ●… 〈…〉 ●… 〈…〉 wound/ 〈…〉 to lay on a 〈…〉 ¶ This should you do unto all 〈◊〉 wounds there as the bone be 〈◊〉/ & so do it in wounded members to be the 〈◊〉 of limbs/ this balm shall you find in Anthido. ¶ As ye have 〈…〉 ordered together/ & the pieces that were ●…ed together/ so handle 〈◊〉 member ●…out pain/ if it be possible/ so as I before & after shall write & after the clo●ynge of the wound cometh the heling. ¶ The manner of binding of fresh wounds is in three 〈◊〉/ as Ani. saith/ the first doth the flesh grow/ & the other dryvethout/ the third holdeth/ the binding for to do grow flesh is clou● in two/ & the heed of 〈◊〉 bandelayde on the vain against the wound/ & bind the end against the uppermost 〈◊〉 of member/ & that is from the wound/ & that other end of the band on the neither ●te of the member/ & so take both 〈◊〉 ends/ & bind it backward to the wounded place/ the time of the band taking of is when the patyent may no longer suffer it. With this binding the lips of the wound wert bound together/ & taketh a way the swelling/ the hard binding which driveth out sh●… be used to the hole & deep wound that with in is 〈◊〉 ten for to drive the matter out/ & that none other matter shall come to the place/ this do with the band that on the one end is cloven/ & begin first to bind on the neither ●te of the member & bind it with the hardest/ & so forth upward unto the vpper●te of the member/ Like as when any person is wounded in the leg/ so bind the leg beneath upward above the knee to the belly/ & let the band be slit at the knee to have the knee at large/ and that he may bow it/ If the wound be on the left side there cometh out of evil unclean blood/ so it is against the milt/ and if it be on the right side/ it is against the liver/ there cometh allmoyst nes to the membres. The band that the dryness hold/ is usedon the plate there as no hynding may be/ like as a heed/ neck or belly/ or as swelling and dislocation. This band shallbe with many ends/ and begin the bind upon the sore place on both sides. And this band shall betaken of without pain/ & if it cleave by the matter/ ye shall sup it with wine till it be lose Ganlienus saith/ it is used/ and that the hands should be made of good old linen cloth that is soft/ smote/ and clean/ broad and long after the bygnes of the membres/ for the binding of a shoulder/ the band must be. vi. fingers broad. The band of a thigh of a leg must be. v. fingers broad. The band for an arm must be. iij. fingers broad/ and the band for a finger must be one finger broad/ and the length of the band shallbe as it is need by the discretion of surgeon. The manner of lyunen cloth or plumacioles it is profitable to bind together the parts that be lose/ for to fortify that hotness on that member/ & to take away the heaviness of the hand. Ye may make it of fine tow/ or of hemp/ or of flax that is well hecclede. and some maketh it of wool/ and now they make it of double linen cloth or with a sponge/ and of them shallbe laid two. or. iij. as the surgeon thinketh best.  
This afore written sometime is laid on the wound dry/ & sometime which the white of an egg/ sometime with wine/ and some time with oxcicrata/ & sometime with oil or with other moistness/ and this is in. iij. manners. The one is thrysquare/ that praiseth Auicenna/ and they lay it on every side of the lips of the wound/ and upon the wound/ & it causeth the flesh to grow/ and the wound to come to guider. The second is round/ & is laid upon the other to hold the natural heat. The third is foursquare and they be laid for hurting of the band.   

¶ How that the wounded person ought to dressed and ruled in meet/ in drink. etc. Ca xxv.  
IN the ruling of the 〈◊〉 ●…son/ I will follow ye●…yge of walls Auicenna/ Galienis/ Lancfrancus 〈◊〉/ & other masters saith. It is not good to give the patient at the first wine after that he is wounded in the heed/ or in any other place there as many sinew is/ & moche blood/ for no thing goeth so soon through the members and also the brains as the wine doth/ & maketh moche vapores/ therefore it is somtymen to the hole parson hurting. The some persons that is hot/ & moist that hath moche blood/ & is wounded in the heed or sinews/ he must for bear wine till he be hole. Unto the a cold person ye shall give wine that is tempered after. iij. or. iiij. days/ when ye be sure of the member that there come no ymposh● me nor swelling/ & his drink shallbe barley water/ or water wherein is sodden crumbs of breed/ or cold water in the summer or with the. x. part of the wine of a pome garnet/ or with the. vi. part of vergyous. The parson that is hot & dry of complexcyon/ he shall not eat flesh/ milk/ eggs/ nor no men that hastily changeth/ the patient shall be content with barley water/ or ●oten pap●… or with milk of almonds/ ●…he that hath a wound in the heed/ thereof speaketh Lanfrancꝭ/ ye shall give none other than of almonds/ & no fruit that is windy & maketh vapores/ as hasyll nots/ or other nots the which is hurting to the heed/ also he mayete lettuce/ & crumbs of breed sopped in water therein doing suget/ & y● he be so sick that he may not be without 〈◊〉 shall give him cheryns/ small byr●… or young gootes flesh/ or bear/ with vergyous/ or wine of pome garnet. This d●… shall he keep till the time he be sure from the swelling or of impostumation/ and that is as the pain and the swelling of the members goeth away/ and as the wound giveth naturally matter/ or it is healeth to the growing of the skin. And he must keep him from woman's conversations. and as he is sure of the foresaid so may he eat & drink measurably of strong meats unto the time he come to his first estate/ than he may drink good wine/ and eat good flesh as hens/ capon's/ motton/ and of all that maketh good blood/ and that bringeth nature in. ¶ If the patient be week of complexion/ and hath by nature anevyll stomach/ it is need full at the first to give him flesh that is dressed with good roots or specery/ as cinnamon/ ginger/ and other like/ but meetly. Beside all this ye shall give him in the beginning. I drasarckan that is good of smelling/ and. iij. days after the wine ¶ If the wound be with broken bones/ or the bone be broken with out wound/ so shall you give him good meats that maketh good strength in the bone again/ like as meal pap made of wheat meal well sodden/ and give him to eat of beasts feetes/ heeds/ and ears/ and other things wherewith the body may be the stronger. Wherefore it is needful to the Surgeon to know the complexion/ the strength/ and the age of the pacyentes/ and the use of the loud/ also the time of the year.   

¶ Of the accidents or fallings of diseases that cometh to the wounds. ca xxvi.  
THe accident of the wound is amended after the nature of the too fallings/ The accydences commonly coming to 〈◊〉 wound it is painful/ swening evil complexion/ itching/ para●ius/ the cramp/ febres/ flawnas/ and changing of the wound. ¶ The first ye shall know that the wound shall never cure unto the time the accident be taken away/ the accydens' causeth that it healeth not/ & pain draweth the matter unto the wounded place for to make an impostume/ that is a swell with a manner of reednes/ and for that we pain must be driven away/ the which pain is commonly taken away with striking the member with warm oil/ and if you put thereto that white of an egg it is the 〈◊〉 and if there be no great heat/ do to the oyl●… the yelke of an egg/ and that clemeth 〈◊〉 wound. When the pain is great than it is needful to put thereto a little. Optum or else the bark of mandragora/ As Master wylhelmus counseleth. ¶ The. iiij. masters praiseth thereto to take ye●oore of nyghtica stamped with hogs grease/ but the master Theodoricꝭ praiseth a plaster made of the leaves of small malowes dressed & stamped with small brannet & do thereto a little oil of roses it is the better/ or make a plaster of the crumbs of white breed laid in milk one night/ & than stamp it & do thereto oil of roses & the yelke of an egg/ & the slime of parsley sede/ & if it be need/ do thereto a little opium. But I have in such accydence used in plasters/ seething mallow leaves/ elder leaves/ aptum/ & seethe them in water stamped small and do thereto rose leaves & oil of coses the third part made warm/ and strike it upon a cloth/ and so lay it warm on the wound. But in great pain I did thereto leaves of in squiamus sodden/ as aforesaid/ and a ●ewe leaves of Nychtsca mixed therewith because it repercuteth & resolveth. But in the winter I took dry roots of pensedanun/ and lynseede/ malow leaves/ all this stamped in powder with a little oil of roses sodden/ or with old bacon grece/ but that is not so good/ which more desire to ripe than to resolve/ Therefore I have done thereto many times a little walt root/ or ambra in powder for to dry that member/ if there come an impostume that you could not restring/ let it ripe & cut it up and cleanse it and cause the flesh to grow and hele it/ As hereafter shall be learned in the chapptre of the maturaty●e mundificative & consolidative. ¶ If there be an evil complexion that is hoot/ it is to be known by the reednes and bladders about the place/ than make the place cold/ but not with mandragora or iusquiami/ for that cooleth not/ but taketh a way the feeling/ therefore they shall be used alone in pain/ and to this cooling must ye have that that cooleth and drieth with ease/ as roses/ plantain/ unguentum album/ Secondum Rasis/ with camfere/ & other defensive/ defending that member/ like as I shall learn you in Antithodario ¶ If the complexion be cold ye shall know it by softness/ and if the place be white colowred/ make the place warmed with wine/ sodden therein ●…se ere and camamell flowers and reed arthemesia/ and melilorum/ or with vaguentum basilicon or f●s●um. ¶ If the complec●yon be dry and moisty/ it may be amended with his contrary. ¶ And if thereto cometh the febres/ the cramp and weakness/ than call thereto the physician/ And often times or the physician can come the patient may die/ Therefore it is needful to write of the same weakness/ for it is a way to the death/ and it is called by some masters the little death/ Therefore ye must comfort the patient/ that the feebleness or faintness come not to him/ and to avoid the people out of the chamber/ because they should not make the chamber root/ nor to put the sick in fere/ And it is wisdom when the feebleness cometh on to/ give the patient a crumb of white breed deped in wine with rose water/ and let him drink somewhat of the wine. Therefore saith Galienus the wine is of nature somewhat hot & giveth comforting/ therefore give them that hath syncopin/ or to them that is feeble or in swooning/ sprinkle Rose water/ or cold water in his face/ & if there be no rose water/ than ye must pluck him by the nose/ and by the eeres/ Cry loud and call him by his name/ & give him a clap on the cheek/ and ye shall do all other things that the physician commandeth you to do.  

¶ A cleansing water,  
¶ If the wound be sty●kynge & uncleanly/ take liquorice powder of each an ounce/ and seethe it with a pint of wine and do thereto vytryole a dragma and wash the sore/ for it healeth new or old wounds. Another for the fame/ seethe honey and water together/ and therewith wash the wound/ and after that take unguentum apostolorum/ or unguentum egyptiacum that is stronger/ and cleanseth very well/.   

¶ A salve.  
as the weigh worms cometh about the wound. Than make a salve of greeks pyrche/ and with oil olive/ and their with strike the wound against the biting of the weigh worms that is about the wound/ do thereto a little quick silver in bernysshe/ and meddle there with white lead/ and thereof make a salve/ and strike therewith the wound. Also as a wound is eaten round about/ so stamp together Saviana and reed coolys which is called in latin bleta rubea/ and meddle it with vinegar/ than press that sap out/ and middle therewith white lead/ & salve the wound round about with that same/ and is ye must cut the wound open again/ & that he suffer great pain/ than take ground worms in a pan/ and thereto do oil of roses & let it warm softly/ and strain it/ & do thereto gentle reed roses/ & beenne flower/ and rosin well powdered till it be thick as like a falue/ and when you will occupy it make it warm and lay it on the wound/ and it will take away the pain. ¶ If there come any worms in the wound/ take wormwood or absitium in latin & ꝑsycloveren/ or folia ꝑsicarum/ and saint James herb/ all together sodden in wine/ & lay ●ton the wound/ and it shall help them.    

¶ Of the general wounds in the heed. Ca xxvij.  
THe heed is sometimes wounded with cutting/ and sometime with pusshing & contusye/ & this appeareth both sometime without wound or without breaking of the brain pain/ and sometime with breaking of it/ and the breaking is sometime through going/ and sometime not/ and these be sometimes small/ and sometimes great/ and of this some be clean/ and some with accidents of pain and impostumation/ and hurting of the pannicles. The tokens of fracture or rinse of the brain pan is taken in sundry manner/ first of high falling/ or with a great stroke. The second is as the contusye or wound is very great. The iij. is for the pain that he suffereth often times/ he layeth his hand on the place/ and with your finger you shall know the thinness of the skin & the departing of the bone/ and as he bloweth or keepeth his breath inward/ them showeth the moistness coming out through the rent/ and departing of the bone. The. iiij. is/ of the accydente coming in the same time as a Pasy fallyge/ or swiming in the heed/ or in forsenes of speaking/ or in parbraking. The. v. token is/ as ink or mastic is striking upon the departing of the bone/ and if there abide any blackness in the departing/ or any dryness upon the pla● of the wound when it is anointed/ this 〈◊〉 me is a true token of a rent or departing ¶ The tokens of the cutting of the pannicle is of sundry manners. first of the pain knowing/ for incontinent foloweh the swiming of the heed or falling/ that is Uertigo or Scotomia in latin. The second token is/ the colour of the face/ or eyen/ for as the face is reed and full of small pimples/ and his eyen sem●… reed with darnes. The. iij. is/ as the blood goth out of his nostrils/ through the mouth/ and through the eeres. The. iiij. is/ as his speech faileth having no understanding/ & shaking with the axes/ or parbraking or may not sleep/ nor make his water.  
¶ The token of the wounding of the brain may be known by sundry manners. first as goeth great clods out of the woun de and no matter. The second is/ as his understanding is from them/ and when the wound is on the forehead/ and as the wound is in the hynderparte of the heed so loseth he his memory/ and that the patient thereto have great fere and ignorance. ¶ The token of coming of an impostume is to know by sundry manners. first/ as the pannicles is blown higher than the wound/ and seemeth ceded/ and moveth not. The second/ as the eyes is reed & swollen/ seemeth as they would fall out. The. iii. is the axes withcoming of heat. The. iiii. as the might is altered in spasina/ cramp/ axes/ and in madness. ¶ The sentence ¶ The breaking Crane or braynpamne is very perilous & the cutting of the brain/ & the corruption & woundyng of his pannicles that is deadly as hippocras saith/ but as the wound is very small. Therefore is the evil accidents and tofallynges perilous and deadly/ as he abideth & not departeth/ like as axes/ shaking/ cramp/ swiming/ or swelling of the eyes/ & darkness and reednes of the eyen. ¶ In the fracture or wounding of the heed must be taken heed for the peril and a●…entes the space of. C. days. as the master ●…og●ri● saith. And some other masters saith. xlvi. days/ & than is the last term out of the sharp sickness. And as the. iiii. masters saith/ it shall be. xv. days. for than is the term out of the sharp sickness. ¶ If the blackness of the pannicle called Dura matter may not be cleansed with honey/ it is a token of death/ as Paulꝭ saith And the fracture cravei or braynpamne in the full of the moan/ it is great peril and Jeo. pardie if the patient shall scape of the death. as Rogerius saith. ¶ In the consolydacye or heling of the braynpanne/ it is good that showeth reed flesh. ¶ In the wound of the heed is good small swelling/ and good dysgesting of the matter. And if the swelling be great and goeth away hastily which▪ out a reasonable cause/ that is very ill.  
¶ The masters discordeth in this cure. Some masters they work in all he dwoun des with uncovering and cutting the bone/ for cause of the evil matter that within craneum or braynpanne is gathereth/ may softly be cleansed and dried. Somme other masters as Ancelmus of Gene/ and some of Padua/ and all that Frence masters/ and the Engglys masters/ they work with flesh growing and consolydatyfe or healing with their plasters/ drinks/ and good wine/ and with binding. and they say/ if the matter may be taken out without taking of the bones with medesynes or dryness/ it is the best that may be done. ¶ The odoricus causeth the flesh to grow in the wound with drink/ & wine with tow. Henricꝭ healeth the wound without drink with his plasters. and both these masters unclose & lift up the old fracture as it is past. iiii. or. v. days. And Lancfran cousin worketh in all wounds making flesh with tents/ which he depeth in two parts of oil of roses/ & one part of honey. and doth thereupon a mondytycatyffe of barley meele and honey/ or with rosin and wax with the heedpowder/ except in two accydentes. The first as the bone presseth. the other as it pricked. for cause/ some say the the in the working with the instruments of iron followeth often moche peril & hurting of the alteration of the air/ wherewith cometh the impostumation. In that cure is needful to have masters of sundry discretion. Therefore I write. ix. learnings which Guydo writeth in his surgery. ¶ The first learning is/ that the wound of the heed hath much indyfference of the wounds of the other menbres/ the gentleness of the marry/ and for the roundness of the brain can not be preserved with binding/ like the wounds of other members be. ¶ The second lernynnge is/ that to the wound of the heed that is great/ it is needful to be let blood on the vain/ and a purgation in the belly/ at the least once a day going to the draft by themself/ or with some suppositoria/ or with a glyst/ or with some other thing to avoid with sofnes/ for to take out the evil humours through the way which may be the less pain to him/ and that the running of the blood may be stopped/ and the accydente may be mended. ¶ The: iii. learning is that to the wound of the heed ye shall shear of the here/ and make it moisty with some what water & oil/ As wylhelmus saith/ ye must take heed that there come no here nor water/ nor oil to the wound/ for it will let the healing/ & in the beginning doth that the matter and the pains be lessed/ and do in the wound the white of an egg/ and after that beginning it cleanseth the wound/ and maketh the flesh to grow/ as it may be said hereafter/ The sides and the wound round about shall be often times anointed with the salve of Bolus or with oil of Roses/ to slake the evil matters and pain/ and that the impostuma●yon come not thereto. ¶ The. iiii. learning is to take heed that the wound take no cold/ like as Ipocrates saith/ the cold is evil to the sinews/ bones/ marry/ and all so pussheth and changeth the air of the principal membres/ and therefore Wylhelmus giveth counsel/ that in the winter as the wound shall be dressed/ ye must have thereby a pan with brenning colles and candle light/ and the windows closed/ & after the binding the heed must be covered with a coif made of a Rams skin. ¶ The. v. learning is/ if the wound have matter/ in the winter ye shall dress the wound but ones on the day/ and in summer twice a day/ and the dressing and cleansing shall be with cotton or with soft lint or linen cloth softly without pain. ¶ The. vi. learning is/ that ye shall lay on the tent a piece of a soft sponge/ that there with may suck/ and keep the matter for fallynd down on the brain. ¶ The. seven. learning is/ that ye shall have a substantial band of a yard long or more/ & of. iiii. fingers broad/ and that you shall roll together save. two. handful of the end/ therewith begin to bind after the length of the heed/ & pulling to the contrary ear or the wound/ and that other party at the ear of the wound/ not covering the ear/ and lead the bound stiff about the ear/ and let that band come downward to the first binding/ & do it so often till the heed be well bound/ after that manner the masters of Bonony bindeth the. ij. ends under the chin/ they of Paris soweth in the mids of the forehead/ and if ye will cause the medicine to hold alone upon the wound/ than must ye make a band with many ends of a great piece of linen cloth of. iij. hand full long/ and of. ij. hand broad/ and cut that on every side. iij. fingers broad/ saving a hand breed in the mids/ and with the ends ye shall bind behind coming about the neck under the chin. ¶ The. viii. learning is/ if there be any scale of bones left/ than wash the sore with wine/ and if there be none axes/ give them this capital or heed powder of Pimpinella/ Betonia/ Gatiosilata/ Ualeriana/ Osmunda/ and take as much of Pilosella as you shall take of all the other aforesaid  
¶ The. ix. learning is/ that the patient shall be set and laid in the beginning upon that side that least grieveth him. And as the wound giveth matter/ than shall he lie on wounded place to make the matter the better avoid. This is the afore written. ix. lernynge/ belonging to the wounds in the heed ¶ Item. Of the wounds in the heed in the beginning till the be sure from impostumation/ shall be mitigatyve soft ning/ like the mydling is of three parts oil of rose/ and one part honey/ and the old master in sexto Terapentis taketh there to oxymel. And if there be no pain/ so take. iij. parts of honey/ and one part oil of roses for to cleanse more better the wound.  
¶ When the wound is sure from the impostumation/ so must the medecyns and dryness be drying without pricking/ like the heed powder. & that shall be made thus after the leruing of master Auicenna.  

¶ An heed powder.  
Take ●ryos/ Ilirica/ Orobi farina/ Mamna que est thus minutum/ Arsstologie/ Corticibus radicis papaveris. Maystet Brunus doth hereto Mirran/ Sarcocollan/ Sanguinem draconis. Lancfrancus & Whelmus also Myrtillos'/ & nuces Cypressi.    

¶ Of the wounds in the heed which fortune by cutting without brekige of the brain pan, Ca, xxviii,  
IF the wound be simple without losing of the substance/ that shall be sowed/ bound/ and healed like another wound/ & if it be so that the wound lose his substance/ y● shall cause the flesh to grow again with tents/ powder/ salves/ and plasters/ and he'll it like another wound. The sowing is not only profitable to a simple wonnde of the heed/ but also in many other great wounds of the heed and caused the departing wounds to by●… de to guider/ and chargeth from the alteration of the air/ which doth moche harm to the moundes. If it is a small wound cuttyuge/ and goeth not through the be ne/ ye shall sow/ and cleanse it as is aforesaid. And if it be a greater cutting or wound in the upper part of the heed/ it shall not be sowed/ but on the side/ and put therein oil of rofes taking away the pain. as the wound cometh to the sinewy pannicle that covereth the brain pan. This oil also loseth the loose bonies therein hanging▪ that they may the better be taken out. The●… oil of roses also taketh away the sharpne●… as the pannicle within is cleansed with ho▪ The oil of roses aforesaid rectifieth the wounds there in is pain/ and driveth away the evil dispositions of them.   

¶ Of the wounds in the heed come by cutting and breaking of the brain pan/ & not through pierced. Ca xxix.  
THis small wound many masters call it Runulam/ and is cured like as the afore say the wound is/ without breaking of the brain pan/ for in such a wound cometh not moche matter/ and because the course of the matter may not come down in the small cutting/ is the wound greater than it is in the side of the heed/ or in the upper part of the heed. The wound in the side of the heed is to be cured/ like as the first simple woumbe/ but ye must put a week or a tent in the ne●ther part of the side wound/ because if there be any matter cleaving within the so●e/ therewith may you cleanse it/ and if the wound be in the upperpart of the heed/ ye shall not sow it/ but you shall do the cure of Galienus in sexto Terapenti/ as he writeth/ The simple breaking coming to the middle of the. ij. table's craney/ thereto it is needful to take divers shears/ that is called narrow Rugines/ & they may not be a like great/ Therefore as the bone of the patient is uncovered/ so must ye first take the most brodest shears or Rugine/ After that take the 〈◊〉 shears that is narrower/ then after that take the shallest of all/ and this shall you do at all times in the mids of the. ij. tables. And if the pain desire none other/ so shall the cure be hastily which dryness till it be brought to the end/ this wound may not be sowed in the mids of the heed/ because she may not cleanseth by herself/ Therefore she must be dried with tents/ and with other things to suck out the matter/ or else there might abide corruption in the mids of the. two. tables to the hurting of the bones.   

¶ Of a wound in the heed through cutting/ with breaking of Craney without losing of substance to the inner most covering or superfition over the brain through pierced Ca. thirty.  
Sometime such a wound will have squyrles or sharpness/ & some will not/ and they be even/ and if the wound have squyrles that might prick and hurt the pannicle dura matter/ they must be made even/ and as the sharpness is even made with a lenticulare/ and with other instruments/ then is she heeled in maneras the wound spoken of in the other chapter.  
Therefore saith Galienus/ In the wound that cometh to the pannicle/ and is alone own rapture or cutting without losing/ so shall you occupy the aforesaid shears/ & that must you do as the wound is in bregmate/ that is in the upper part of the heed And to the wound that is on the side of the heed/ Galienus desireth no instrument/ but sowing and cleansing with tents. Here upon he saith he hath seen that bone Bregmatis/ & under that is the bone tymporaus that is the sleeping bone/ that hath a great clyffe/ he touched it not/ but he cut alonely of that bone Bregmatis/ and so healed the parson/ that he lived after many a fair day. And if he had left that bone Bregmatis therein still/ it should anon have corrupteth that pannicle/ or Minrinr/ or Miringa/ or the fracture is fistened or porosed ¶ Galienus saith the cause of the cure where in is none evil matter/ nor unclean moistness/ there is no need to cut of the bone/ because that in the sleep of the heed descendeth no matter. And if there any matter cometh soit is in a good place for to cleanse. ¶ And the aforesaid Galienus wrought in another parson on the same manner/ he was aferede to touch the brain/ because of the hardness of the sleeping bone. Therefore he made none hole thinking that the brain should come out through it/ and also because that through the side moche explantation of the noble sinews gooth out.   

¶ Of the wound of the heed with contusyon and small brekige of the bray ne pamnè. Ca xxxi.  
 
If the fracture or breaking to 〈◊〉 ●…rles 〈◊〉 y●●… the lentyenlate/ or other instruments make it even/ thereafter as the wound be dressed/ ye shall lay there upon soft silk wet in honey and inoyle of roses/ and with the end of the instrument ye shall put in the linen cloth between dura matter and the bone of the brain pan in defending that through remening the pannicle be not hurt of the bons/ and put there upon soft tents that is a little wet in the honey and oil of roses/ and than lay a piece of linen cloth thereon wet with that same/ for letting of the matter to come again/ And yet you shall lay in the wound of the flesh/ other dry scraping of lint/ or a piece of a sponge/ there as the matter may drink in/ and do there upon an heedplaster going through/ and that the matter close not therein/ and in the last lay tow wet in hot wine pressed out/ and their upon lay dry towe/ and bind it sortely that it may abide/ and not to hard for hurting. ¶ And as the wound is well cleansed ye shall take of the first cloth/ and put upon the capytalle or heed powder/ to cause the flesh to grow in the wound/ & as the flesh groweth/ ye shall close the wound with Consolidatyffe and ●…rizerynge powder.   

¶ Of the wound with contusion and without breaking of the brain pan Ca xxxij.  
 
AUicena coum saileth/ that in such a wound the matter shall be teꝑ cutedor rested/ at the beginning after the common dressinge/ with the white of an egg & if ye will do there to oil of roses/ for it softeth and doth good/ and thereafter resolve the matter with salt wine/ & honey/ and if there come matter let it ripe/ and open it like an other exiture.   

¶ Of the wounds of the heed with contusyon & with little breaking of the braynepanne Ca xxxiij  
IF the fracture be little if shall be cured like the contusyon aforesaid (after the saying Galieni) The hole curation of this wound is that it should be resolved causing not to come over great matter. And Auicenna saith in the third Canon. That it is need full to drive the pain away as shortly as it may be/ and preserve the place of the wound/ that an inpostume come not/ & must be done with evacuation/ & attractyffe to the contrary side with letting & with sharp glystres/ and with pillis cocis. ¶ Also lay in the beginning upon the place a plaster comfortatyffe according to it  

¶ A consortatyffe plaster.  
Make this plaster with water of Myrte/ of willow/ of tasyll called Uirga pastoris. or of the oil of Mirte/ of lylyes/ of roses/ & of the powder Rosary/ Balaustiay/ Cypressy/ Calami/ aromatici/ Leucium/ Camomile/ Mellilote/ Boli armeni/ aluminis/ Mirre/ Olibani/ atque Citonijs/ meddled with wine. and do in the drink Sticados with water and honey/ and therewith is he eased of the pain/ as the master Auicenna saith. And when the blood cometh out of the brain of the stroke/ somust you give the patient to drink the brains of roasted hens with water of Garnet. Theo doricus maketh thereto a plaster/ cum baccis lauri/ cunino/ aniso/ sale/ thure/ atque cribatura furfuris/ dressed with wine.  
And ye may give for this fracture a good drink/ for by nature of himself with little help may be holpeu.    

¶ Of the contusion with a great fracture and breaking of the brain pan. Ca xxxiiij.  
IF the fracture be great/ it is needful to go to the Surgery/ and to the more making of the fracture/ that proveth Galienus in sexto/ & Auicenna in quar to. Therefore it is needful in great contusyon to uncover it and to make greater some part of the fracture/ by cause the pannicle may be closed of the evil matter. Therefore said Guido/ ye shall not work after the masters that saith they will cure with their drinks without surgery/ and raising of the bones/ it is possible of the small contusyon but not in the great contusyon. ¶ Therefore it is needful to go to the Surgery/ of the fracture of the brain pan/ the which Galienus saith with short words in sexto Terapentice/ if the wound be with great contusion/ the bruising must be cut out with a terrybell or peerser boring first about/ & after that use cutting knives or tortelles in the beginning. Therefore saith Guido. viii. lerrfing is needful to this working/ after that he set that work and operation concording with Galieno/ Haly abbate/ Paulo/ and Auicenna. ¶ The first learning is/ that ye shall not work there as the most sickness is/ for Galienus saith there as the deeses is ye shall not work. ¶ The. ij. learning is/ that for all sayings take heed for to speak of the peril that the patient be not in fere. ¶ The iii. learning is/ that ye in the working take heed of the commissures of the brain pan as near as is possible that the patient should be in no fere of falling & hurting of dura matter/ as is said in the Anothomia. ¶ The iiij. learning is/ take heed of the full moon/ then is the brain more greater & cometh unto the brain pan. ¶ The. v. learning is/ that if the braiding be in the neither part of the wound it may the better be cleansed. ¶ The. vi. learning is/ that ye in the braiding follow not the end os the cleaving/ for Galienus saith it is enough taking of so much from the bones that the matter may be clensedout. ¶ The. seven. learning is/ if the bone stand stiff that ye will take ●●t/ than put therein oil of roses/ and therewith the bone shall be loosed/ and than with out pain ye may take it out. ¶ The. viii. is/ that you haste with the work as fast as is possible/ and most in pressing & pry king of the pannicle/ for cause incontinent cometh the impostamcyon and evil accident/ and in the descending of the matter ●thyde not till the seventh day in the summer 〈◊〉 the fourth day in the winter/ for fere that in the pannicle should fall such presfing/ that the working should be nought ¶ Of this working speaketh Anicenna in quaito/ that in the first ye must severe the here from the heed of the wofide/ & make. ij. cuttynges therein cleaving cross wise or/ after thuꝭ fie steering▪ as Lantfraneꝭ saith and the one cutting must be the clening of the wound/ after that ye must uncover all the ●nised bone wherein the hole shall be And as the blood cometh running out there at/ so must you fill the wound with clouts/ which clouts must be wet in water and vinegar/ or in the white of an egg And if there come no blood/ ye shall fill the wound with fine linen cloth dry. And after that ye shall do thereupon the lint of linen depte in wine and in oil/ and bind it than to the wound as thereto belongeth And if there be none evil accident coming ye shall begin to hele the broken bone/ but first can●e the patient to fit as thereto belonweth/ and after that stop his tears with wool/ or with cotton/ so that he be not hurt with the clap of the stroke/ And lose the ●ande of the wound/ and cause the clout ●all out/ then dry the wound. Then take 〈◊〉. men and let them hold with solte clothes the corners of the wound/ and if the bone be ●eble and have small holding/ then depart it with cutring knives/ and with the lenticulate/ and if it be needful to strike with the hammer/ do it shortly without long tarrying. If the bone be strong/ 〈◊〉 ●e there through many holes with the tra●pane till it be departed 〈◊〉 other bone And than as you will takeout the bone 〈◊〉 shall it lift up with one elevatory to the time the one bone be departed from the other and take it out with your finger/ or with a little tongue/ and there after shall you make even the sharpness of the bones. And than shall you cure the wound of the bone like as is aforesaid of the fracture with the loesing of the bones.   

¶ The mendementes of accedents or evils falling. Ca xxxv.  
IF there come impostume to the wound/ and happeneth most by the pressing of the bone/ or of the tents/ binding/ or by cold/ or evil rule/ than must you hastily list up and depart the cause/ taking therefro the matter with letting blood of the veins and with other purgations softening the place with hot oil of roses and with hoot water/ wherein is sudden high malowes/ fenugreek/ lynseed/ camamyll/ or with a plaster of popltre/ or malowes/ And if there come any blackness in the ●ā nycle by the operation of the medicine shall cleanse it with honey/ and oil os 〈◊〉 & if the blackness cometh by himself/ & cometh toward the eyes with other evil tokens/ then is there no tryst of life in the fyke pacyen●. For master Paulus saith The blackness 〈◊〉 tokeneth the destruction of natural he●●e.   

¶ Of the dints of the brain pan like as a kettyll is dynted when they fall upon a hardestone. Ca xxxvi.  
IF any come to you that is ●●yten with aclu●be/ or with a stone/ or is fallen ●om some high place/ that the brain pan is broken that may you know by ye●oken aforesaid. If the skin and the flesihe be hole then cut the skyune t●e square/ that ye may see the breaking of the heed or brain pan Then take white linen cloth and dear it in oil of roses/ and meddle it with the yolk of an egg. and if it be need to stop the blood so do to the foresaid oil this powder here after following.  

A powder  
Take Mumie/ half an ounce. Boly arm 〈◊〉/ Aluminis/ zuccarini/ of each a dragma and thereof make a powder. And if it will not stop with this powder/ set ventoses or bo●es without Fleming on the back of the neck/ and that stoppeth also the blood/ & then bind the wound. And when you dress them the second time mark the nature of the patient/ and of the wound/ an if he be strong or feeble/ or if the fracture be crooked or right/ hooked or round. Then stop his eeres sorhering of the strokes/ and than lose out the crooked bones. And take heed all ways of the seem of the heed or brain pan/ and for the pannicle that lieth under the brain pan. If the brain pan be dy●…ted in without departing than draw out that dint with your instrument/ and if it will not come out/ soften the same place ●o oil of roses/ so that it may come out without pain. If the one deal of the bone fit under the other bone of the brain pan/ weken it with oil of roses/ and then list the bone out with one of the instruments standing in picture after this chapter.  
Mark principally the weakness/ or feebleness/ of strength of the sick patient/ if he be young or old/ and what you will work on a day in a strong parson/ that do in a feeble parson three two. or. three days. and washed every day with oil of roses meddled with rose honey/ and with bolo armend. If the stroke be on the place there as the heed and the brain pan is bound together/ then is the wound in peril to cut/ for in that place the sinews/ the brain/ and the brain pan is bound to guider/ and that the wound changeth often times with pain/ and that cometh by the heavens os the brain/ and it is the causes of death. The wound in such a place is perilous to he'll/ therefore take not lightly upon you to take out bones/ principally with wekenge with oil as is aforesaid. And when that you have taken out that bone than lay in the wound linen cloth depte. in the oil of roses meddled with rose honey/ after that the wound is great and small/ and lay one cloth upon another till the wound befull/ after that lay upon the wound cotton depte in oil of roses/ and a little boly armeni/ and therewith dress it/ and lay thereupon a coverture made of sheeps skin/ and bind it fast thereupon. Or help them thus When that you have shorn of the here/ than dress the heed with oil of roses warmed. The second day cut the skin open/ and fill the wound with linen cloth depte in oil of roses meddled with the yolk of eggs made warm a little/ and dress it therewith till the broken bones depart/ and ever do your diligence and dress the heed often times with defensysse unto the time the wound be hole. Than take heed that the patient may do his easement/ & that he at the first be let blood on the vain. ¶ These afore said things you must take for all diseases of the heed from the beginning till you be sure that no impostume come thereto/ for if impostumation come thereto it is deadly.  
Therefore ye shall know that this salve made of oil of roses and honey cleanseth all the impostumations of the brain/ and if it be not driven away therewith/ than is the wound deadly. ¶ And as the wound is cleanseth/ and the pannicle above to the bray ne pan groweth/ than put the proved there in/ for it strength to the brain/ and maketh the wound hole/ & gathereth therein fresh flesh/ & it is very good to lay thereupon a green wounded plaster/ or the plaster of master Ancelmus of Genes.   

A powder.  
And the powder aforesaid is made thus. Take Olthan● Cyperi/ nucis Cypressy/ Myrtillorum/ Myrrh/ of each an ounce. ●arina Orobi. two. ounces. all this made in powder/ & ye shall occopy it in this manner. Take a cloth and deep it in wine/ & wring than the wine somewhat out of the cloth than take the powder and scatter it upon the cloth/ and lay it upon the wound.   

Another manner to make powder.  
Take Mumia/ Dragantum/ gommi Arabici/ of each an ounce/ sanguis Draco nis/ farina Orobi/ Myrtillorum/ of each half an ounce/ and hereof make a powder for that is good in the summer/ and the other aforesaid is good in winter. And thereof ye may make also a salve with Rosyn/ wax/ and oil/ as you make other salve/ to know/ to. xxiv. ounces of oil/ ye shall take iiij. ounces of wax/ vi. ounces of rosin, & meddle therewith over the fire. iij. ounces. of that powder. And if you will have the flesh to grow put thereto this powder of nucis Ciprssi/ gall/ sarine Orobi/ of each an ounce. sanguis Draconis/ Mastitis/ of each half an ounce. and make thereof proved   

¶ Another manner of powder  
¶ Take Litargirum/ Thutia of each an ounce/ Thuris/ Masticis/ of each half an ounce/ Mumie/ Mirtilloy/ gall/ Nuris cipressi/ Farina orobi/ of each. three dragmas and thereof make a powder/ and if the wound grow rank of flessche then cleanse it with unguentum apostolicum secundum Auecen nam/ & thereupon lay oil of roses/ white rose honey. ¶ If the brain be not broken/ than you need no more but dress the heed with oil of roses and boly armeny/ and lay upon the heed a plaster made of new wax and myrtyll powder that bringeth strength to the brain and defendeth the place that no moistness nor swelling come thereto/ also there is no better comforting to the heed/ also if the brain pan be broken or not/ lay every day the foresaid oil round about the wounded place unto the. x. day/ and the winter unto the. viii. day/ and the patient may drink no wine/ but barley water or water of lettuce/ or of gordes. If he before sick give him to eat hens/ chekens sodden with lettuce and with the seed of gourds/ all after as he is hoot of complexion/ & he be in a hoot country/ than he may drink strong wine or garnappell wine/ and so rule them. seven. or x. days/ unto the time ye see ye be sure of the impostumation/ & give him to eat moist flesh and motton/ for the moistness of the flesh maketh the hardness of the braynepan & ye may give him roasted peers/ patryces/ & small birds/ & he may drink no wine therefore give him water to drink with the crumbs of breed/ principally the parson that is hot of complexcyon/ or be of hot country. All these aforesaid things comforteth the maw. ¶ And if there be any parson smitten upon the heed with a clobbe or staff/ or by reason of a fall/ whereby the braynpan is bruised & indented & nothing perceived in the pannicle that it is touched/ ye shall sheer of the here/ & take Aloepaticum/ sanguis Draconis/ Myrra/ Olybanun/ reed Coral/ of each like moche/ & make in powder/ & meddle it with the white of an egg/ and make a plaster thereof/ & lay it thereon till it be hole. and if it be sore wounded do to him as I have learn you before. ¶ Thus have I lifted up the braynpan of. two. children/ & holpen them. The one was. iiij. years of age and was fallen from an house. And the other was. vi. years of age/ which was hurt with a stone upon his heed/ in so much that theridamas might have been half an egg laid in the dint of the brain pan/ then died I shear of the here/ and because I cold not shear of the here in the hollowness/ I laid there upon a plaster of exicracium. two. straw breed thick stricken upon a leather/ and let it lie thereon/ & in few days was the brain pan even as it was before/ & that was not only by the working of the plaster/ but also by natural heat and moistness/ which heat and moistness causeth the child's heed to grow greater/ which will not happen so hastily in an old parson.  
¶ Also if one be smitten with a staff or club/ sword/ or other weepen/ whereof the person is swooning/ & that he hath so great pain that he loseth his wit/ & that his heed is swollen/ ye shall help them thus. first let him blood out of the heed vain upon the hand on the same side there as the most pain is/ that the evil ylode may be taken out/ or let him be let blood with venting or boxing about the neck behind/ or behind the elbow. Than make a plaster for it/ of mallow leaves & of where bran/ of each like moche sudden together with water/ & meddled with a little old grease of a gelded boar/ & make thereof a plaster/ & lay it warm upon the heed three time a day/ & if it help him not hastily/ it is in doubt that the braynpan is broken/ therefore take heed to the tokens in the .xxvij. chapter. of the fracture of the braynpan. Than cut the skin open & look if the braynpan be broken/ & if it be broken/ work after the .xxix. chapter. Cleanse the wound with unguentum fuscum/ or with unguentum apostolicum & unguentum fuscum of each like moche/ or with rose honey/ oil of roses/ & the yolk of eggs/ of each like moche meddled together/ & thereof make a falue/ & then do flesh grow in the wound with unguentum aureum scdm Mesuen. & strike the salve on the lint & lay it over the wound a green wounded plaster/ like as in the anthidotario I shall set.  
●Herbe. vi. capital instruments & of each other must be three mance of sorts/ great/ small/ & middle size. first there been trappanes to make small holes for lifting up the bones/ & there is of dyne●… ●haners. ¶ Galien● maketh the Trappancs like a pers● shers on the end & brother upward/ because the instrument in down pressing/ fall not upon dura matter. as here showeth in pych●●e.  
¶ Also the masters of Paris maketh their Trappanes in the manner here following in figure.  
¶ They of Bonony maketh after another manner their instrument like a spear.  
¶ There is. two manners of separatories or departing instruments for to depart one hole from the other. the first is Gallicana like as here standeth in figure  
¶ The other maketh the of Bonony as her standeth in figure.  
¶ Of that end maybe made anclenatorium/ or a lifting instrument.  
¶ The third be there elevatoria for the departing bone to lift up/ as here showeth  
¶ There is an instrument called ●ug●● & maketh the cutting wider. like he●e.  
¶ There be lentirulares/ & is an instrument most praiseth of Galieno/ & maketh even the sharpness of the bones which be departed/ & is made like a penneknyffe without lenticle/ as here is figured.  
¶ The. vi. is the hamer to strike the lenticulare/ which must be made of lead/ for to be heavy & small/ according to this figure    

¶ Of the wounds in the face. ca xxxvij.  
¶ With this instrument ye shall lift up again the broken brain pan/ all alter as the one part of the brain pan is be sent upward/ and the other part downward And the press or vyse wherewith the brain pan shall be born must be very sharp.  
¶ The foresaid instrument is good to work on the side of the heed/ or behind on the back of the heed.  
¶ This instrument is for in work upon the heed/ when the brain pan is beaten in/ for to lift it up again.  
THe wounds of the face shall ye set to gydder without sowing/ after this manner. ye shall take mastic/ and dragon's blood/ and make it in proved/ and meddle them with the white of an egg till it be as thick as honey/ and therein deep. two. clothes the length of every side of the wound/ and lay on every side of the wound a clout and let it dry/ them sow the clothes together/ and lay upon the seem this after following powder.  

〈◊〉 powder.  
Take dragons blood/ the lime of egg shells/ and white frankincense/ & lay over it tow depte in the white of an egg meddled with the same powder/ tha●●e hele it like another wound with plasters/ salve/ powder/ or with ●awme. If it be in a fleshly place and is not possible to beholpen after this manner aforesaid/ than ye must sow it with a round needle and a small thread/ & if the wound be dry/ it must be sowed with a square needle. And if the wound be shot with an a-row/ and the a-row heed/ or pellet of a go●e be in the body/ do as the foresaid chancre showeth of the drawing out of the pellettes. If it may not be/ so put in the wound oil of roses/ and lay on the wound the yolk of eggs meddled with oil of roses/ and use it till the nature prepare the way of his coming out. And it hath●en often 〈◊〉 that a parson hath borne privily a pellet in his body a long season/ and yet by the course of nature hath comen out by himself And over all take heed that the wound in face be not frounced.    

¶ Of the wounds in the eyes. Ca: xxxviij.  
THe wounds that happeneth in the eyes or the ●acou● is great peril/ because of swelling in the sight/ and also it is ●yghe the brain/ and also I have often times seen of so small a wound coming hath stopped the sight/ but not all only the wound of the eyen/ but also the wound about the eyen often times it causeth the fight to fail/ & if any moistness be touched than followeth after the destruction of the eyen/ yet have I known the contrary/ For I have seen child that on an evening by mice fortune of his fadet was stricken with a sharp aglet of a point in his eye/ which aglet stack in the eye still/ and afterward was taken out/ and within xiv. days after the white of the apple of the eye con out/ a spoon full/ than was I set to the child/ and 〈◊〉 put always in the eyen this water hereafter following/ Fenyll water/ Rose water Poley water/ Eusrasie water/ rue water/ of each half an ounce/ and of the white of eggs. v. dragmas/ and meddled them together/ and dressed the child there with all and recovered the sight again/ In like wise a child of. viii. years of age was hurt with a shaft in the star of his eye/ that therein was fain a great web/ through that which stroke he was blind/ and I died help the child with the same water that he had his sight. ¶ In like wise speaketh Galyenus of a child that he saw hurt with a sharp iron in his eye in so much the watery moystries came out of the apple of the eye & it was heeled also/ which cure is seldom seen. ¶ Jesun hath another manner of cure/ to came the matter to come to the eye and if there come no blood out of the eyen/ then put Tuthiam & a little Camfere unto the foresaid water. And if there have any blood gone out/ then may it be cured with Sedengi which hath the virtue so to do/ & lay upon the eye where it is swollen the white of an egg/ but let it not lie long thereon/ for it will take away the sight. For I have seen a man of. thirty. years of age smitten with a stone upon the side of the nose through which struck the eye was greatly swollen/ & there was set a simple harbour to take that cure in hand/ and so long he let a plaster lie thereon that the man lost his sight and was blind ever after. Benemirus praiseth sore in this behalf the white of eggs ground in a mortar as in manner of a faives/ and in this substancye so made is great virtue given by the might of god.  
¶ Also if any person be wounded through the upper lid or neither lid of the eye that it hang down/ then shall ye with subtlety sow up the sore with a crooked needle and a silk thread waxed that the eye may swell the less/ lay a plaster made with the white of an egg & meddle therewith a little dragon blood with frankincense and look that the plaster touch not the eye/ and ye shall make it as hole as the other eye/ or also to balsam and that it come not in the eye: and drop in the eye alway the foresaid water for the defending of that. ¶ Also if there come any thing in the eye that grieveth him/ as small stones or cha●●e/ or by 〈◊〉/ to drive away the pain ye shall 〈◊〉 in the eye woman's milk or fair s●●te water for that cleanseth out that the 〈◊〉 therein/ and if that help not/ turn the eye lid and take a silk cloth and therewith cleanse it on●/ or with a small roll made of cotton/ and if it hold fast in the eye/ draw it out with a small roll of rosel & drop therein woman's milk of a wenches●… turn the eye lid then take the little white stone of a swallow and put it in the eye & it will run about the eye/ and cleanse it/ and if it be the filing of ●ron take up the lid of the eye and hold before it a stone called magnet and that will draw it out. ¶ Also if there be any passon 〈◊〉 with an arrow or with any other weepen in the eye wherein is gre●…yll. Nevertheless go● forth a● ma●●t of ways with the faive of oil of roses so long as none inpos●●● impostumation nor swelling cometh thereto/ after that mark how deep the arrow he●● is in. Then work after the chapter of the drawing out of the arrow. And when the arrow is out fill the wound with oil of roses meddled with the yolk of eggs some what warm/ and cleanse the wound with rose huny/ barley meele/ and meele of fen creke/ and then make flesh in the wound and hele it with a green wounded plaster● or with a moist plaster. There standeth in Antithodorie/ that if the arrow heed abide therein/ ye 〈◊〉 work after the chapiter of the heed/ and if the wound have need to be made wide/ work after the chapter of narrow wounds and make it with a year of a sponge/ & if the wound be great 〈◊〉 ghe/ work after the chapter of drawing out of a row heeds/ or let it abide within till the time it come out by the own nature. ¶ For wylhelmꝭ saith that he hath seen apson bear in his face an a-row heed an hole year long/ which came out by his own nature/ & than the wound was cured in such manner as is aforesaid of the wound in the face/ Also if there any parson be hurt in the eye with a needle/ or with a thorn/ work as I have said before of the defēsinū to noint about the eyes/ & hele it with this colerion following. Take Boli armeni. two. ounces/ Thutia/ sanguis Draconis/ Gummiarabici/ of each an ounce/ and make all in powder/ and meddle it with. xxiv. ounces of rose water/ and put it all in a glass/ and hang it in warm water an hour long/ then do thereto. iii●. ounces of garnat appell wine/ and let it stand a day long/ and than clear it out/ there of put at every time a little in the eye at the evening and morning/ and lay thereupon this plaster/ take succy/ sempervive/ succy solatry of each. iii●. ounces boly armeni/ draganti myrte/ gommi Arabici of each. iii●. dragmas and make thereof a powder/ and if ye can not get the say of house leek/ take therefore rose water & take for nyghshew the wine of the garnate apple/ this water healeth all the wounds of the eyen plaster wise laid over it with clothes/ and it defendeth the eyen from suꝑflue moystes and evil accident or in postume. ¶ When the blood cometh in the eyen from the wound after shesus saying take thereto the milk of a young woman and the white of an egg & the blood of a down taken out of the wings/ & meddle all this together and drop it in to the eye and lay thereupon a plaster made of breed crumbs wet in wine/ but let it not lie long that is very good/ & if it go not a way/ than drop in the eye water of Amios/ salgemme/ & so mentere/ the eye with dressing of order/ & dry ●sope/ if it drive it not away/ take fair water wherein hath stand ●eed arsenicum/ Or take the waters of the herbs a foresaid. two. ounces/ Thutie preparati half a dragma/ Coralli rubei/ margaritarun von parforata●/ of each that third part of a dragma Camfere the weight of. x. barley corns/ draganti gomme arabici of each the weight of. viii. barley corns ●eru●e lote/ amidi of each the weight of. v. barley corns/ Woman's milk/ the white of an egg/ of each a dragma/ & meddle them together & occupy it at even/ & at morning till the parson be hole.   

¶ For the wound of the eeres Ca xxxviij b.  
IF any is wounded by the ear or in the eat wherein is sear that the brain be hutte or the baynes of the hearing it is in great peril & deadly for if the bryane be perished it is deadly/ And if the sinews be perished the longeth to the heryuge so shall he be deaf. Therefore must he earnestly take heed of it/ & that he give knowledging to his friends. ¶ And if the wound be great & sore/ sow it & lay thereupon the powder of the lime of egg shells frankencens dragon's blood and say about the wound a defensuium & thereupon tow depte in the white of an egg meddled with a little drages blood/ & frankincense/ & in the second ●●●●yrde day lay in the wound oil of roses meddled with the yolk of an egg/ for slaking of the pain/ the other day after/ ye shall cleanse the wound with rose honey barley melt. termenty ne/ sometime meddled with myr●a/ and sarcocol/ after the wound is needful to be cleansed/ or he'll it with a green wounded plaster/ or with balm/ and rule him which blood ●ettynge/ & to chamber going/ for the less coming of swelling or spostumation▪ If the wound with shot take heed of the a-row how depeit is gone in/ for the patient may come lightly to changing in ●brakinge and shaking with a cramp/ and it is a token of death/ and with that token is his eyen reed/ therefore it is perilous to take such a wound in hand. ¶ If you will do it ●●rough great desire or other causes/ than tell his friends all the tokens and conditions/ that ye will not take him in hand but for a deedman/ than make the wound wide/ as I have showed you afore/ and defend the place with defensiuum/ than pull out the a-row heed with your tonggys'/ as is aforesaid in the. xvi. chapter/ than cleanse the wound like as is aforesaid/ and make flesh to grow/ and he'll it like another wound/ school him like as is aforesaid/ & let him drink no wine/ there is nothing that hurteth the brain and the veins of hearing so fore as the wine doth/ therefore it is very good that the person that is wounded in the heed beware him of wine drinking.   

¶ Of the wound of the nose. Ca xxxix.  
THe nose is sometime wounded with a sword or with a cutting weepen/ and the nose is sometime whole cut of/ & somty me abideth hanging on the flesh of the lips/ & sometime he is wounded the length of the nose ¶ Item is the nose hole cut of/ so may he not be set on again/ & if it be not hold cut of/ then take the lips of the wound and sow it/ and lay in the wound round tents of row/ or will/ or of goose fedders/ that the matter may the better come out/ & on the seem lay that powder which s●ondyth in the chapter of the sowing of common woundies/ thereupon lay ●ow depte in the white of anegge meddled with little of the foresaid powder/ & when you will then bind it and hele it like an other wound with the wounded plaster/ or with balm/ and take heed that he let blood at the vain/ or let him set venroses or boxes behind the elbow/ or behind on the neck/ and for to do his easement/ for cause that no heat come to the wound/ if the nose be cut overthwart to the lypof the mouth that the nose hangyth/ or is cut through the hole of the nose thrills to the over lip of the mouth/ so set the nose thrills the one an the other even right as it stood before/ and make in the nose. two. tents of wax/ or of pipes of goose pennis that is best/ there through be cleansed the heed and the wound/ and that he may have his breath/ and begin to sow at the upperst of the wound on the middle of the nose/ and after sow on the sides/ that the stitches stand uneven a thwart finger the one from the other/ & upon the seem shall ye lay a powder.  

¶ A powder.  
¶ Take frankincense & the lime of eggs shells and dragons blood/ & thereon laid row deep in whit of an egg middled with a little oil of roses/ there upon lay. ii●. plumacyoles or little small ●usshyns made of linen cloth/ that one beneath/ & on every side one/ thenaft bind it so as I shall say/ thereafter cure it with a plaster/ or with the balm as I have learned/ and defend the wound from heat and of evil accidents with this salve   

¶ A defencysse.  
¶ Take sap of night shaw or solatrum/ or ●…/ and oyles●●…. i●. ounces/ 〈…〉/ this meddle together 〈◊〉 〈…〉 upon the wound/ or 〈◊〉 the white 〈…〉 that powder of dragon's blood/ 〈◊〉 the yolk of an egg & meddled with this powder of draggā●●/●●imy arabici/ holy armeny/ of ●●he a dragma/ or take this after ●…ynge powder   

¶ A powder.  
¶ Take fariu● or obi. vi. ounces/ mumye/ dragantum/ 〈◊〉 arabici/ of each an ounce & lay it thereupon. if it need that the wound must be cleansed/ then cleanse it with rose honey meddled with barley meele/ and cause the flesh to grow/ if it be need with the powder of stanckensence etc. and after he'll the wound with that powder ameys/ cypressi/ and wash it with warm wine/ If the 〈◊〉 be cut from the bone/ and for to make the skin fair/ then he'll it with this salve.   

¶ A salve.  
¶ Take francensence/ myrta/ of each an ounce/ farina fa●●greci. two. ounces/ rosyll vi. ounces. wax. ii●. ounces oil of olives xxiiii ounces/ and thereof make a salve/ or else which this powder.   

¶ A powder.  
¶ Take masticis frankincense/ myrra/ dra g●atum/ gummy arabici/ of each half an ounce. farina fa●igreci. two. ounces. & make thereof a powder/ in take litargirun meddled ●…oyle of roses. this salve doth hele the wound. and lay it not there upon till the wound be clean/ & full of flesh/ than lay it thereon. ¶ Of the hynding of the nose the masters accord not/ therefore do every one of you as ye think best. And ye shall the 〈◊〉 set a little cap or coyse on the heed/ there as ye shall the ●●de sow on/ for kepi 〈◊〉 togyder the b●de of the nose/ and for 〈◊〉 of the ●…ynes or dryness ●● the wound. ¶ If the nose hath 〈…〉 cold and is changed/ the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ye shall make it warm with the hootnes of che●…/ & set the nose right up ●nd if it may not be/ take it of/ and he'll the place as I have said before. ¶ The lyrst byndyn geletstonde. iii. or. iiii. days/ the●… it shall be boside. two. times on a day. If it be bound● or dressed with balm/ than bind him the first. three days every day ones/ & after. i●. times in a day. And the bone of the nose shall have his strength again 〈◊〉 xiii●. days. And if the brygebone be through cut than put your finger or cloth in the nose for cause the nose may there which be rythted up and with the other hand shall the nose with out be made even/ and than ye shall put there in tents the longythe thereto. And also there upon lay little ●usshens of toywe deped in white of anegge/ and than bind them/ & hele it like as is aforesaid. Or with ●yaquylumplaster/ and with the reed powder▪ which is writhed in the chapter of the 〈…〉 ping of the blood/ & that is made●, us.   

¶ A powder.  
Take Colofonie/ sanguis Dracois/ lapis Ematicis/ Consolida maior/ and meddle it with oil of roses/ and their with dress and bind it well. And if there be one cō●usy on then cure it as another. Item If the ●●ake bone be broken them cure it and make it fast ¶ If any body have in the nose a cherystone/ or strawberryse/ or a been/ or a piece/ or any other thing/ ye shall not feel it there with the finger or other wise/ for it will the more go inward. will you him help of the same/ hold sneezing powder for his nose that he may neese/ then it will come out anon.    

¶ Of the wound of the mouth Ca xl.  
THe mouth is sometime hewn that the cheek hangeth of/ & sometime be the teeths hewn away/ and it is sometime with a sword/ and sometime with another weepen cutting. and sometime it is stytched in a dagger/ or with a spear/ or shoten with an arrow. In such manner as it happeneth that the mouth is wounded/ ye shall sow properly the wound. & the first stitch of the sowing set on the next place of the mouth/ and sow it back ward going upward and coming down ward/ or at the side after the wound is. 〈◊〉 lay on the seem this powder following.  
Take lime of egg shells/ dragon's blood and frankincense/ as it standeth in the chapter of the sowing. thereupon lay toywe or cloth deped in the white of eggs needled with a little powder therein/ and than bind it/ and at the. iii. day unbind it again and thereon lay a green wounded plaster. and lay about the wound a good defensivum. And give him to drink a wound drink/ as it standeth in Anthidotario. & give him soft meats that him need not to chowe/ let him not speak moche. And if he be hewn in the cheek that the Jaw bone there the teeths stand in/ that the one hangeth from the other/ than lift that Jaw bone again/ & set the tethes by one & hardyll that to guider with a wire of silver/ & sow that wound/ And rule him in all manner as is aforesaid ¶ Also make a chine of wood/ and there over sow a cloth/ and upon the cloth pache it with three or 〈…〉 it is dry/ 〈…〉 for me/ & than 〈…〉 do the chy●●e of the 〈…〉 end a hand of i●. fingers 〈…〉 do it together 〈◊〉 heed & wind it abou● the heed/ and sow the ends together/ and if any be hewed that the cheek hang from the mouth/ that shall you sow strongly.   

¶ Of the wound of the neck ca xli.  
AS the sinews and bands in the neck is wounded & the wound is so deep 〈◊〉 ching the marry/ it is deed lie. The likeness of nucha that is the marrow of the backbone/ it is in like the sickness of the wain. And comen the wound not to the marry/ all is it curable/ for all that it is in great peril/ for the wounding of the sinews which his beginning taketh on the side of ●●cha. Therefore is said/ as the wound is deep to the reversyve sinews so shall he always be force of speaking. Come the wound to the sinews by the ecre/ than the patient shall 〈…〉 And the wound in the great veins is vetyevyll/ for cause the g●●te running out of the blood hastily departeth the sprite of life. ¶ The wound of Merry there as the meet goeth through/ and the throut there as the wyind goeth through● is very perilous/ for they have the 〈◊〉 of life/ therefore it is evil to hells. ¶ If 〈◊〉 you come a wound in the neck that is al●… through the skysie/ that shall you 〈◊〉 〈…〉 of the small wounds. But if the wound be great and through 〈…〉 so shall you sow it/ and upon the 〈…〉 lay this powder into wing.  

¶ A powder.  
Take Frankincense/ Dragon's blood/ lime of eggs shells/ & lay it o● soywe depte in White of an egg to the aforesaid powder. and than 〈◊〉 it/ & the thereafter he'll the wound to a goene wounded plaster or Jew's plaster or with balm/ and d●●nde the place that there come no unpostume nor swelling/ and this is for the wounds which come in the length. If the wound be thward and the synenwes and bounds is wounded so set the sinews together/ and sow it deep in the cutting of the wound/ and thereupon lay the powder aforesaid of the eggs shells/ and than there uponlay the ground worms stamped and meddled as it is afore said in the. xiiii. chapter. If the great veins be wounded it is in doubt if the blood may be stop or not/ if the wound shall be held or not/ & if that person shall die or not but stop the blood with sowing of the vain so it may best be done. & than make thereupon a plaster of this epythimia/ that Galienus set in quinto Therapentis. and take Frankincense one part/ Aloes half a part and make it to guider in powder/ & meddle it with the white of an egg in the thickness of honey/ therein deep white here of haties/ & lay it upon the wound of the vain. or take this after following reed powder.   

¶ A powder.  
This powder is made after the learning of Rogerius of Colofonie. iij. ounces/ Conso 〈…〉 nor/ lapis Ematicis/ Masticis/ sanguis Draconis/ Olyha●●/ of each half an ounce. all this make in small powder/ and ●…pyt it as is aforesaid. And if it with that will not be stopped them pull the vain out & dress it as I have said in the. xv. chapter, of the stopping of the blood. ¶ If the wound is behind through the bone that the back marry be wounded/ it is very ill. therefore take not to cure such a wound. ¶ If ye be desired to such a working/ sh●● tell the friends that it is a deadly wound/ Nevertheless do your best. And in the beginning put therein warm oil of roses/ & say thereupon oil of roses meddled with the yolk of an egg/ so it less the pain/ and as it begin to matter/ so shall it be cleansed & make flesh with this plaster/ as wylhelmus & lancirancus wrythyth and Guido saith the same   

¶ A plaster.  
¶ Take rose honey vi. ounces/ barley meell one ounce/ torpetyne ware/ rosyll of each two. ounces frankincense/ mastic of 〈…〉 myrra/ sercocolle/ mumye/ of each half a dragma. o●tum masticis. three dragma/ of this make a salve/ & strike it on a cloth/ and say it on ye●ucha or back marry/ & it shall be better 〈…〉 the master or surgyan think it cun 〈…〉/ but it is not impossible to the nature as she may be helped with the strength of the good medysyne & cleansing. If the wound be long/ & the bone wounded/ and any pieces be cut of/ so need you it to take out/ if it be possible/ than sow the wound like as I have showed afore/ and cleanse it & heel it like an other wound/ & if the bottom of the back bone is cut through/ or the back bone by the neck/ so as he hath lost his moving/ so it is in peril to help him. If it be not lost/ help him with the strength and cleansing of the rose honey/ torpentyne/ fenigreke meel/ and thereof make a plaster/ and lay it on the wound/ and about the wound shall ye strike defensurun/ & hele it like an other wound/ If the wound be through the throat goll/ it is great peril/ because i●. veins is in it/ the which veins cometh to the loungiss/ and to the heart. As they be wounded that is in great peril and deadly/ & hereof wrytheth wilhelnius de saliceto/ that he saw a great lord was shotten in one of the aforesaid veins by the throwte goll/ there went out one drop of blood/ in continent the lord died/ and the place of the wound was black/ & he rattylde so sore till he died/ thereby understood wilhelmꝭ that the blood ran to the lounges/ & to the heart stopping his breath/ & wilhelmꝭ mind was to leet him blood on both his arms/ but the time was to short for him/ therefore it is good in such a wound the patient to be let blood/ Also he saw a knight that was hurt in the neck with a long knife that the throwte goll was wounded/ & he fill down & lay still/ and wilhelmus thought he had be deed/ because he feeled no wind come from him/ and he halpe him that he came to life/ Also he saw a prisoner in the town of Tremonde/ which of desperation cut his one throwte/ that his meet came out again through the wound and his breath/ than bound he again the parts of the wound well fast together/ and laid there upon this powder.  
¶ Take dragantum/ sanguis draconis/ gumy arabici/ of each like moche in powder/ with this defensyffe powder/ and plumacyoles or small kussyus of clouthes or of roywe/ and with the binding thereto at lenkth/ he was healed in a month. ¶ Is the wound in this parts aforesaid/ with a shoot of an arrow or stitch with a dagger/ and the arrow in the wound/ then take it out softly as is aforesaid in the xvi. chapter. If the arrow be taken out/ & bleded sore/ then stoup it as I have said in the xiiii. chapter. ¶ And bled it but little/ or is there no pain than heed th● with 〈◊〉 ●nto 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wound upon that ye may 〈◊〉 con● pai●● or not If there been pain 〈◊〉 may ye 〈◊〉 wound. But is there pay●● 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them it is needful to fill the hole wound with warm oil of roses/ and put therein 〈◊〉 t●ll re●te died before in warm oil of rofes meddled with the yolk of tyges/ and 〈◊〉 therewith 〈◊〉 wound open unto the time that matter comeout. Then cleanse it like another wound/ and he'll it with a green wounded plaster/ or with balm. Some time the wound is shoten through the neck & touched the throwte goll called hysophagus/ and trachea/ but the sinews and veins be not touched/ then need none other cure than the cure of another wound.    

¶ Of the wound in the schulders or between the schulder Ca xlij.  
IN this places to be wounded it is very perilous/ for the sinews which come from the brain/ therefore it is deadly after the wound is deep or not deep. Mark all so if the wound is in the length or overthwart. And is the wound wide then sow it/ and let in the nedermost end a hool open where through the matter may avoid out/ that the wound may be cleanse/ and lay upon the seem this powder following.  

¶ A powder.  
Take dragons blood/ gum of arabia/ and dragantum and make it in powder. If the wound be not depethen hele it with the green wounded plaster/ or with balm like another wound. If the wound be deep & you be feared for the pain of the sinews/ thenne lay first in the wound oil of roses meddled with yolk of eggs. Thereafter lay on every day a cleansing plaster. as I have wry then in the a for said last chapter/ and is made o●rofe honey/ barley meel/ & sometime with turpentyne/ myrra/ sarcocole. & about the wound strike a defensyffe/ made of bolo armeno/ oil of roses and with a little vinegar. And as the wound is well cleansed/ then do flesh grow. and thereafter he'll it like another wound. If the wound be shot and that the pelleth or arrow heed is in it/ then make the wound greater/ & take out the pelleth or arrow heed as I have said in the xvi. chapter. when the a-row heed or pelleth is pulledout/ then put in the wound oil of roses meddled with the yolk of eggs/ and all times strike the wound about with the defensyffe as is aforesaid/ and the next day cleanse the wound. If in the wound growed corrupt flesh/ then cleanse it with un guentum apostolicum scdm Auicennan. And it is well cleanseth/ then he'll it. And all time hold the rule with letting of blood/ & to the chamber going/ and with meet and drink/ and with mixed wine/ after the disposition and after the complexion of the wounded parson.    

¶ Of the wound of the shoulders and uppermost part of the arm above theelbow. ca xliij  
THis wound is in sundry manners. sometime is the shoulder wounded above overthward sometime in the length. sometime the arm above the elbow is wounded out th●… are sometime in the length. sometime is the wound small and through the skin/ and some is a great wound through the skin and flesh. sometime the sinews is wounded/ sometime the veins/ sometime arteries/ sometime the muscls/ sometime the bones/ or the hole pipe therewith. And this happenyth/ sometime with a sword/ sometime with a dagger/ & sometime with shot. All this wounds must you know to bind in sundry manners because it is a member that is much occupied/ and needful to the body/ and to all occupations of crafts. Therefore remember well how you shall bind such a wound like as it needeth. ¶ If any be wounded overthwart in the arm/ than it is fere that 〈◊〉 long muscles or lacertes is wounded and the sinews that cometh from the heart in the arm/ and it is to fear that the hand of the same arm shall have no more power and that member shall lose his moving/ if the arm be hole or not. The losing of his moving cometh sometime by the wounding of arteries & veins there as the blood may not be stopped to the will of the surgeon. If any be wounded with an instrument that stiched and falleth upon the sinews or bounds by the muskly flesh there is to fere for coming of the cramp/ and thereafter the death. As the pain cometh in the wounded place/ than goth it forth through the hole place upward in the bran/ and so bringeth the sinews and bounds to putre faction with the evil matter And there falleth often times great pain in the wounds. iij. finger broad beneath the shoulder/ &. iij. finger broad above & beneath the elbow there as the long muscles is/ and their the sinews be bare/ of the which aforesaid pain cometh the cramp/ and through the cramp cometh the death. ¶ As the wound is of length in the uppermost arm that standeth on the shoulder/ such a wound is not perilous. ¶ If any be hewn through the shoulder to the dysmembring of the arm and the arm hangeth/ it is needful to be well sowed/ because the arm is great and heavy/ & than lay thereupon tow deped in the 〈◊〉 of eggs/ therein mydled with a little of the powder made of gum of arabia/ dragantum/ dragon's blood/ then bind and hele it like another wound/ and bind an hard kusshyn under the arm. Or make him a croutche ther with to lift up the arm so high as it is possible. ¶ Is the wound over twhart that the sinews and other veins is wounded/ than shall it be sowed/ and the pain be taken away/ as I have saydin the xiv. chapter. If the said veins be sore bloding/ than work with the stopping of the blood/ and with sowing of the sinews as I have learned in the. xv. chapter. And the patient shall be defended from the pain that the patient may rest the better/ and altyme strike about the wound with the defensivum of bolo armeno/ olium rosarn/ and vinegar/ and lay on the seem that powder of frankincense/ dragon's blood/ lime of egg shells/ and white of an egg/ & with plumacyoles/ like as it is aforesaid of the other wounds. And hath the wound but little bloded/ so let him blood on the veins/ or with ventoses or boxces/ after the patient is strong/ and defend the wound with the desensywm/ and hold him to the draugthgoing/ that to the wound come not impostumation nor swelling 〈◊〉 I have 〈◊〉 before. ¶ If the sinews or muscles be he●… through/ then sow it with a wax dread & oil of roses/ that thereto come no pain/ & after bind and cleanse it with mundificatyffe that bel●nthe to the sinews.  

¶ A mundificatyffe.  
Take myrra/ sarcocolle/ turpentyn/ honey of roses/ but this mundificatyffe shall not be laid in the wound unto the time that you be sure that no impostumation come thereto Therefore take the rule of bloodieting/ 〈◊〉 with all things as is aforesaid. ¶ In thi● place for shyfting & sowing of the ●…wes will not slake lightly the pain/ whereby the uppermost member is the feebler/ ●…che sinews was used to serve him/ than it is needful the stitching or poynture to hold open/ and fill the hole wound with oil of roses/ and yolk of eggs/ of the same lay on the wound. If in this place to the wound come a hot impostume/ then do as I have learned in the chapter of the ruling. And if there come bloding with the todoing of the oil and the yolk of the eggs for taking away the pain/ like wise if ye will staunch the blood with dryness whereof cometh the pain/ and if you lay therein the oil and the yolk of eggs that cause the blooding. For all that ye must staunch the blood and take the pain away/ therefore it were good that the end of the vain with hot iron be feared/ as I have learn you in yt. xv. chapter. and the Iron shall not touch the lips of the wound. And than lay shortly there on the oil of roses and the yolk of eggs for to take awayethe pain. ¶ If any parson is wounded above the elbow through the bone/ them sow it/ and keep the sowing with this afterfolowing powder.   

¶ A powder.  
〈◊〉 of egg shells/ dragon's blood why●e frankincense all made in powder/ and●owe depedin the white of an egg as another wound. Than shall you the arm spl●nt● to the wound so less as yeinaye/ & that she may have ease that the wound take no heat/ that there come non impostume nor swelling. ¶ To the bones which were brokenor cutteth through/ Idede make a hollow pipe of wood/ in the length of a spa●…e and a half long. and cloven in the length in twain lyming the one side together with a clout/ and the other side open like a lantern/ and therein I laid the arm with binding about/ and in the pipe I made an hole against the wound/ that the arm or leg may be in surte/ and I left the pipe thereon so long till the time I took of the bound/ nevertheless I dressed the wound every day as there to belongeth. And I deed more profit with the pipe than I deed with the splynttes. Somtymeleft I the pipe cou●red within with askyne/ & thereover a linen cloth/ for to occupy the lesser bounds/ for the multitude of baundes cometh ready hootnes and impostumation/ & there again I occupy all time that desensyffe/ and on the contrary side I let blood and keep him with good rule/ as is aforesaid. ¶ If the wound be shot/ then pull it outlyke as I have learned you in the chapter of pulling out of the arrow heed. & there after cleanse the wound/ & defend it from pain as it needeth. If an impostumation cometh to such a wound/ it is great yeopardy/ or deadly/ nevertheless help him in this manner. his meet shall be pap of starch sodden with barley water/ or with lettuce water/ or make him a cawdel of almonds/ & give him wine of garnat apples/ or agros meddled with water. If he may not do his easement then make him a purgation. If he be sick and feeble/ or hath long lay & be● then give him young chickens to eet dressed with the aforesaid erbes. Then cleanse the wound/ and he'll it with the green wounded plasteror Jew's plaster.   

¶ A plaster for to make ripe an impostumation.  
Take the root of long malowes the ryne of the root/ and make it clean/ and cut it in little pieces sodden & stamped to the weight of an ounce & half an ounce. fenigfeke meell/ lynsede meell/ ofeche. vi. ounces. dyll sede/ camomile flowers/ ofeche. ij. ounces. hogs grease so much as it nedid/ and meddle it together on the fere and make thereof a salve/ and lay it warm upon the impostume/ If he may not suffer the plaster/ than take oil of roses/ boly armeni/ vinegar/ a little opium thebaicum/ seemen Jusquiami/ this small beaten/ and lay there upon till the pain be gone. then make it ripe/ and than cleanse it/ and do flesh grow/ and he'll it.    

¶ Of the wound in the elbow, ca, xliiij  
IN the wounds in the elbow & about the elbow is great Jeopardy/ for the great vayves & sinews that be therein/ for the blood is ill to stance/ & not only the stopping of blood/ but also to defend the wound from the pain/ or swelling/ or impostume/ and a part of the cramp/ for nigh being of the muscles/ which be 〈◊〉. 〈◊〉 fingers is above and b●…the the ●●bow/ and also for the bo●rs 〈◊〉 the ●teyngys/ and the veins that is within the elbow 〈◊〉 they bring in moche moistness that is in the place closed/ for that can not be so cleansed perfectly as it needeth/ and through such hoot●es of the matter/ the feeling be lost Therefore take heed to stop the blood of such a wound/ and defend the arm upward & downward/ for to coming of moistness that maketh a postumation/ and swelling. ¶ If than the wound be wide & long/ it shall be sowed as I afore have said/ and thee upon that powder of lime of eggs shells. If the veins be wounded so shall you bind it like as in the xiiii. chapter is said/ and do it in likewise if there were pain/ and o●er the binding shallbe laid a cloth iiij. do●b●e depte in warm wine/ & therein is sudden the e●be of mowseere/ read mother wort/ or a●them●sia rubia/ and a little consalida maior/ and in this a long bound depte/ therewith bind the arm and than lay the armr on a board/ and that board must be so long as from the elbow to the hand/ and as he willbe walking so shall the arm hang with the board in a fouwel bearing on the neck/ and bind the arm every time on height/ that the arm may be the quicker/ and the patient may not much goonor stand/ because through such banging of the arm should come moche blood thereof the arm should swell. ¶ Therefore command him to abide still/ & to this wound is nothing better/ than to hold the rule of the wound in the jointure/ as higher after ye shall learn 〈◊〉. ¶ If in the elbow be an a-row or the a-row heed/ than follow the .xvij. chapter/ if he will not go out of your pleasure/ than put thereto rose oil/ & make the wound wide enough whereby ye may have out the a-row heed/ than fulfil the wo●de with 〈…〉 led with the yolk of eggs/ or 〈◊〉 the whit of eggs. and then cleanse the wound with a mundifica●●nd/ as I shall ●●me you here after in Antithodario. As ye be sure of the impostumac●on or swelling/ than do flesh to grow if it is of need/ and than he'll the wound with the green ●●●ded plaster or Jew's plaster/ or with ●awine.   

¶ Of the Wounds in the joints shoulders elbows/ hyppis/ knees/ and of the glytting water. Ca xlv.  
When such a wound cometh to you/ if it be in the shoulders/ elbow/ hyppies hands/ fingers/ knees/ anclowes/ and toes/ and you fear for the superflue moistness or accidents that may come there to. Than at the first ye must mark if the patient be full of flesh and superflue moistness/ or full of blood. Than ye must mark if the wound be great or small/ deep or not or hewn/ or stytcheth with a dagger/ or with a sword/ or with shot/ or the stytching be open or closed. And ye must mark if the wound hath bleded moche or little. Ilso ye must mark if the wound is in a place there as the sinews/ veins/ arteries/ or muscles be. And also ye must mark if the wound is in the length/ or overthwart/ or in a joint or member that is much occupied/ as the elbow/ or knees/ to the which joint cometh the most greatest pain of the great moistness that there be sounden of the nature. Also ye must mark or the patient is obedient or not/ and if ye must take heed of him or not/ and out of this points ye must take the cure of this sickness/ & the cure is to be done in iiij. manners/ The first through good rule of meet and drink/ and of sleeping and waking and of good rest/ whereby the nature may be strength for to put away all such sickness. The second is/ through taking away the moistness and the blood/ & that must be done with purgations glister letting of blood/ or with setting with boxces/ and going to the draft/ and the contrary deal rubbing or binding. The iij. is with driving backwart/ & restrynging the curse of the blood/ & moistness/ & to strength the member. The iiij. is with the consuming of the matter. And this is to be done with soft making of the wound/ & of the heling of the veins/ or sinews or the member/ through such defending slaked the suꝑflue moistness. ¶ Of any body be wounded in a joint or nigh by a joint/ that you fear that the glytting water should come out/ If than the patient be young/ and full of blood and full of flesh & of moistness/ than ye must preserve him of moche eething & drinking/ and let him eete no flesh nor eggs nor of no slyming fish/ nor meet made with spicery/ & let him drink no wine/ but he shallbe content with pap of oats/ or barley/ or rise/ or of almond milk made with bren water/ & thereof made soppies/ but little/ he may eete small birds/ & of young goats/ of all this a little/ If he be sick/ give him young chekens/ but a little/ his drink shallbe barley water/ or a little Agros meddled with water/ & thereof he shall drink but little two times in a day if he can do it/ he shall wake on the day for that he may sleep the better in the night/ he shall the member beneath the wound lay higher than the wound/ werby he may the better rest/ and if that he may not well sleep/ than strike on the place under the ear/ and on the beating vain/ and the hands and on the nose thrills with this salve.  

¶ A salve.  
¶ Take unguentum populeun half an ounce/ olei mandragora one dragma/ opei thebaici halta dragma/ Corticis mandragora one scrupyll/ croci/ cassie line/ of each half a scrupyll/ cere. modicum aceri quod sufficit. fiat unguentum secondun artein. The other shall ye mark if he have course & unclean blood/ than meddle his drink with borage water/ with water of fumus terre/ & with ●nscute water/ or side water growing in the flexce/ If he hath moche blood/ and the wounded vain hath blooded a little/ than let him blood on the other side that the b●… de may be take from the other wo●… member/ and would the patyent ●o 〈◊〉 let/ than set him nevertheless 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 boxies without Fleming/ if the 〈◊〉 may not be set than in a bathe than ●ube & bind on the other side/ as I shall say in the next chapter ¶ Item ye shall also take heed that he every day goeth to the draft once a day at least/ and if he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of himself/ so make it him which suppositories.  
¶ If the body be full of materies and of heat/ than pure it with purgacy on made by the pottykaryr/ that the body may be purified/ and that the moistness of the wound be altered through another way.   

¶ A purgation.  
¶ And that shall be given him with sycore water/ and with borage water/ fenicle water/ & the aforesaid reecpte is made all thus. ¶ Take Cassie fistule elect noviter extract. vi. ounces. Dyaprimis solute. iiij. ounces. Syrupi violati/ misces in forma liquida. or give him this purgation that is a little stronger for coming to sooner to the laxation.   

¶ A purgation.  
Take Diacolycon. iij. ounces. elect de sue co rosarum. two. ounces. and misce. If he be sick or feeble/ and so stopped/ that you dare not give him the purgation/ or that he will take not the purgation/ than make this glister.   

¶ A glister.  
Take the erbe of Uyolette/ herbam Mercuxialis/ ●…. mallow or pappyl/ high mallow/ Beta romana/ of each half an handful. water. vi. pound. this letbe sodden to guider till the third part be consumed. than take of it. xii. ounces. and do thereto Honey of vyolettes half an ounce. Oil. iij. ounces. small rubbed salt. two. ounces.  
¶ The third. defend the member for the toronning blood and moistness coming to the wound/ and strength the member that it may res●●ynge and enforced backewart the moistness. And this shallbe done with reꝑcussyves and defensynes with salving in the morning and in the evening/ as often as ye dress the wound. And in the beginning of your dressing that upperpart of the wounded member roundaboute almost iij. palm in the length/ above and beneath the wound. iiij. twhartfyngers broad from the wound. upon the wound and roundabout shallbe laid warm things as I shall say. And that defensyffe ye shall have every time by you/ for cause without that defensivum may not good surgeon be/ which all lernydmen of this cunning occupied in all causes for all other defensyves restrining the moistness and other ill accidents   

¶ An excellent Defensyffe  
Take oil of Roses. iiij. ounces. Boli arm ni. two. ounces. Terre sigillate/ vinegar/ of each an ounce. camfer a dragma. Nyghtschawe/ howsleke of each an handful/ there out stamp and press the sap/ a with all this same make a salve/ & occupy it as is aforesaid/ and as I have learned.  
¶ The fourth. Ye shall on the wound and about the wound lay things softing the wound/ and to bring it to matter/ and to take away the pain of the veins. The veins to hele and to dress withtentes it is in two manners. the one is better than the other. The one is with warm and moist making of the wound. the other is with cold and drying and consuming of the moistness. but all the doctors occupy the first with the warming/ all be it also that the doctors whryten not of this sickness/ but alone of the discrasya/ impostume/ cut ting/ and stitching in the sinews/ veins/ arteries/ as I have learned you. And this happened more in small wounds than in great wounds/ and principally in the wounds that be stytchyth/ and for that the small wounds hath not bleded/ and the blood cometh to the wound and may not out wherefore the sinews/ veins arteries/ cometh to the more pain/ not only because of the blood/ but also of the smallness of the wound that the medesyne may not come in it for the ●●akynge of the pain of the wounded veins. Therefore it were very good to cut greater the small wounds that the dryness may come in it. And it is also my counsel/ and I have found in it moche prolyte.   

¶ One anointing.  
Take Oil of roses. one ounce. small rubbed salt. half an ounce. and dry ground worms in powder. a dragma and a half this well hot middled to guider/ and therein deep cotton/ and lay that upon the wound so warm as he may suffer it. and over the cotton lay a four double old linen clout depeth in warm wine of the best that ye can get to the waygthe of. two. pound & a half/ therein is sodden these erbes/ mowscere with the yellow flowers or Auricula muris in latyu/ herba Candela standing in herbario/ Artemisia/ Beta romana/ of each an handful/ and deep therein the bound/ binding therewith the member/ and keep the rule which often I have learned you.  
Will you help the patient well and hastily/ than he must suffer the wound greater to be cut/ and than do as I have aforesaid in the xvi. chapter. If he will not suffer it/ than work with the medicines aforesaid till he be hole. If ye have made the wound wider or is it wide enough of himself/ than put therein warm oil of roses/ therein is sodden the long ground worms/ and it strensed again through a cloth. And there over ye shall lay cotton deped in this afterfolowing receipt and anoyntement made thus.   

¶ A receipt.  
Take ground worms not dried and grafartysses/ which is found under the old moisty stones/ of each an ounce/ this stamp to guider meddled with. two. ounces oil of roses made of lynseedoyle/ that shall ye make as hot as he may suffer it. There over lay plumacyoles or small cusshyns made of tow or linen cloth and than bind it. ¶ If the wound be great/ wide/ and deep that there any veins or sinews be wounded/ than shall you sow it as I have learned you in the. xii. chapter. and put in the wound oil of roses sodden with the ground worms middled with the yolk of eggs/ and there over lay the receipt aforesaid of the gra●artysses. &. and do thereto an ounce turpentyne/ and bind it in all manners as I right now have learned you. This. iij. byndynges shall you do. viii. or x. days long till ye be sure of the impostu macyon/ swelling/ and of other ill accidents/ & that shall ye know by the running out of the matter/ & by the disposition of that wounded member/ and hold all times the 〈◊〉 aforesaid/ of eting/ drinking/ slepyn ●…nd to do his easament by himself/ or purgation And than he'll the wound like another wound shall be healed.   

¶ The other manner  
When that glydting water ronnyth out ye must dry and stop the moistness. and wash the wound with man's water/ Or put the ground worms in a glass and stop it well/ and wind that glass round about in though/ and set it in an oven with other breed// and with that water that cometh of the ground worms ye shall wash the wound/ and thereto is better the water that is found between the shoulders of an oxce. And as the wound is washed put therein this powder hereafter following.   

¶ A powder.  
Take Bolus armeni/ read Myrrh/ white Frankincense/ Mastic/ Dragon's blood/ Greeks pyche/ of each like moche/ and this all together make in powder.   

¶ A plaster.  
And then make this receipt/ Take bolo armeni/ an ounce. reed alom half an ounce. and white of eggs as much as is Inowgh & thick as honey/ and strike it like a plaster and lay it thereover. Or take this receipt here after following.   

¶ A salve.  
Take bolus armenus an ounce and a half. reed alom an ounce. stuff meel of a mill half an ounc. wheat meel a dragma. and white of eggs so much as is Inowgh/ and thy●ke as honey/ and keep the rule as it is afore said. ¶ It happeneth sometime that the wound is healed/ and the severing or glydting water laid about the joints/ and the joint waxed great as a man's heed/ and the skin abideth hole as another skin/ and these moistness must be consumed in this manner.   

¶ A purgation.  
first with the purgation of pillule hermodactuly/ or with pyllule fetidis. The second lay thereupon without that drieth & consumeth/ & lay it plasterwyse over the joint at evening and morning/ & it must well be bound with a long rolling baunde. & shall be made in this manner.   

¶ A plaster.  
Take Oil of olive. xxiv. ounces. Dragan tum/ Mastic/ Gommi arabici/ of each. ij. oum. Boli armeni. iiij. ounces. roots of ambra/ or consolide maioris/ all together stamped pure and fine/ & do thereto white of eggs well betyn/ then occupy it as is afore said. If ye will/ do thereto Licium/ Accricia Alumen zuccarinum/ ofeche half an ounce.    

¶ Of the wounds between the elbow and the hands. Ca xlvi.  
THis wound is not so great peril as is above the elbow/ for all that the long muscles is there. iij. twhart fingers down ward the elbow there the sinews & strings be bare/ that oftentimes maketh great pain/ & through the cramp comet the death/ this happynyth more in the wound above the elbow. ¶ Of the wound beneath the elbow is small with out losing of the substance/ than shall the wound be bound after that xii. chapter. ¶ If the wound be length the arm or over twhart that it must be sowed/ than work and bind it after the. xiv. chapter. In like wise do to the wound that is stytched. ¶ If the arm be through cut/ than shall you sow it like as another wound/ & shall be laid in one pipe/ or in splentties/ and in a touwell hanged/ as it is said in the. xliiij. chapter/ and if the patient be not which a pipe bound/ but with splentes/ than lay the arm on a board/ and between the board and the arm with a kusshyn field with hay/ & in the winter field it with fedders/ the hay is for colynge/ & the fedders for warmness/ the patient shall hold in his hand a round ball/ or a round n1 upon the board standing upright ¶ If the wound be in such a member/ there as many veins come together/ principally the pulse or beating vain/ than take heed if the vain hath moche blood or not/ and hath she not bled enough/ than do after the. xv. chapter. ¶ Bleed the wound so moche that you can not so ●● it/ than bind the arm above the wound as I you have learned in the. xiii. chapter. & that blood shall you staunch after the learning w●●e. xv. chapter. And than shall ye unbind the baunde from it/ and lay the arm so h●e that the wound hangeth not/ and that the arm lay higher than the elbow.  

¶ A very good experiment to staunch blood.  
¶ If the wound will not leave his bleeding/ then take heed of this learning. For I Jeron was called to one that was wounded above the wrest of the hand/ and the servant of a harbour hath so when it. I asked the patient if he had bleed moche or not he said nay/ then I let the wound to be bounden to the next day/ and than the wound bleded again. the .iij. day, I unbound the wound/ than came the blood sharply out/ than bound I the wound hastily again/ but the blood ran out nevertheless/ than I bound on the vain a blood stone/ as it is learned in the. xv. chapter. The one part of the blood stone deed I be thine in powder and that meddle I with the white of the eggs and tow therein I depte/ and I bound it on the wound/ and therewith was the vain staunched that there no drop of blood ●am out/ and than laid I the arm on a board/ and shortly came that blood in the arm so plentiful that the arm of himself lift up. Than laid I my hand on the arm to hold it stedly/ forall that it lift up under my hand. Than baunde I the other arm above the hand that the hand was blue/ and after that the blood came in the arm that not was hurt/ and than the wounded arm lay still on the board/ and when I saw that the binding should hurt the hole h●… than I lose a little the bo●●de and so leanly I the handesom days bounden not to ●as●. And as I the wounded arm unbonde for to dress than I bound the other hand for the time the harder and for cause the wound was staunched. viiij. days. I left the hole hand unbonde/ and I should dress the wound/ and anon bleedeth the wound again/ than bound I again the hole arm very hard/ & therewith was the wound stoppyth: Therefore take heed when ye see such● a wound than bind the contrary part as I have learned you in the .xv. chap.   

¶ Another experymentall learning for to staunch the blood.  
¶ Also was I called to a young man which was stytched through his leg above his knee/ to the which was called another master before/ which thereto deed a good staunching of blood/ nevertheless the wound bleded still/ and I desire not to come there/ for cause of the master/ but I mark that the patient became feebler and fain than I set the aforesaid stone/ and in the mean time dread I stamp small netyll And I cause the other master to unbind the wound/ & anon came ronning out of the wounded vain a finger thick blood. Than I laid on the vain in the wound the blood stone and that powder of the same blood stone middled with the white of eggs/ and the powder thus middled laid I round about the bloodstone/ and than I bound there upon on the wound the stamped small netylles and than I bound it with a rolling bound that there came not out one dropell of blood. All be it so that a master laid the afore said bloodestone on a woundid vain/ nevertheless it will not stop nor staunch the blood/ like wise as it hath happeneth me. And shortly I clean and shruped the stone and th●● I laid it on the wound and than he showed his power as thereto belongthe. Therefore it is good to have the stone in powden th●● to lay them upon the wound & veins.    

¶ Of the wound of the hand and the fingers. Ca xlvij.  
THese wounds be not so deadly as the wound in the elbow Nevertheless thereto cometh often times impostumation and swelling/ therefore take heed if it needed to be sowed the wound/ than work after the. xiii. chapter. and bind it like another wound. If the wound is with shot/ than take out the pellet like as it showed before in the. xvi. chapter. If the wound hath bled but little/ Than let him blood as is said in the. xv. chapter. If there be great pain of the wound/ and the pain will not slake then make this after following remedy.  

¶ A medicine.  
Take boli armeni. two. ounces. oil of roses iiij. ounces. opium. xl. barley corns heavy. vinegar/ half an ounce. semen bisantie or by saint seed one dragma. whit popylyon seed or semen papaveris albt. a drag. nyghtshede or howleke sap. iiij. ounces/ meddled to guider/ and lay on the place so often times till the pain be slaked/ but not long for the coldemaking of the member. And he'll the wound like another wound. If after the healing of the wound come there small bolling or knots that the joint may not be vowen than shall ye lay●on the knotten every day this plaster following.   

¶ A plaster.  
Take powder of litargirii. iii●. ounc. olium olive. xx. ounces. mustilaginis seigreti/ mustilaginis seminis lini/ ofeche. xvi. ounces. mustilaginis maluistici. viii. offices. resyne. xxiv. ounces. cere. iiij. ounces. olfum camomille a pound and half a pound. farine fenigreci/ farine seminis link/ of each. iiij. ounces/ masticis/ thuris/ of each. two. ounces. hogs grease/ capon's grece/ goose grease/ ducks grease/ of each. iiij. ounces/ all this meddled to guider & make thereof a plaster/ & lay it on the knots/ & than shall it be even Or make another salve to the same in this manner   

¶ A salve.  
Take hogs grease/ goose grease/ kapons grease/ ducks grease/ ofeche. v●. ounc. wax/ il. ounces. litargirum. two. ounces. oil olyus viii. ounces. farine fenigreci/ farine seminis lin●/ ofeche. two. ounces. bdellij/ oppoponatis/ thuris/ masticis/ of each an ounce/ of all this make a salve/ With this salve goeth away all the hardness of the joints/ and the knots be even. ¶ If any parson is cut of the hand/ there shall a quick hen be opened putting the stump of the arm therein/ & that shall staunch the blood. than shall you sow the skin crosswise over the stump/ and thereupon straw the powder aspresayde. & as hereafter followed.   

¶ A powder.  
This powder is made of white frankincense/ dragon's blood/ and meddle of this powder a little in the whit of an egg and deep therein tow and lay it on the wound. If a parson is the arm or the hand cut of/ and their is any pieces of the bone in the stump that is a little lose or not/ that shall ye pretelly take out/ or is that bone not even and there apyre any sharpness of bonies out of the wound/ than put the skin back wart/ and than cut of the uneven bone/ and sow the wound as is aforesaid/ and than he'll the wound with staunching of the blood/ and with the ruling aforesaid. And occupy alltimes the defensyffe/ which is need full to this wound. ¶ If this wound will not be staunched of the bleeding/ than lay thereupon this hereafter following powder.   

¶ A powder.  
Take Boli armeni/ papyr burned/ wine stone/ of each like moche/ & bind the wound fast that the blood be staunched.  
¶ When the finger is cut through/ than sow it cleanly/ and bind it like another wound. And ye shall lay the finger in a pipe of elder tree/ and than hele it as I before have learned you.    

¶ Of the wound in the breast, Ca, xlviij.  
OF the wounds in the breast how they happened/ speaketh Gwido the traveled him that he hath found whr yten so little of Galieno/ Haly abbate/ and Aniceu na/ of the membres that be holden/ and moche is whryten of the members which holden/ and in these happened the wounds in sundry manners/ and therefore ye must have also sundry cures/ thereafter as they be. It is sometime done with a sword/ or with a dagger/ or with a shot/ or with a spear through ronning. sometime is woun did the uttermost skin and the flesh. sometime in the holnes of the breast. sometime through the body. Sometime is wounded the membres within the body/ like as the heart// the lungs/ and diaphragma/ that is the pannicle that departeth the heart from the other membres. And sometime is not touched the membrys within/ than it is but a simple wound. And this is needful to be known of this partition to the surgeon/ that he may the better do her cure. And because that the old doctors in this cure accordeth not/ therefore I shall whryten some what for to know the manner of the wounds ere ye take it in charge.  
¶ The first is. If any be wounded in the breast with a sword or other like weepen/ it is lightly to known if the wound within be cut through or not/ for the greatness of the wound. But is it with a dagger or a-row it is ill to know if it goth through or no● Therefore it is needful to have to●…es fo● to know the same. And that token that the wound goeth through the breast/ or in the holnes of the breast is/ as the wind cometh out the wound/ princypaly when the nose and the mouth is stoppeth/ than shall you hang a little feather on a thread afore the wound/ is the wound through than shall move the feather. ¶ The token that the heart is wounded/ is the blackness of the blood/ and that the membres without be cold/ the superfluity of the sweyt/ of swomming/ or Sincopis minuta. The place of such a wound is under the lift pap/ and that is not good such a wound to take in hand therefore it is a cause for to refuse it/ for it is a deadly cure. The tokens that the long is wounded that the blood coming there out is read and shoming/ and the patient is hoot and kowckyth/ and is pale an the place of the wound is on the right/ And as Galienus said/ when moche bloo●…yth through the mouth without pain/ that is a token that the veins be hurt/ ¶ The token the the diafragma is wounded/ that he cannot hale his wind to him/ & strongly cowghed with blood & slimy spattyll/ & that the patient hath great pain in his side/ & the place of this wound is by the small ribs/ if ●herto comythyll accident/ ●han it is deadly/ and if the blood rya in the belly/ than it will corrupt for need and rot/ and the token of this is heaviness of the side/ and of the small ribs/ stinking spatyll with moche cough/ & the patient hath therewith the axcis/ and Jamer said also/ the wind that cometh out of the wound/ and the mouth styncketh so sore that it may not be suffered/ & that clout stynckyth of the blood thant cometh from the wound/ and the wound that goeth through the back/ is in more peril than the other/ for the veins/ sinews/ throat/ and stryngis of the heart/ and that is fastenyth to the back/ and the wound of the marrow is also sore perilous/ and the wound of the back bone that is not deep/ that is not perilous/ and the wound that touched not the back bone/ is not so peryllons. ¶ If the wound be small without losing of the substance/ and that cometh not to noneyll accedence/ that shallbe dressed with tow depped in the white of an egg/ & therein middle a letyll drogons' blood with frankincense/ lime of egg shells/ and on the. iij. day shall the wound be dressed again/ and than hele it with a gre●… wounded plaster/ or with the Jewys plaster/ or with balm/ but will you occupy the balm/ so must you occupy it at the beginning to the ending without dressing of the white of an egg doing thereto/ and also defend the wound from heat and swelling with that de●ensi●um.  

¶ A Defensyffe.  
¶ Take role armeno/ oil of roses/ and a letyll vinegar. ¶ If the wound be great that it must be sowed/ than sow it and bind it so as I have learned you afore/ and ye shall hele it like another wound with the green wounded plaster/ or with the Jewys plaster/ or with the balm. ¶ If the wound be so great and deep stytcheth or shotten/ that it goeth in the hole of the body/ of such a wound said Rogerius/ Brunus/ Wylhelmus de Saleceto/ Lancfrancus/ that it shall not be bound/ for cause the blood school de not abide within/ & such a wound shall be kept up with tents/ depeth with oil of rolls/ and with salve/ and strike about with defenstuum/ and when ye be sure of the ill accidence/ than shall ye cleanse the wound with this.   

¶ A cleansing.  
Take Frankincense/ Myrra/ Farina lupinorum/ of each an ounce/ strained rose honey vi. ounces. camomile flowers. ij. ounces wine one pound/ and a half/ all this together middled/ and this in the wound s●owttyd/ for to cleanse the wound/ and take heed that ye spowtte no more in the wound than he may suff●e/ and than roll the patient on a table roundabout/ and turn him upon the wound/ that the cleansing may comeout again/ if he may that suffer no more/ so do in the wound again the tents/ & cleanse it with this plaster. Take rose honey/ frankincense/ myrra/ sarcocolle/ or take an other plaster.   

¶ A plaster.  
¶ Take strained rose honey turpentine vi. ounces. barley meell/ as much as it needed/ & than shall the wound be clean with this plaster/ & with this plaster/ & with the aforesaid spouting/ that taketh away the ill matter/ and this is the counsel of the aforesaid masters/ because if the matter should abide in the wound/ it would cometo the heart/ and to all other gentle members within the body/ & it would be the death of the patient. Theodoricus & Henricus said that the wound should be closed. and if it is of need that the patient is ●eble/tha● shall yegyve him strengthing & comforting to the nature/ and if the wound be not hastily closen/ the natural her yholde through the wound come out/ and the cold air would go in/ which air destroyeth the wound/ but Guido maketh concord between the aforesaid masters/ and said that the substance of the things that cometh in the wound of the breast/ as well it is in the first part/ as in the other part And to all the wounds of the breast belongeth ●woo curis/ one win/ & another without/ & this wounds is to be known by the for said token's. ¶ As you know by the aforesaid tokens/ that there is no member within wounded/ or that no matter cometh therein/ the wound shall ye hele without tents/ and with plasters & salve incarnati●ū/ & with plum macyoles deppeth in wine/ & with binding that seldom be changed/ if ye be called to a wounded person/ & that ye ●ere the wound hath bleded inward/ that shall ye know by the rattling of the patient/ & hath he bleded a little/ & that the blood running is done/ than command you the patient to stupe on the wound/ & that he may move him that the blood may come out/ and as that is done/ so let the wound be tented with medsynes or dryness that draweth outward/ as turpentyne/ or honey that is better that draweth outward/ and drieth/ and clensyth. And bind him with plumacyoles of tow/ but not to stiff/ in this same day let him blood/ In the .iij. day glister the wound with the sudden wine/ as I shall say here after/ than turn the patient on the wound/ and there in do reasonable tents/ and that it let not the out coming of the engeled blood or matter/ and the tents shall be bound with a long thread/ because that the tent ●all not in the ho●nes of the breast/ for the patient should suffer moche harm. ¶ If there be the running of the blood/ than ye shall not stop it/ but if it rynnyd to much/ than it is needful to stop it/ that the patient lose not his might. ¶ As that blood is stopped/ and the other side is let blood on the vain/ and the wound is glystert with wine/ than ha●●e you with the tents/ and plastets that the blood may melt/ and consume/ and ta●…ge away the pain/ as is these hera●….   

¶ A salve.  
¶ Take Farina ordei. xii. ounces. Farin●…●enigreci. viii. ounces. Florum ●an. oun●… Ab●inthei/ Calamenti/ and rubb● d●●anne/ of each. iiij. ounces/ This is the best experiment drawing out the blood of the ground of the body. ¶ As any ●lede inward through the wound/ than take of the under crust of a loaf/ as hoot as it cometh out of an oven/ and lay the crumb of the breed upon the wound/ as hoot as he may ●uffer it. ¶ And the patient shall be laid upon the side on the wound/ this do as often as he may suffer it/ till there in is no more blood/ and than shall be give him medsyns to ●ele him   

¶ A medsyne.  
¶ Take bolus armenus/ terra sigillata/ with water therein is sudden roses/ sumach/ ballaustie/ granorum myrtillorum/ masticis/ sytrinorum/ or ye shall give him medsyns consolidatyves/ as terra sigillata/ bolus arminus/ of each two. ounces. Mumie iij. ounces. Sumach Sytrinorun/ Sorborun/ ●ōsolida ma●oris/ et medie of each an handful/ & seethe this in rain water/ or in water therein iron is quensyd in. ¶ Gothe the wound through to the inward membres/ and they is wounded/ than may ye yuge the wound deadly/ nevertheless/ doth the best/ for the nature is sometime stronger than ye ween. Therefore shall ye take heed where the wound goothe in/ or touched/ And is the wound in the heart/ than receiveth the wound of the heart no healing/ because there is some veins by the heart/ as they is wounded/ than cometh the haestely death/ and that blood destroyed the natural heat/ Or is the wound in the lungs/ it may not be well heeled/ but with great suttylte of an experient surgyan/ and the wound cometh commonly to corruption and rotting/ for the matter may not be cleansed/ than with cowhing/ for the cowhing maketh the wound wider/ also it is need that the wounded membres be in rest/ for the lungs is alltimes meurnge/ the long hath also a sharp subtle blood/ that not alone destroyeth the ill flesh/ but corodyth and consumyth the good flesh/ (As Galienns said) ¶ The medsyns that should hele the lungs that can not come to the lungs/ than through the long way of the maw and the liver/ and their leesyth the healing his might/ therefore the lungs may not well be healed/ therefore the patient gettyth Empeti●i/ that is that he matter spatyd/ thereafter is he Ptisicꝭ and died.  
¶ As Diafragma is wounded/ he may not be well cured/ because it is altyme moving/ & it is in the service of the heart/ gevynng wind/ therefore is her working needly to the breath/ than is that also hurt/ As the parties within be wounded/ there the sinews/ muscles/ & flesh tokyth her beginning/ of the which wounding takyth the heart lightly great harm If the wound goth to the inward members/ and is the aforesaid tokens in the lungs not great/ and is the wound outwart small/ than must ye make the wound a little greater/ that ye may do therein the medsyns'/ dryness/ and syccatyffes made of this alterfolowing powder.   

¶ A syccatyffe powder.  
Take Dragantum/ mastic/ Olybanun/ Gummi arabici/ Fenigreci/ of each like moche. And his meet shall be of bran water midled with penidium. And command the patient to be still and to rest without moving. If the wound is in diaphragma and the accidents little/ than order him such meet & drink that driveth away the cowhe. Also put in the wound a small tent depped in oil of roses and meddled with the yolk of eggs/ like the cure of other wounds ¶ If the wound is inward their the sinews hath his beginning/ than it is good to give the patient to lyck or to suck cleaving medsyns as Dyaspermata/ that is most used to comforting of the breast/ or Dyacodion/ or Dyasymphicon/ And that ye shall lay about on the wound/ it shallbe Embrationes with wine/ or with drying plasters and with oil. in the summer with oil of roses. And in the wyntter with oleum Nardinun and plasters made of Calcantum/ as it stand in primo cathagenorum named ●●yapalma. ¶ If the lungs/ or if the inward membres is not healed in. iiij. days. so●… it not well to be helped. Nevertheless help him with a good rule/ and let the patient lay on the wound/ and bind the wound 〈◊〉 the blood and the matter alltimes may come out. And if the patient may not suffer to lay all times on the wound/ than may ye torn him on the other side/ but most part on the wound.  
¶ Item the common medsyns or dryness to all innermoost membres/ shall be taken the medsyns they most maketh softness & sweetness. and that taketh away that is most contrary to the wound/ as hereafter standyd. Take Erugo eris/ Pomphiligos/ Lytargirum/ Cerusa. All is that these aforesaid medsyn maketh fast and hole the membres without. Nevertheless they opened the innermoost membres.   

¶ A plaster.  
Take strained Rose honey. xxiii●. ounces. Myrrh/ Frankincense/ Sarcocolle/ of each an ounce/ faryna Fenigreci/ farina Ordei/ of each a like moche that it be enough to make as thick as honey. and do thereto aly teil turpentyn that is very good. ¶ After the counseyile of Guydo give him to drink Den torye/ Castory/ Nepida/ Eariophyiata/ Pipineile/ Piloselle/ the tops of Nemp Reedcowles/ Athansis or Tanacetum/ Lycorys/ of each. v. dragma. and seethe this with honey & wine/ & give him hereof to drink a goblet full at every morning. And can ye not perceive the through going of the wound with tents depped in oil of roses/ nor with no other things/ nor the patient may not suffer we sihing nor out pulling of the matter/ and the patient hath heaviness and upblowing in the side/ and other tokens/ that is a knowledge that the matter is gathered up diaphragma. Is than the patient strong and well content/ than counsay led Wilhelmus/ that ye make a new wound with a zesour in the nether part of the of the patient against the back bone between the. iii. and. v. rib. or between the iii. and. iiii. rib. for the diaphragma is bowen with the rib and with the back bone to the. iii. and. iiii. rybbe. and the bowing might leave the out coming of the matter/ than would the Snrgean think he hadnot cut deep Enough/ therefore it is the better to cut between the. iiii. and. v. rib. And as the cutting is done/ than lay therein a tent depped in warm oil of roses unto the ground till the matter come me. and in the time of the dressing/ dress the wound shortly/ that the air enter not in to the inwardly membres/ for that the out blowing do not harm/ And as the matter begin to apyre/ than shall you cleanse the innermoost place through the new wound with this washing hereafter.   

¶ A cleansing.  
Take wine wherein sodden is camomile Faryna lupinorum/ Rose honey: all to guider middled/ taking so much as it is Inowgh and than strain it: and thereof spowte one pond in the wound. Than shall you the patient roll roundabout and than turn him again on the wound/ that the wine and the cleansing may come out again/ & than put the●… a tent depped in rose honey: Than lay thereupon that mundificatiuum or the green wounded plaster therein is moche rosyll. and let the old wound be closed shortly. ¶ Auicenna saith. As ye think be to much matter in Pleuresy that not is cleansed in. xl. days. or les/ that doth the parson fall in ptisym and to outdryeng of the naturally moistness. Therefore it needed to such a wound to occupy a cauterye with a hoot Iron/ wherewith ye may through bore the breast to the place there the matter abyded in/ that the matter may be dried & that the matter may be driven out by little and by little/ & wash it with honey water that the matter may come out to the utermoost member/ and as the wound is pure cleansed/ than go to the healing ¶ If thereto cometh an impostume/ than shall yond cut open a rib on another place of the side/ as I have learned you/ and it shallbe on the same side there the matter is/ and than let the matter out/ that should be not of need were the wound before defended from the swelling/ as I have learned you. Take also heed as ye let the matter go out that ye make the patient not feebler/ therewith he should lose moche of his might. And if the sprite of life is lesyd/ than followeth often times the death. Therefore take good heed to him that ye him the tent intymes put in/ depped in oil of roses midled with rose honey for better cleansing of the wounded place. And also cleanse the wound about with unguentum apostolicum/ which salve cleansed all wounds. Thereafter wash the wound with this after following mixture.  
Take wine therein es sodden Myrrh/ and the shells or ga●nat apples/ and wash there with every day the wound. And he'll it with the green wounded plaster: and with this powder hereafter following.  
Take Mastic: Myrra: Frankincense: Sarcocolle: Dragon's blood: of each like moche: made and driven in powder/ and than with the wine wash the wound and straw therein that powder/ and lay there over the plaster/ and plumacioles. & bind it with a baunde deppeth in the wine: and hele it. Some manner of the binding of the wounds in the breast maketh the flesh: and same holdeth alone the medsyns. The first binding which maketh flesh must be broad and long: and therewith begin the binding on the contrary side: and bind the. two. ●●●es crosswise on the wound: and wind about with the band so often as it needeth: and sow the ends of the band on that first part far from the same wound And Henricus said Thereto shallbe knot two small cords/ the one going on the shoulder: and the other under the arm.  
Rogerius for the medsyns to hold maketh a broad band with holes and with one end and that other end cut: that the shoulder may go through the hole of the end of the band & wind the breast roundabout/ & come again there you began. and with that cutteth end bind him the shoulder. If it may be done without cutting/ and omwynding the breast/ than shall the binding be to lighter/ as he saith/ ¶ For to come no impostume vnd the arm so is the breast bound with a cutting band/ & with the one end is bound roudabout the breast coming under the other hole of the arm/ and with the other end bind about over the shoulder/ & comy again on the first side/ & is theraft bound vnd the other hole of the arm.    

¶ Of the wound in the maw molste/ or pit of the heart. Ca xlix.  
THe wound throughgoing the maw. is very peryst. As the maw wounded that shall ye know by the outcoming of the meet. and is the place of the wound before/ than it is deadly. Is the wound of the maw not great/ & it is in a fleshly place/ than may it be healed with one good surgean. Is there any wound by the maw or in the pit of the heart through the skin & flesh/ than shall ye hele it after the .xii. chap. Is the wound great and wide/ or stricken with a sword/ than shall ye the wound sow/ bind/ and he'll after the. xiii. chapter.  
¶ Is the wound in the whole of the body with out hurting of the maw/ or onyother membee/ than shall the wound be tented with oil of roses/ and rose honey/ and the yolk of eggs/ till it begin togyve matter/ and than cleanse it with the plaster in the chapter of the breast/ thereafter shall you do grown flesh with unguentum fuscum/ or vnguem tum aureum scdm Mosue/ which salve I shall set in Anthydorario/ Orye shall c●c̄se the wound with this after following water.  

A ciensing water.  
Take wine therein is sodden myrrh/ and she'll lyso of garnat apples/ & there in straw it with the powder that stand in the asoresayde chapter/ and thereon lay a green wounded plaster/ so long till it be hole. ¶ Is the wound in the maw in his substance/ and it goeth through than is the wound deadly. Is the wound not great like as of a dag ge● or another sharp thing/ than shall it be made a little greater/ than sow it again which a thresquarnydyll/ & with awaxyd silken thread/ principally as the wound is in the fles●hy part. If the wound be in the uppermost part their sinews be/ than is the sowing for nought/ and upon the sowing shall you lay this powder.   

¶ A powder.  
¶ Make it of white ●…anckensence/ mastic 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. agantum/ Gommi ara●…ci/ of each a dragma/ dragon's blood/ Mumie/ of each half a dragma. and after shall ye sow the wound without/ and leave the thread hanging without the wound there the maw is sowed/ as when that ye lose within the seem so may you it pull out again/ and on the seem without ye may say this powder here after following.   

¶ A powder.  
Take dragons blood 〈…〉 frankincense/ lime of egg shells/ & drive it in powder. than he'll these wounds without and within like other wounds. and also with wound drink/ as I shall learn in Anthitodario. For all that Lans●ācus saith that the wound without shall not be cured. The wound within shall first be cured/ but that is not good/ but the wound that is with out may be changed through the cold of the air/ and that should be the letting of healing of the wound within. And as the wound within is not healed shortly/ than will it never heel. Therefore must you apply hastily to the heling of this wound.  
¶ And is the wound with shot/ than pull out the arrow as I have learn you/ and fill the wound withoyle orroses/ mydled with the yolk of eggs. Defend. the wound with defenlyffe/ The other day shall ye lay on one plaster mundificatiuum/ as long till the wound be well cleansed. And after shall ye was●he the wound w wine in like wise as is in the aforesaid chapter.  
¶ If the wound ve cut with a sword/ and is great/ than sow it/ and on the some lay this powder/ of dragon's blood/ lime of egg shells/ white franekensence.   

¶ A powder.  
Item. ●ilhe●m● made this powder of dragon's blood/ dragantum/ gum of araby of each like moche/ for this heeled the wound to gyderr. thereupon lay towe deppydin the white of an egg middled with a little of the aforesaid powder. And after cleanse the wound with oil ofroses/ and with rose honey. and wash it with sodden wine/ like as it stand in the chapter of the wound in the breast. And yfther to come any ipostSpan●aciō than straw therein this aforesaid powder and lay thereon the green wounded plaster till the wound be well hole. Hold all times the rule of meet an drink/ and letting blood/ and doing well his easement/ as is aforesaid in the chap. of the wounds in the Joint.    

¶ Of the wound in the belly. Ca l.  
Some time is the wound in the belly before/ and some time be hind/ And the wound the es before & through the web or phlegm there the boweles lay in. that one is called Myrach and that other is a thin panycle/ and is called Syfac/ and lieth within Myrach/ and kepyth in him the guts/ & on the hinder part is the. v. spondeles of the run/ & the flesh there under. ¶ Also is their wounds within/ as in the many fold/ in the guts/ and in the maw/ and in the run/ and in the mother (or matrix) and in the bladder/ The wounds in the belly is sometime that goeth not out/ and sometime goeth there out that phlegm callydzirbus/ and the guts/ or other like. ¶ And the wounds happenyth sometime with a sword/ and sometime with a lance/ and sometime with an a-row/ and sometime with other instrumenties/ that slit chid o●…ttyth. Some wounds be great & some small cut with a dagger/ some twhart/ & some cleaved in length. Some little/ some great/ some wide/ and some narrow. And this poyntties must ye knower ye begin to cure the wound. ¶ And hereafter following be the tokens of the wound/ whereby ye shall know what membrys there be wounded without or within the body. ¶ The token of the wound in the belly going not through it is known by the sight/ and by the pronfe/ as that their cometh not out. ¶ The token of the wound of a strtche the is going within/ that is be known as that proof gooth deppe in ward/ & as zirbus/ or the guts/ or any other goth●…t. ¶ The token that zirbus hath been long out/ as it is changed/ that is as his substance is black and stinking. ¶ That token that the guts is wounded/ that is as the dirt goeth out/ And if the great guts/ or small guts be wounded/ is known through the place of the wound. above the navel is the small guts/ & under the navel is the great guts. ¶ The token that the maw is wounded I have said in the fore written chapter. ¶ The token 〈◊〉 the liver is wounded/ is to know in the 〈…〉 coming of the blood/ and the wound is in the right side ¶ The token that the milt is wounded/ that is the out coming of stinking/ and is in the left side. ¶ The token that the renes be wounded/ is known by out coming of watery blood. Galienus said that the wound and sowing is more perilous in the mids of the belly/ than in the sides. ¶ The wound that goeth not through shallbe heeled/ with the green wounded plaster or balm/ like an other wound/ as is learned in the. xii. and. xiii. chapter. In like wise shall be cured the through going wound within/ as their no limbs be wounded/ than alone that the wound goeth through Myrach/ and Sysa●/ this wound is cured in the same manner afore said/ & it must have another sowing. ¶ The sowing of the belly● is in momy manners/ And Galienus commanded the sowing all thus. ¶ In the first threst the nedyll in the one lip of the wound/ and to wche with the nedyl Syfac/ and af●e● that trest the nedyll through Myrach and knet it on the wound. And in the second stitch/ let the nedyll godin through the one lip/ through that hole Myrach & Syfac/ and that shallbe knet without/ and go so forth till it be all sown/ & Galienus said another sowing/ and Albucasis follow with the sowing/ and it is more commonly & lighter. The sowing is in this manner/ ye shall sow the border of the lips together and to every stitch a knot/ as moche as it needed. Albucasis set the manner with the nedyl and sowing/ as is aforesaid/ but let the needle stitch in it/ and wind the third about the needle/ as is aforesaid in the xiii. chapter. Lanfrancus & Henricus said another manner/ that ye shall ●iytche with a needle the third without in the lypre or the wound/ and stitch it through Myrach/ & Syfac/ and so as the stitch may be ordered right/ thereafter sow the other part of the lip outward again/ & cut of the ends of the thread/ and let it belong Inowgh/ and after that sow in such manner/ and let between the stytchiss a space of atwhart finger/ and as that is done/ make one knot of the. iiij. stytchies/ and so go for the in the sowing of the hole wound/ and through the sowing of Syfac/ that hath no flesihe/ be cured with the help of Myrach/ and with the wound outwardly/ and the bands of the breast may we occupy to this wounds of the belly/ there no limbs be wounded/ nor cometh out: ¶ When the guts is wounded over twhart/ or is in pecis/ than it is deadly/ if it be length wounded/ it may be helped. ¶ If that the wound/ of the belly is not great Inowgh/ than shall ye make it greater/ as I shall show you hereafter/ than shall you take out properly the guts/ and sow it there after as it is needful/ with a skinners needle/ Jamericus/ Theodoricus/ Rogerius lay elder pipes in the guts/ under the seem/ that the seem rot not. Wilhelmus & some other/ lay therein a part of a crier of a throat goll of a be'st/ as the. iiij. masters saith/ But Lanfrancus & Guide they think it not be profitable table/ for that nature is inclined to outdrawing strange things/ and thus it help not therefore it was laid/ and it is better that the guts be sowed/ as afore is said/ and that it be cleansed of the uncleanness/ and that powder shall hastily be laid on the seem/ and is made in this manner▪  

¶ A powder.  
¶ Take Mastic/ Dragantum/ Gommi arabice/ of each anounce. Dragon's blood/ Mumie/ of each halfanounce. than shall ye the guts put inagayne/ as I shall learn you/ and after that shall ye sow the utter skin/ and also that phlegm/ there the guts lieth in/ and in the uttermost seem/ lay that powder in delending of the same. And master Milhelmus de saliceto saw a knyghthur tinge himself with a knife in his belly that the guttties run out/ and the guts was wounded in the length. And to the same was fet Ottobanus of Papia/ the which gave him ill comfort saying that he must die/ for cause he would put in again the guts/ and they ware so grreatly swollen that they might not come magayn. Than came the friends of the patient praying him to come to the wounded parson. And as Wylhelmus saw the patient/ than he commanded to bring warm wine/ for the time was to short for to seed water with camomile/ and Anise. And with the wine he washed the guts there the dirt came out/ than sowed he the guts to guider again/ and he laid on the seem the aforesaid powder. And than he would put in again the guts/ and they was so sore swollen that they could natbe handled/ for the wound was to narrow/ than he cut the wound greater with a sharies/ and put the guttties therein again/ and he sowed the phlegm/ and also the skin. and than he healed the knight that he lyfde many years after/ & hath children by his wife. ¶ cometh the liver out of the wound/ & is deppe wounded in his substance than lysed she his working/ therefore it is deadly/ for the wounds may not be healed for the superfluity of the blood/ why the is the fundament and matter of the life But is she not wounded in any part that belongeth to her/ than put in again the liver & the wound shallbe cured like another wound. ¶ Is the liver a little wounded and not sore/ than shall it behelyd of a good Surgeon like another wound. And it must becured hastily ere it changed/ while it is fresh. ¶ If the milt be wounded/ ye must well search in what part of here substance she is wounded/ And is there apyce cut of/ than fulfil the other place of the hole milt. but not as the port be cut over twhart/ & as the wound of the milt is hard and thereof cometh the water spring (or ydropisys)/ and ever feebleness of the maw. And hangeth the milt out/ than put it in again/ And as zyrbus goeth out that is the phlegm/ and is that corrupted/ than bind or knot that there is corrupt/ as Galyenus saith/ an cut it of after the knotting unto the nether part of the belly/ and ye shall leave out of the belly the end of the knotting that the thread of the sowing of the guts may be pluck out again as the wound is cleansed. As the seem is made in zyrbus/ than put in to the belly that same zyrbus again and sow the wound in the belly shortly. & let it not open till the inner wound be hole also Jamerius Rogerius Lanfrancus commanded. and the cause is this. There is no thing that doth so much hurt the inner ●imes or membres as doth the touching of the uttermost air/ of the which air it chaungyth/ and gettyth ill accidents of pain/ and hardness of the guts/ thereafter they may get the cramp/ and after to die In the wounds in the guts prasyth some masters the glister of strong black coloured warm wine/ and prycypally as the guts hath many hooles. And all his meets to the. viii. days shallbe thin. for it cometh not to rotting/ but to heling to guider. And hereto the. iiij. masters praised afterfolowinge. Lay wheet bran an hour and than take it out again/ and do there to this dryness.   

¶ A Powder.  
Take flower of rock/ Dragantum 〈◊〉 miarabici/ Dragon's blood: Consolidama ior or Ambra: the here of an hare/ and give him twice or thrice at every day. Is the patient feeble than give him the soppies of sap therein is sodden chykens/ & if there be said in Dragantum. & Gommi arabici: it were very good/ and water therein is sodden Frankincense: Mastic/ and this praiseth Wilhelmus and Rogerius. If there be any parson stytcheth or wounded that his guts come out/ and they be not hastily puti● again that they be unclean/ swelling and changing by the air/ than shall ye take warm water therein is sodden camomile flowers/ Ameis. or take warm wine which hath no befulle rip/ as Lanfrancus said/ therein shall ye wet a sponge and than warm the guts therewith/ & salve the gut les with rose oil/ & put the guts again in to the belly. ¶ Theodoric● cuttyth open a pig/ or another be'st in the mids in tweyn & laid it as warm on the guts so often that the guts may lessed of the swelling/ that it may come in again. If the guts be fallen on the ground that it be foul/ than lay it in warm gooties milk/ & cleanse it therein/ & than put it again in to the belly. Be the guts swollen and the wound be small that the guts will not in again/ than commanded Galie. Milhelm●/Lanfrāc●/ & more other/ that the wound in the belly shall be cut so great that the guts may be put in again.  
¶ To this cutting is convenient that instrument called Samgatoria crokydlyke a syckyl/ before on the croaking sharp/ but not sharp on the point/ & Albucasys set it in a picture as here standed.  
¶ The patient shall lay on his back & high against the wound/ and the surgeon shall wisely cut the wound that the other guts come not out/ & than put in again the guts that is out. And the Surgeon must have a good servant which shall taken heed of the guts without with his hand softly/ & than take the wound in the mids & cut the wound wider/ & put therein again the guts/ than sow it as is aforesaid. Thereafter defend the seem & the wound (as Galyenꝭ said) with Formacis that is called sanguinolentis/ that in other membres the wound maked fast/ like as doth the powder that holdeth the seem/ & the plumacioles with wine/ and the plaster with other dryness that maketh flesh. Cometh their pain of the cutting or sowing as it happeneth often times (as Auicen. said in his. iij. Canon of the cure ofydropisis) that of the cutting cometh pain and pricking Therefore it is good to put therein oil of dill or camomyl/ & upon the place of the cutting lay the plaster made of lynseed/ high mallow seed/ femgreke/ of each like moche. And some other masters as Henricus for taking away the pain & swelling/ they seethe wine with salt therein/ and so much bran that it be thick/ & they putteth in a bag and laid thereupon as hot as the patience may suffer. Sometimes is done thereto the aforesaid oil/ & do it so often till the pain be gone. ¶ The matter that is let in the belly and can not come through the seem ye need it not to fere greatly/ for the moysines can not be moche/ & they membres hath not much blood as Wilhelmus saith/ the nature resoluyth and consumyth the moistness & sendyth to the flanckies/ and there it be enryd like another ipostume in the same place.    

¶ Of the wound in the bladder/ and in the kidney. Ca li.  
WEre a wound in the parts which held/ as the skin & flesihe/ it shallbe healed like a wound in the xii. &. xiii. chapter. But the wound in theumer limbs that be holden/ as in the kidneys and bladder/ and the mother or matrix of a woman. This be members needful to every body/ & this hath no other cure than the wound in the belly. ¶ That token that the bladder is wounded that is the outcoming of the urine through the place in pectine. ¶ That token that the mother or matrix is wounded/ it shall be known through the place under the navel through the outcoming of the blood/ and cure the wound like another wound with sowing principally when the wound is by the neck of the matrix for theridamas is the more flesh/ there for the wound is the better to make fast.  
¶ The wound in the kidney may not be he lid/ for it is feded with the watery blood that the heling belettyd/ and also it is altymen in moving/ and it is the way where through the urine cometh. ¶ The wound in the bladder can not be healed/ for it is a sinewy part without flesh/ & is altyme moving/ & to receive the urine and to give out again/ But the wound that theridamas is in the neck of the bladder there it hath flesh and blood/ that may be healed with a truwe cure/ like as it be seen as the stone there be cut out. which stone is grown from long times in the body of a man.  
¶ When the wound is in the hole of the bladder there as no flesh nor blood is that the urine comethout/ that is deadly. For all the sow the bladder/ and lay upon the seem this plaster solowing.  

¶ A Salve.  
Take Rose honey. xxiv. ounces. Frakencense/ Mastyck/ Dragantum/ of each. two. ounces▪ made in powder/ and meddled with the rose honey. and lay about the wound that defensyffe/ & hele it. And the patient shall take heed for moche drinking till he be hole. ¶ As ye be called to such pacientes that is wounded in such a place/ than say to their friends that such a wound is deadly. and promise the patient always his health.  
And first command the patient to be confessed as one that shall die/ erever his power fail/ and his wit change. and there after shall you work for his health/ for the nature doth often fail that the surgeon thinketh unpossible to help it/ principally as nature getteth help with a good work. Nevertheless ye shall not believe no good token that often happeneth to the patient. For hippocras saith/ that ye shall not tryst in the pacyente that mendeth hastily without cause/ also ye shall notfere an evil token without cause/ for this deceiveth often. And ye shall think always that the patient shall die/ or else he is all healed.  
¶ This cure ye may take in hand in your land/ or in your country there as ye are known. But in strange lands take ye none such in hand/ or other wounds that is in peril.    

¶ Of woundesi● the iarde or cods Ca lij.  
THe wounds in this place is fearful for her subtle composition/ & conyngly working/ nevertheless if the yard of the man be wounded in length or overthwart/ & if the wound be not great it shall be cured with the sowing/ powder/ letting blood an the vain/ and with good paysyon as another wound. ¶ And if the wound be overthwart & clean cut of/ than is the wound most in peril/ by the reasen of many sinews & veins/ therefore sometime the patient dieth or the blood be stopped  
¶ For easing of the pain in such a wound. Take warm oil of roses and anoint therewith from the upperpart of the yard under the navel/ and about Periconiam that is between the fundament & his privity/ & burn the wound roundabout with a brenning iron/ with that the blood may be stopped/ and to take away the cramp which cometh often of the pain. And thereupon you may lay also the stone aforesaid in ye. xv. chapter. and also the stone made in powder and there among meddle Dragon's blood/ white Frankincense/ and Aloepaticum/ of each like moche middled with the white of eggs stricken on a cloth/ or plumacyole that in the mids hath a hole as great as a strawberry/ and the plumaciole laid thereon that the hole may come evenly to the pipe of the yard that the urine may come through/ and over it shall you do your binding/ and behind roundabout ye shall lay the defensivum And ye shall give the patient every morning/ noon/ and evening the medicinable wound drink that I shall set in Antidothario. The wounds in the cods destroyed the cods/ and taketh lightly away the generation all is the parson not in no peril of death. And the cure of this is like the cure of a common wound.   

¶ Of the wound between the hips/ and the neither part of the back. Ca liij  
IN this wound is no great peril/ but if it be very great/ that the skin flesh/ and the sinews be hurt/ that the same sinews be schronken so shall the man halt. ¶ If the wound be cut with a knife sword or oterlyke weepen. If the wound be small/ it shall be bound after the xii. chap. ¶ If the wound be great that it must be sown/ than sow & bind it after the. xii. chapter. & shall be heeled as another wound with the green wounded plaster/ or bawm/ as it is aforesaid. ¶ If the wound be stricken with a dagger/ ye shall tent it with a comely tent depte in oil of roses warm/ and with the yolk of eggs and so put it therein as far as ye may with the foresaydoyle/ unto the time the wound begin to give matter/ then cleanse it and hele it as another wound. ¶ ye may ask me wherefore I have learned to put so moche rose oil in the wound/ and that I have forbidden the rose oil in the. xii. and. xiii. chapped. thereupon answer I/ that ye should be the surer & faster in your working/ & that there to the lesser come the ill accidents of the hot impostumation. It is more profitable such evil accydent to defend/ than the ill accydent to draw away/ for the nature of the oil by the warmness getting of the fire/ is sweating/ softening/ & opening/ principally in the narrow and shoten wounds/ for a stick or a wound come to matter than cometh seldom there to evil accident. Therefore I command you to do thereto a little of the yolk of an egg/ for the wound to get a little clen sing/ that the matter sooner should come. And all times is very good to make such an oil of roses of unripe green oil olive/ for the ●ose oil & such oil olive have in them alytel biting with styptica. Also the ripe oil olive is good to make ripe the ill accident/ the middle ripe oil doth avoid the matter/ the unripe green oil is good for the consolidatiwm and for healing together the wound.  
If the wound be made by the shot of an arrow in this part of the body/ than draw it out & take as I have said in the .xvij. chapter. Or supple the wound withoyle of roses and there with shall it be tented for to come out/ and lay about the place a defensiuum than shall it be cleansed with this salve.  
And after that hele it with a green wounded plaster/ and the salve shall be made of rose honey. xii. ounces/ fenugreek meele/ lyusede meele of each. iiij. ounces/ oil of camomile & barley meele of each. ij. ounces/ lay this thereon/ for it taketh away the pain/ and cleanseth the place/ his drink shall be made with barley water sodden with parseley roots/ & let him take heed of blood letting/ and to the draught going for it is needful to these wounds/ and command them to be quiet for there is no better thing for a wounded parson/ and often cometh of a little wound great harm because that he taketh no heed of such a wound/ therefore take heed in such a cause.   

¶ Of the wound in the thigh. Ca liiij.  
THe wounds in the thigh or in the thickness of the leg above the knee it is dreadful for the muscles that be there/ and they be often deadly. Guido saith/ there is but little difference between these wounds and the wounds in the arms but a lonely the wound of the thigh is often deadly/ and that cometh of evil accident/ & if the wound be small/ she shall be bound after the xii. chapter/ If the wound be great that it must be sowed/ it shall be sowed after the xiii. chapter/ upon the seem shall be laid the powder of dragon's blood/ white frankincense/ the lime of egg shells/ and leave one end of the wound open that there thrugh● the woundemay be cleansed. The first day lay in the wound the yolk of an egg/ with rose oil/ for to cleanse it/ and always do about the wound defensiuum till it be well cleansed/ than cause the flesh to grow/ and he'll it with the green wounded plaster/ and at the beginning also ye may hele it with halsom. ¶ If the wound be so deep that the muscle be wounded/ so we the muscle with a waxentrede/ and after the skin ¶ And if the wound bleed to much yeshal stop it as I have learned you in the. xv. chapter/ & lay on the seem this powder/ white franken feuce/ the lime of egg shells/ and dragon's blood/ and lay about the wound that defensiuum/ and in the wound the yolk of an egg meddled with oil of roses/ & yfye be sure there cometh no impostumation/ than lay thereon first mundificatinum/ or the green wounded plaster/ if the wound be deep & narrow/ and bleedeth sore/ stop the blood as I have learned you/ and let blood out 〈◊〉 vain there against/ and lay over it tha●… fensiu●m. ¶ ye shall know also that ye shal● never take tents for holding the wounds open there as the wound is full of veins or ●…scly flesh/ for in such a wound cometh great harm of the tents/ therefore is put in the wound oil of roses before the tents/ for sureness that there shall no evil accident come there to/ therefore shall the wound be cleansed and heeled as is aforesaid/ And if the wound have not bleed moche/ them shall the patient be let blood on the vain/ and rule him with eating and drinking and to the draught going/ as you may see in the chapter of the ruling.   

¶ Of the wound in the knee. Ca lv.  
SOre dreadful and deadly is the wound in the knee/ for the great sinews that is therein/ for the knees hath the most great bands Corda●/ and Neruorum/ & they be in the ●●thermore part/ there the moistness hastily cometh downward/ therefore all these wounds been dangerous/ for Au●c●nna saith that the wound on the knee by the shin is evil/ because that to the wound cometh evil accident/ thereof s●e shall seldom be sure▪ and these wounds have little difference of the wounds of the arms/ hands/ & of feet/ but alonely this wound in this place is dreadful/ principally if the be. iij. fingers from the knee/ for the goodness of the place/ so come there any accident that the good surgeon can not better it/ As it is often seen/ that the patient dieth of a little wound/ and also he must earnestly take heed of the hinder part for the ij. sinews that cometh from the heed through the back and behind through the legs to the sooles of the feet. I have seen many evil accedentes coming of such small wounds there is little set by or taken, heed to/ and the mys●e fortune is fallen to me and other ●o/ therefore it is needful to take 〈◊〉 for this wound/ and to follow after the xlv. chapter/ that speaketh of all such wounds of the joints the plain matter/ & principally of that glyting water/ and take good heed to the learning of the same chapter/ & forget nothing to do after the rule of the same chapter/ & principally that the patient keep him still/ that the wounded lieth & member be in rest as little as the wound is/ & of the wound be small the more charge is in it/ therefore followeth same learning till the wound come to his digestion and giving out of the matter/ till ye be sure of all accedente/ nevertheless tryst it not/ but go forth & follow the good cure/ till that the full wound be hole. ¶ If the wound be shot with an arrow supple out the arrow with warm oil as is afore said/ and the same oil shall do as much good in the ●ounde as if the tents were put in/ a y● shall strength the said wounnde with defensinun/ and ye shall let the patient blood out of the vain/ and to do his easement/ and as ye be sure that there come no ●…stume thereto/ so shall you cleanse the wound with unguentum apostolorum secund●m Auicennam thereafter shall you cure it with a green wound plaster/ also take heed if there be any bones depanrted from other than depart it hole/ than sow the upper part of the wound together/ and leave the neither part open that the wound may be cleanse through every day/ the first day lay in the wound the yolk of anegge meddled with oil of roses/ the next day ye shall cleanse the wound/ after that cause the flesh to grow/ and he'll it like another wound.   

¶ Of the wound in the shin, Ca lvi.  
IN the shins is many sinews that cometh down from the brain therefore in the wound of the shin is great peril/ not alonely for the sinews but for the muscles that is iij. fingers beneath the knee through which many persons hath great ha●●e by.  
¶ If there come but little blood out of the wound/ let him blood on the vain on the contrary part. & let him hold the rule in going to stole/ as I have saith in the. xlv. chapter. & he shall drink middled wine.  
¶ If the wound bleed sore/ floppe it as is said in the. xv. chapter. & then cleanse the wound/ & if it be need sow it and lay on the seem the powder aforesaid/ & hele it as another wound/ whereof many times as aforesaid.   

¶ Of wounds in the ankle. Ca lvij.  
IN the ankle is the wound perilous/ for it is set to guider with small bones/ Therefore as the ankle is wounded/ it may not be set to guider in his right composition as he was before. And also the ankle is fastenned with many sinews/ and as they be wounded it is hard to help. ¶ If it be wounded with an arrow/ ye shall anoint the place with oil of roses/ & draw out the arrow and put in the wound the aforesaid oil. And as ye be sure of the wound/ then ye shall cleanse it/ and after ye shall hele it with a green wounded plaster. & the patient shall hold the rule of letting blood/ and of the stole going/ as I have said before: If the patient be very sick or feeble/ give him of a sodden chycken/ and give them also meddled wine. ¶ And if the wound be greatly cut unto the bone/ cleanse it withinwarde/ and then so we the woundeto guider again. And if the sinews be cut/ sow them to guider and afterward the skin/ and lay on the seem this powder of Dragon's blood/ Dragantum/ Gommiarabici/ of each like moche and in the mouth of the wound put oil of roses middled with rose honey. This do. iij. or. iiij. days. and lay about the wound a defensivum. And afterward cleanse the wound/ and he'll it with a green wounded plaster like another wound.   

¶ Of the wounds of the feet/ or among the toes. Ca lviij.  
THe wound in this place must ye know if it be shot with an arrow/ sticked/ or cutteth/ if it be overthwart or a length/ and if the arrow go through or not. And if the a-row be in the foot draw it out as I have learned you in the. xvi. chapter/ if you fear there sold come pain thereto by the reason that there be many veins in the foot/ fill the wound with warm oyl●… roses/ and so you may draw it out softly and lay in the mowth of the wound oil of roses meddled with rose honey/ and about the wound this defensiuum/ of oil of roses/ boly armeny/ with a little vinegar/ and as you be sure of anguish cleanse the wound and hele it with the green wounded plaster or with Jevys plaster/ If the cut wound bleed sore/ than stop the bleeding as I have learned you in the chapter of the wounds stopping/ than sow it and bind it as I have said in the xiii. chapter/ and lay upon the wound the powder of whit frankincense dragon's blood/ the lime of egg shells/ & about the wound lay the defensive aforesaid/ then cleanse the wound/ and he'll it like another wound. Also lay the foot high & keep it meetly warm so that the moistness come nottherin. ¶ And keep the patient in rule of meet & dryuke/ & of going to the draft as I have learned you. Also you shall know that the sinews cometh from the brain. and yfthe foot be cut ye must be the more diligent and dreadful to take it in cure.   

¶ Dfall manner of fractures breaking of bones in general and how they shall be righted and heeled. Ca lix.  
OF the wounds that happeneth in the soft members I have said/ as of the skin/ flesh/ veins sinews/ unto the bone So shall I write of the harder deal/ or parts of the body. And of all that is cut with a sword/ & that the flesh & the bone be through cut/ that is called a wound with the fracture or breaking. & if the bone be hurt with no cutting instrument/ but with a clobbe/ or staff/ stone/ or falling/ or cast/ or by himself/ or by another/ it is called a fracture or breaking of the bones. sometime the bone breaketh overthwart that in the fracture with the breaking is no small pieces of the bone/ & that commonly is called a fracture. & sometime the bone is beaten & hurt/ & is uneven broken with splenters that one piece or many pieces depteth from other/ that is called frustralis/ or the bone broken with pieces. Sometime it is not broken overthwart/ nor with pieces/ but it is rent in length/ then it is called Apertura or rent. The token of the fracture or breaking/ if it be in breed or in length/ It is known well enough by the sight & by understanding/ as holy abbess & Lanfran. saith/ & can ye not see the fracture/ ye shall know through seling with your hand on the bone (as Rasis & avicen saith) ¶ The pain of the bone as it is tow chid/ & the feebleness thereof is a token of the fracture. And as there is in the fracture splentes or pieces/ then ye shall feel by the pieces about the fracture & it will prick in the flesh & the patient feeleth the pricking over the place of the fracture/ & most when you touch it with your hand. ¶ The fracture or ryning that cometh in the length of the bone is worse to be known than the fracture that cometh overthwart thee bone/ but it is known for the member is greater and thicker/ & that the patient with the member may not labour as he hath done before times. That bone that is overthwart broken in. two. pieces that is more perilous to bind and to hold/ than is the bone that is broken or rent in the length. Therefore as such a fracture is heeled it is alltimes uneven and crooked/ pryncy pally as the fracture is in a bone that standeth alone with none other standing there by/ lyke as the formest bone in the arm/ and in the shins. ¶ The fracture by the joints it is the heaviest & the worst to bind/ And it can not well be bounden for there cometh often times great pain in the moving/ & hardeneth the fracture with pain and mar ring of the flesh/ And if it have moche moistness it is evil/ because he can not be▪ holpen for the time the faintness must be first amended. ¶ The fracture with a wound hath a sundry cure/ & ye must make holes in the band/ through the which it may be heeled where as need is. ¶ When any fracture is long unbound it is dreadful and the worse. ¶ And if the fracture ware hard/ than is it the worse to set to guider/ and therefore it is needful to have a great strong byndyge/ and the great strong binding is perilous for coming onyhete & cramp (as Auicenna saith)  
¶ To know in what time the bones may be heeled/ that is to know. The braynnan may be heeled in. xl. days. The bone of the nose is heeled in. xiiii. days. The rib in xx. days. and so forth it shall be said hereafter. But the age of a man taketh away such comely time of healing. Jamericus Auicenna/ and haly abbess saith/ what is the cause that the time is long or the bones be heeled to guider/ It cometh often times that the bones be often times dressed/ and moistened with warm water/ and with often times moving/ and that there is to little sly my blood/ and through straight binding it beletteth the member to feed/ & hindereth him of his heling. And it is said that the swelling of the member wout great pain after the binding/ & slaketh the swelling after the time of the setting again of the bones that is a good token.  
¶ Item Galienus and Auicenna saith to this fracture is. iiii. divers manners of heling and binding/ The first the broken bone to be made even/ The other set together again the bone that is made even. The three is the binding with the hole/ The. iiii. to amend the ill accident. And in the first I will give you that which is needful to this work/ first see that all thing be ready to the setting in again. The other learning is to have a comely place/ & a comely servant. The. iii. is the white of an egg/ so moche as it is Enough/ & oil of roses/ and depte therein a cloth/ after the greatness of the member. The. iiii. three bands long and broad after the member. The. v. is tow that is soft and well heccled/ depte in acicrata & wrong out again (As Ra. ●sayleth) The. vi. splints that beeven & smote/ made of box or hard wood or of horn/ or of iron/ or of leather after the member three fingers broad over the fracture/ and more if need be/ as albucaiis saith/ & that it touch thouwill warrant hurteth the joints in the mids thicker than in the ends/ and thereof shall be laid as many as need is/ & that may go aborte the member covered with clothes washed in the white of an egg.  
¶ The. seven. if it be need ye shall have pipes with small cords to hind so much as needeth after the length of the member/ the splints shall be bound with the cords & with the pipes/ and bind it reasonably/ & after draw thorough the pipes small sticks so that the pipes t●…e not/ & that the dynding lose not. ¶ The. viii. that ye have suspeniorium or canabulun therein the member right and surely is be set ¶ The. ix. the bed there as the patient lieth it it be need/ it must have a hole wherthrugh he may do his draft and therefore he shall have a cord hanging above the bed/ where with he may turn self. The other learning is of the maky●… even with. two. servants/ where of the one shall hold & draw the member at one end. and the other servant shall hold, & draw at the other end upright that it break not/ and if they may not draw it alike with their hands/ & the broken member stretch out/ ye shall take a girdle made therefore/ or any other thing (As hippocras said) but it were very good to have a vice made therefore/ that the bone might be preserved till the member be bonnde/ and the fashion of this same vice standeth here in picture  
¶ The. three learning that the holdynger of the member which is with binding and gaderynge together/ it shall be done softly with out any pain. Galienus saith/ they that bind/ shall chose the best manner that there to belongeth that the lesser pain may be/ for nothing marreth so soon the member 〈◊〉 the pain doth coming of the straight vynding/ and unreasonable handelind/ Therefore mark well (that Guydo saith) And in like wise I also have seen many men bres that hath been evil gnyded with esti omena & rotting/ Thereof Rasys giveth warning to the surgeon for the binding that is lose bound it holdeth not the bone/ and the hard binding bringeth pain/ and letteth food to come to the membres/ and the binding up must be as the patient may suffer withease (as Rasys saith).  
hippocras commandeth to take. three bands. And the first band going upward from the fracture which letteth the coming down of the matter. The other band is from the same place going downward and that thresteth the matter out/ and these two bands keepeth to guider the broken bone/ and defendeth that none impostumation come thereto/ but that is not enough/ for the third band must be put thereto/ which is bound for the keep the plumacyoles to close it withal. Galienus commandeth to take Acerotum/ wherefore now is taken oil of roses. Also Rasys counseleth that the fracture at the first beginning shall not be bound to fast till the. seven. day. And on the. seven. day. it shall be bound meetly straight/ and in the first and the last end bind it not to fast for fere of impostumation. ¶ The. iiii. learning is that in the beginning shall be laid good even splentes or other things in their stead/ not for to strain the member/ but alonely for to keep it unto the seventh day end/ for fear that ●o impostumation come thereto/ than shall yo●●ay thereon good strong splentes/ that the member may be hold fast/ and at the first time I take the good splentes/ and bind them some what lose/ that no swelling nor impostumation come thereto/ And also do so to the last till it be well strengthened/ and be not hasty to take of the splentes (as Aup cenna saith in his book of Sargery.  
¶ The. v. learning and doctrine is of the time of changing or binding/ or dressing The changing shall not be done before the. x. xv. or. xx. day/ principally as the binding is dressed with the oil aforesaid/ And if the fracture be not well and right set/ or any strong accydente cometh therein the sooner it must be dressed. And if ye dres see the binding with the powder as I shall learn you/ so leave the binding thereon the .ix. or. x. day. and long abiding in 〈◊〉 a binding wichout changing it is euy●● (as Rasys saith) But if ye were in fear that it is not well and right set/ than may ye change the binding in. seven. days. and sometime sooner. and ye shall sometime change the binding. in. x. days. for cause than is yet there not come the porus. and is than there any uneven than make it even that it not pryc kith nor stitched in the fracture.  
¶ If pain/ or impostumation/ or other ill accidents cometh thereto/ than may ye change it at the. iii. day. But in other causes shall it not be changed nor losed up be fore the. seven. day. but if the matter must be cleansed than ye may the sooner change the binding and dressing of the same.  
¶ The. vi. doctrine and learning is this ●…itacyons of the porus/ & it grow that the●…●…day/ and when it is comen ye shall strength him with meet and drink/ and Galienus saith the body f●de which meet where in is great moistness/ thereof cometh not only good/ but also 〈◊〉 my moistness/ & thereof and thereout cometh that couglutu 〈◊〉 that is he helynge to guider (as A vicenna saith like asries rap where/ sodden heeds/ & feetes of beasts/ and refrain wine. He shall be beware him for all things that brenneth the blood/ as strong wine/ garlic/ onions/ mustatde/ and well smelling spices. And Rasys saith/ in the beginning shall he change his ruling/ in drinking no wine/ and in going to chamber/ and in letting blood/ and their with shall be letteth the impostumation. and as he is sure of the impostume than may he return again to his old rule. In the first return again to the making even of the bones with drawing out the member straight/ and ●y●●e up the bone that is pressed down/ & threste down the other bone that standeth on height and do it without pain/ unto the time the bones be knit together in his right place. The other learning is to be done with a good binding as many master saith/ and some bind the fracture even which out splentes unto the fifth or sixth day/ some layeth with plum macyoles of clouts (as master Petrus) some of tow (as Theodoric●) and they bind there upon the splentes/ and these both doth h●…me/ for the plumacyoles should be somany that there should be no fast binding and in a slip might the member be hurt And Euydo followeth after the said learning And at the first do that the pain may be put away and keeping also the member. The second in keeping that the porus or conglutinatiwm groweth about the fracture.  
The third/ that in keeping the member shall be stretched & brought again in his old working. ¶ Also there is. iiii. manners for to hele & bind this fracture. The first as the fracture is overt wharte/ and if there be no small pieces of bones to take out/ than shall the fracture and wounded member be stretch doubt and held by your servants and to set right the broken bones and do after the rule as I shall learn you/ if there be any small ●●eces departed fro the bone the stick in the flesh and is hanging on the bone set them in their first place and bind them well together/ make the small bones in the muscles pain and cause them to follow the impostumation/ than it is need to cut the flesh on that place and take out the lose bones and than to make the member hole as I shall learn you/ if the flesh be bruised with the fracture of the bone/ then shall the bone be bound with oil of roses and shall lay on the powder of myrtylle berries/ and over the oil and powder yeshallay a cloth depte in the white of eggs & oil of roses & bind it softly/ If the fracture be without pain/ and without small pieces of bones & is well streyghtened/ so shall you bind it with a long broad band after the dretnes of the member without being long of doing And your servant must hold the member while the clouts be laid between (as Galienus is wont to do▪ the clouts may not be to cowrse for that letteth the good binding and the same clouts should be depte in the white of eggs meddled in oil of roses/ and begin to bind up the fracture with the ban●e going up and down/ and let the band go enough on the hole part/ and upon the fracture bind even without pain/ and upon the band shall be laid. two. double 〈◊〉 depte and wrong out again/ and shall cover the hole member and that the ends of the splentes hurt not the member/ & sow then the cloth about and thereupon lay the splentes made of wood or of ledder & then bind it with pipes/ then shall the patient be laid in a still place where he may have rest/ and if it be needful ye shall let the patient blood the other day/ and give him a laxative in the first days/ and the binding shall not be chanuged in. x. or. xv. days/ without were any evil accident coming thereto/ or that the fracture be not set well to guider as is afore said/ and after the. iii. and. iiii. day the fracture shall be dressed/ and bound as it was before. And if the time be hot & there come a swelling/ or impostumation or any other/ ye shall occupy the oil aforesaid/ and if he be sure of the evil accident than shall ye make this powder/ whereof I have often seen great profit come.  

¶ A powder.  
Take bol● arment/ ambra or walderote/ of each. iiii. ounces/ small barley meal. vi. ounces/ meddled all to guider. And I was wont to do thereto walstone. three ounces/ & they be brought out of Zwytselonde/ or ex ●…uincia Heluetiarum.  
Nota ¶ I have 〈◊〉 & heard a surge an made his booste to hele in. viii. days a parsove that hath broken his leg or arm. And this to prove a dogs leg was broken/ than meddled he this powder afore said with the white of an egg/ and laid it on te dogs leg and splented it/ and as the .viii. days were passed/ than took he the splentes of/ and the dogs leg was hole. Terfore this is my counsel to take this store for this cure. that powder hath such nature/ if there come any swelling to the bone at the first time so goeth the swelling shortly away with the said powder. The other manner is that after the. xii. or. xv. days as porus begynue to come/ that is to know when the pain is gone/ and there come none impostumation/ and the member is of good colour/ than shall ye take of the band/ and wash the member in warm water & lay thereupon a cloth stryken/ and bind it with all the bands and splentes a foresaid/ and bind it some what faster. The fracture shallbe salved and dressed the. seven. or. ix. day. or more unto the time that the bone be well bound with that porus that is well known by me ve and by the unswelling. The. iii. manner is that the member shall be washed all three days with good wine wherein is sodden roses/ wormode or abscintium in 〈◊〉 tyne/ oaken wood/ and bound with 〈◊〉 dept in the same wine and pressed out 〈◊〉 and bound with. iii. or. iiii. splentes/ 〈◊〉 shall the member be brought by little and little to his old working/ and at the last shall the member be made soft with dial the a/ or oxcicrocium. ¶ The fourth manner is when the accydente is coming/ like if there were pain or impostumation/ and if the pain or impostumation be great/ that take away or it be bound with the long band that there to belongeth. And if it were well bound after his belonging/ and there come an impostumation or an unreasonable pain/ there with is the surgeon compelled the member to open and to unbind/ and to amend the accident/ and to help the nature. And that member shall bestyll unboundetyll the time the accident and pain be taken away Therefore must ye take away the pain (as 〈◊〉 saith) which the salving of warm oil of roses. Or (as Guido saith) which wool depte in oil of roses/ & vinegar/ and laid there over. And if there come scabs or itching/ than lose the binding/ and make the bone moist with warm water wherein is sodden a little salt & that member therewith embroced and drop with the water from above on the member Or salve the member with unguentum album/ or populeum as is afore saith. When all the accidents is taken away than turn again to the binding of the member. ¶ If there be a wound where in be small pieces of bones they must be taken out/ and he'll the wound as I have said in the chapter of broken bones. And after go to the heling as is afore said. As the matter cometh out/ make an hole in the band/ where through the wound may be cleansed.    

¶ Of the breaking of the nose, Ca, lx,  
MAnytymes is the bone of the nose broken/ & sometime beaten flat/ to which breaking as thereto betimes is taken heed it may be holpen at his first proportion but as it not be done betimes/ it will be so every more still. There fore it is needful for the wound of the nose shortly to be taken heed to/ and to be set in his stead. Therefore right it anon/ for if it become hard/ that doth the patient great pain as it shall beryghted again. And ye must right the nose after this manner.  
Take your forefinger of your lift hand or your little finger and put it in his nose/ and with your right hand thrust up the fracture/ and lift up with your forefynger the nose and set the bone in again in his right place/ & when ye have made it even/ ye shall make a wtyeke of wax and meddle therein a little powder of mastic/ and dragon's blood made in small powder/ and this wyeke must be made like a candle and put it in the nose. Wylhelm● placentin● maketh an hard wyeke or tent of tow depte in oil ofroses/ & cast thereon this powder made thus.  

¶ A Powder.  
Take Bolus armenus. two. ounces. Myrtil lorum. iiii. ounces. Dragon's blood/ Dragantum/ Gommy arabici/ of each half an ounce. and take clouts and plumacioles depte in whit of eggs/ & the powder strawed thereupon/ and lay it properly after the form of the nose/ as I have learned you in the chapter of the wounden in the face. ¶ I● ye cannot put the finger in the nose/ then make a tent of wood covered with old lynns cloth depte in oil of roses and put it in to the nose/ and therewith thrust upward in to the nose/ and with your other hand thrust downward unto the time the bone be brought in to his right place again/ than dress it with the white of an egg/ and with that powder as is before said/ and about the place strike that defensyffe of bolo armeno and oil of coses/ and a little vinegar middled with the say of vyghtshawd or of solatrun in latin. and do this every day. ¶ And when ye shall dress this nose/ first let him blood on the hand/ or with boxces on the shoulder or with ga●ssynge/ and with draught going/ with supposytoria or glisters/ and that shall lighten the patient sore. And as you dress him the second time renew the tent with oil of roses and with the aforesaid powder/ And upon the nose lay the foresaid powder of dragantum mydled with the white of an egg and dress the nose therewith at the. iii. or. iiii. day. ¶ And if the fracture or breaking of the nose is sore wounded/ sow the skin together as I have said in the chapter of the wound of the nose. And lay the powder upon the wound/ and he'll it as in the chapter a foresaid. & dress the wound every day twice/ and rule him with meet and drink/ & principally he shall drink reed wine middled with water.  
¶ Of the breaking & fracture of the brain pan I have said in the chatre of the wounds in the heed.    

Of the breaking of the Jawbone & teeths. Ca, lxi,  
AS the chekebone is broken/ ye shall take your finger of the lift hand and set it under the mouth of the patient/ & set the cheek bone even right to guider with your right hand & you shall know when they stand even/ that is as the sick teeths stand even like the other hole tethes. Then take a silk thread. v. or. vi. double well waxed/ or take a copper wire that hath ●en ●eneled in the fire/ and or it be cold through brayed the tethes' together in like wise as the picture showeth.  
¶ And after that take powder as hereafter followeth meddled with the white of an egg/ and strike it upon a cloth like a plaster & bind it as is aforesaid in the chapter of the wound in the chekebone. Or lay plu●…oles with double fold linen cloth/ and thereupon lay sklentes made of ledder. Than shall you bind it with one band/ be●…nynge behind the neck and coming on the cheek/ and again under the eeres behind the heed/ and so bind it about the forehead and if it be needful wind it often about in the same manner till the band be made fast And the powder is made thus.  

¶ A Powder.  
Take Mumie/ Mastic/ Boli armeni/ Dragantum/ Gommi arabici/ of each a ●…ce. and made of these a powder/ and ●…ly let them blood/ or bore them garssy●… between his shoulders. And hold the rule of his draught going with supposytorye every day/ & strike about the fracture every day the defensivum, and his meet shall be bear & breed/ or wortes/ or thine pap/ till he be strong/ & shall drink barley water/ and after that reed wine. And the time of healing is. xx. days (as Auicenna/ and Albucasys saith) ¶ If there be any wound to be sowed/ and the teeth to be set together ye must do in all manner as I have said in the chapter of the wound of the cheek, and the band so bound that doth no harm to the teeth. And he must every day take 〈◊〉 to the wound. And every third day 〈◊〉 must take heed to the tethes/ & to the band.    

¶ Of the breaking of the neck and back bone. Ca lxij.  
PAulus 〈◊〉 & Haly ●●bas saith/ In the spondyles or back bone commeth●… fracture or breaking/ but of strong strokes are fore bruised: & that is deadly/ & therefore 〈◊〉 following after the evil tokening and accident and hurting of nucha or marrow of the backbone that cometh from the brain down 〈◊〉 through the backbone/ for the brain may not suffer. Therefore saith Paulus Haly abbess & Albucasys/ what accydente or pain cometh to nucha and to the sinews/ that bringeth paralisis of the hands as it is in the uppermost part of the spondyles. But if the pain be in the neither spondyles so cometh the paralisies in the foot (as Albucasys saith) As ye see the patient may not g●● to the draught nor piss as he would/ it is deadly (as Albuca. saith) therefore ye shall not take that in cure. ¶ If there be no such accydente than take it in cure & take away the impostumation and pain. Ye shall salve the hole back without the fracture. And ye shall let them blood shortly on the hand near the thumb/ & afterward set with your hand the bones and knots of the backbone as well as ye can/ and on the frature lay this plaster following.  

¶ A Plaster.  
Take Cyser meet/ or Beenemeele/ or mylstoffe meele. xii. ounces. Mastyck/ Dragantum/ Gomi arabici/ of each. two. ounces. Mumie/ Boly armeni/ of each an ounce. & put them to guider and make it like a plaster/ & after that salve the fracture round about with defensivum without vinegar/ & dress him every third day. And the patient shall lie on his one side/ or on his belly/ & rule him going to the draft. ¶ If there be a wound wide with with a great fracture it is deadly nevertheless s●we it. And if there be any bones departed/ depart them hole. And lay on the seem this powder following.   

¶ A Powder.  
Take Dragon's blood/ mastic/ Dragantum/ Gommi arabici/ Mumie of each anoū● thereof make fine powder. And over that powder lay this plaster following.   

¶ A Plaster.  
Take Mastic/ Dragantum/ Dragon's blood/ Gommi arabici of each an ounce. Mumye. two. ounces. Rose honey. xii. ounces. Barley meele. vi. ounces. meddle all these to gy● and lay on the wound/ and about the wound that defensiuum/ and do it so long till the bone be well fastened. And order him well in going to the draught/ And diet him with meet and drink ●●it i● 〈◊〉.    

¶ Of the breaking of the forked bone/ and shoulder. Ca lxiij.  
THe fracture or breaking of the forked bone is sometime inward and sometime outward & sometime even/ nevertheless it is broken/ The fracture that standeth inward and even/ it is easy to be dressed downward/ & as the one bone goeth inward/ and the other outward/ that is hard to set in again. And is there 〈◊〉 ne ●●wed inward so that you lift the 〈◊〉 up on height/ and search 〈◊〉 one bone upon thee/ & so make them 〈◊〉/ th●● 〈◊〉 you dress him with this following.  

¶ A plaster.  
Take the white of eggs 〈◊〉 meal/ barley meal/ bolus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in that powder/ and middle them together/ like & plaster/ and lay it there under in a sylte/ and ye shalt kept it like as there to belongeth/ or with plumacioles depte in the white of eggs/ and as he is well bound and bestowed/ so shall ye make him an hard coshyn or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of clouts/ and bind him under the arm as high as it may be/ and hang the arm in a towel on his neck. And let the binding lyetyl the .iij. or v. day/ & than to the viii. day v. or. vi. week long/ than dress him every day/ & at the last lay thereupon an 〈◊〉. ¶ If the fracture be thrust in/ than it is needful that your servant hold up the 〈◊〉 of the patient with the hole of the arm 〈◊〉 ching out/ and another sers●aūt shall ●ull against him to the heedwarde/ than threst & set in that bone in his stead with your hand & after that bind him as. I have ●ryde/ or with plumacioles of tow or clout depte in the white of anegge strawed thereupon this powder following.   

¶ A Powder.  
Take Boliarmeni. two. ounces. Mumie. Mastic. Oragantum. Gummi arabici. of each an ounce. than take the cloth depte in the white of an egg & straweth with the powder aforesaid. Than 〈◊〉 a leather in form of the bone/ and bind the done to guider with the for said dept cloth/ or plumacyoles/ leather/ and powder/ and let the binding lie on. three days. Than let him blood on the hand/ and rule him in his going to the stole. and strike about the wound that defensiuum as is aforesaid. He shall drink barley water/ and eat such me 〈◊〉 to make the bones strong▪ as is h●gges 〈◊〉 well sodden/ and pap of eatche/ for the moistness of the 〈◊〉 maketh the bones hard and for all broken bones 〈◊〉 he meet is good. ¶ If the fracture or breaking is with a wound than ●yght the bone as. I have say● before/ and soqe the wound in such manner that you may l●ke to the wound at every day whit out hurting of the bone that is set in again/ 〈◊〉 fere of departing out again. And lay 〈◊〉 the wound the foresaid powder. And the bones that thus is set again/ must every iij. day be dressed one's/ and the wound every days. and afterward lay in the wound rose honey with this forenamed powder to ●…se the wound/ and as it is 〈◊〉 than hele it as another wound. And every day about the wound strike the defensiuum tire that it be assurend of the impostumacy●… let him blood/ and rule him to go to the 〈◊〉 And as he is strong give him reed wine meddled with barley water/ & his meet shall be cow●… flesh/ for thereof cometh moche moistness that the bones hold together. like hogs fetes/ partridges/ s●…/ 〈◊〉 hens/ and other like.    

¶ Of the breaking of the shoulder. Ca lxiiij.  
IF the shoulder be broken ye shall set your servant to hold the patient/ than shall you with your one hand take the fracture/ & with the other hand hold the shoulder/ bone/ and draw the bones to guider that they may come even/ and lay upon the fracture the plaster the which I have learned you before. And about the place lay the defensiuum/ over the plaster of. iiij. fold linen cloth/ & lay over that a little fine towe and than splentes made of leather & of willow wood in the greatness after the shoulder bone/ and over the splentes towe dept/ and bind them well/ and order them in going to the draught/ & dress them at every. iij. days ones/ & as the bones be well fasteneth salve them with dyalthea/ or with a falue that I shall hereafter write in the chapter of the breaking of the rib. And the time of fastening of that shoulder bone is. xx. days (as Albucasis saith)   

¶ Of the breaking of the bone above the elbow. Ca lxv.  
THe highest pipe of the arm is called Adiutorium/ it is sometime broken overthwart/ sometime a length/ and 〈◊〉 me nigh by the joint/ and that is evil to heel. Therefore I will give you the learning and manner how ye shall every fracture and breaking handle and help. ¶ The first ye shall have. ij. servants. the one shall hold the patient above the arm next the shoulder. and the other by the hard and on the elbow/ and bid him draw it out by little and little/ and hold the patient so fast that he stir not his arms. After that take with both your hands the upper most pipe nigh by the elbow an 〈◊〉 it softly on all sides till that ye here the bone craks. and that ye see the howynge of the arm even. And when ye know the fracture/ first ye shall take the powder in the. 〈◊〉▪ chapter. that is made of walstone/ wall●…/ or ambra in latin▪ etc. and the white of eggs/ bands/ splentes/ pipes/ needles/ & oil of roses/ and all that is needful. And when you have all your gear ready/ and if the upper part of the arm be broken/ set him in a chair. And if it he in the leg/ lay the patient on a plain table/ and one of your servants to hold him over his belly/ the other servant to hold by the shoulder/ and the third to hold by the arm under the elbow and bid him hold fast till ye command him to pull. Then take that powder aforesaid in the. lix. chapter, so moche till ye have enough/ and middle it with white of eggs and do thereto alum as great as a wallnotte/ and stir it well to guider like pap Then take. ji. fold of linen cloth and let it be so broad that it may come above & under the fracture a quarter broad that is together half a yard/ and after that the patient be great or little/ and that same cloth shall be a yard long in the manner as I have written of the brodnes. The cloth must be well stricken on the one side with the salve/ and laid on a bank. And ye must have a roll bound of. two. fadume long/ & a finger broad/ and that must be rolled up/ & be stricken a yard long with the forenamed things/ & lay it by the other salved band. And after that ye shall take good splentes & thin as I have before written & they must be bound with small cords above/ in the mids/ & also beneath/ and as ye will lace a dowbled of some man's/ so shall ye lace the ●●len●es that the cords may come without on the splentes/ and let the splentes lie also next the cloth/ ye shall have also. iij. strong pipes of goose legs/ or of elder pipes/ and ●…pype bound with a strong small cord an●… stick goth trough the pipes/ and as all this is ready/ than command the other servant that holdeth the arm by the elbow or leg hand or foot/ that he properly & stiffly ●…l/ and in the pulling set the bone even again and upon the other/ and take heed that the knee/ or elbow/ hand/ or foot stand up right/ and you with your flat hand over the fracture strike so that ye about nor under feel none uneven place/ then shall ye look if the arm or league be a straw breed longer than the hole arm or leg is/ if not it is right/ I have seen a good master that/ bound a patient thinking that the broken leg was longer than the hole leg/ & he bound him so/ when he had laid him in his bed the leg was weary short/ then he asked me how that might be/ I said/ you have not laid the patient even & high enough with his hips which hath deceived you/ therefore take heed when ye bind them lay them long on the board and stretch them out/ and when he is so laid/ then shall you see if the shins be crooked or not/ and when you have all things well marked/ and all your gear is ready by you/ so bydyoure servants that they at all times hold fast/ & beware of shaking as it is possible/ then after that do about the bone the striking cloth/ and lay it even without wrympling after that take the roll band/ and the last the small cords with the pipes/ & as soon as that is done/ than turn the uppermost pipe and thrust that stick thorough/ then turn the other pipe/ & after the third pipe ye shall know that the middle pipe over the fracture must stronglyste be turned/ for to●… ye the utermoost pipe hard/ and the myddelmoost not hard for so should the blood run under the binding and make the soon ●an impostumation & swelling/ therefore the myddelmoost pipe shall first be bound. ¶ Will ye know if it be right bound about the fracture or not/ ask the patient if he have any pain in the bone or stycking in the fracture/ If he say than that he hath none/ & thinketh he should thereon well go/ and that ye●… the broken leg longer than the hole leg/ that is a sure token that the binding is very good/ and if the shin of the leg be crooked like abowe and even when ye have stricken over with your hand and so fulfil the crookedness with the pluma cyoles or with a fylte that the splentes may lie even on/ and the arms or legs shall 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 pipe so as I have learned in the 〈◊〉 chapter/ and take heed that the arm 〈◊〉 that he may not look in his hand/ & the leg that he may see the innerparte of the 〈◊〉▪ Take heed therefore in the binding/ for I have seen thereof moche harm But the old masters as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 francus saith. If any arm be broken that shall ye know thus. Lay your one hand on the fracture & your other hand under the fracture/ & your servant shall hold the patient by the arm and by the elbow/ & than shall ye the arm properly move as I have said before. And than it may know why there it be broken or not/ and if it be broken lay thereon shortly this plaster following.  

¶ A plaster.  
Take Mylstuffe meele/ or Cycer meele/ or Been meele or Barley meele. xii. devices. Masticis/ Draganti Go●… arabici/ of each. i●. ounc. 〈◊〉/ 〈◊〉 of each one ounce. i● is ●…dled together with the white 〈◊〉/ another of made a plaster/ & strike it upon a linen cloth a●… have learned before and that numbered shall be stretched bound with splentes/ with cords/ with pipes in all manner as I have showed you. 〈◊〉 take heed that ye bind not the member to fast for thereof cometh great harm/ and the member lost. And with out taking good heed the patient is like to lose his ly●●. ¶ Also it is good to strike the defensiuum to defend the member from all ill accident that thereto might come.   

¶ A def●nsiuum  
This defensiuum shall be made of Oil of roses/ Boloarme no/ Uynegre/ nightshed sap or liquor solatri in latin/ or sap of hou●●eke/ And let the pacyeent s●…tely on the vain blood, and that he hold his go●ynge to the draught. and he must also been his arm in a towel about his neck. and he may be heeled in. xiv. days. And if there be any broken bone in the wounds ye must take heed thereto. Or if there be ●…bones departed into that shall you so one take out as I have learned you in the chapter of the wound in the arms. And some Surgeon weeneth that the patient should die when the mary comethout of the bone/ that is not so A good cause why/ foras the flesh groweth so groweth the marrow. And after that ye sow the wound/ and 〈◊〉 thereto every day as In the. xiv. chapter have said. And you shall or deyne them it that the splentes cover not the wound/ and upon this wound ye shall straw every day this powder.   

¶ A Powder.  
Take mastic/ 〈◊〉 the of araby of each. ij. ounces/ Mumie/ dragon's blood 〈◊〉 an ounce/ This powder hath 〈◊〉 power to hele and to make strange the bones and to cause them to grow together and over this powder lay that mundificatiuum/ made of rose honey strained. xii. ounces/ Barley meal or my●le hou●… ounces and of the foresaid powder in ounces/ & 〈◊〉 together/ and thereof make a plaster and lay it every day to the wound/ & as the wound is beeit cleansed so shall ye hele it with a green wounded plaster/ & with●…s powder made of cypress nots/ gall apples/ 〈◊〉 frankincense/ of each. i● made 〈◊〉 made well granat powder which 〈◊〉 the flesh 〈◊〉 and lay over it a green wounded plaster.    

¶ Of the breaking of the arm beneath the elbow. Ca lxuj.  
IN the neither 〈◊〉 of the arm is. ij. pipes 〈◊〉 it happeneth the one is broken/ and sometime to thee/ and sometime it is bowed in the flesh without broking 〈◊〉 pla●… saith) the fracture of the underpype is worse than that 〈◊〉 pipe (As avicenna saith/ and Alb●… also) & if they be both broken it is the worse that which ye may know by the feeling. if the bones be broken than it cracked/ & is it only bowed than it cracked not. ¶ And if both the pipes be broken/ so must you have; ij. serpent's that one shall hold the patient by the elbow and the other by the hand and let the forehand strange downward to the ground/ and as it shall be drestyd it shall not living town. but do as I have showed before. Or ye begin ye must have all your gear ready that is needful as I have aforesaid. And as all is ready/ take the patient before you/ and commaunnde your 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 him as is aforesaid/ and set the bone with your hand softly together in the best manner that ye can/ and do not the patiented to much pain in the setting in of the bones/ because the through such pain all the moistness dy●…ēdeth in to the arm/ and so might thereof come moche harm/ whereby he should be in peril of death And when ye have set the arm together after your best manner/ take a long broad band depte in oil of roses and threst out again and bind the arm therewith/ and defend the arm from moistness and impostumation/ and take away the great pain. and after that dress him as I have aforesaid. ¶ The young parson that can not take heed to himself dress him with that powder and the whit of eggs as I have aforesaid ¶ If the one pipe is hole and the other is broken/ work therein as they were both broken so as I have aforesaid/ then alone ye need not to have so many splentes. And when ye have them well dressed let them take heed of blood letting/ and to the draft going. And after that the arm shall be salved with the defenssuum that ye be sure of the swearing and of the impostumation/ and bring the arm in a towel about his neck and make a board & lay thereon a co●…yn that the arm may thee on rest. ¶ If there be a wound with the fracture ●ake heed that the bone fit again And if there be any bones departed take it soon out/ and then 〈◊〉 your splints thereafter/ and bind it well/ so that ye may see the wound/ and if it be need sow the wound/ and let the one end be open wherethrough it may be cleansed. And lay on the seem the foresaid powder/ and the foresaid mundificatiuum plaster that I in the chapter before have learned/ and do thereabout the defensiuum/ and he'll it as you he'll another wound/ as I have learned in the next chapter. And so let rule them of meet and drink/ & going to the draft/ as is aforesaid.   

¶ Of the breaking of the fingers/ or Joints. Ca lxvij.  
IN the hand there is. iiij. bones. In every finger iij. bones. & for their final nes and strength they a seldom broken. And if it happen that they break/ take heed that ye set them together after the best manner that you can. Albucasis saith that ye shall stretch the heed upon the table/ and threst it in again/ and ye shall lay thereupon the plaster aforesaid in the .lxv. chapter. and in this breaking is no need to lay thereon clothes with oil of roses/ but alonely the plasters or the powder of walstone/ as I have said in the. lix. chapter middled with the white of an egg/ lay the plaster on both sides of the hand/ and thereupon lay splentes and tow after the length and breed of the hand/ & afterward bind the hand well after the best manner/ & on the hand towe/ or an even board that the. iiij syngers be together/ and the palm of the hand/ and the fingers shall be filled with towe or with some other thing/ & bind the hand so 〈◊〉 splentes may come to the half arm without and within/ and when that is done salve the arm about with the elbow with the defenciwm as is aforesaid/ then hang the arm in a towel or a cloth about his neck/ if the fingers be broken/ make the splentes so long as the fingers and more that it may come in the mids of the hand/ and bind with the plaster as I have learned you in the chapter of the uppermost pipe of the arm/ these bones shall be dressed every. iiij. day ones/ and at every time shall y● salut it with desenciwm/ and let him hold the rule of going to the draft/ ¶ And if the fracture be with a wound/ then dress the wound every day/ & lay there upon a cloth depte in oil of roses and lay therein the powder of mumie/ dragon's blood like as I have learned in the .lxv. chapter/ and lay thereover the same plaster in the chapter aforesaid/ and I was wont to take elder pipes/ and lay the finger therein/ and it is very good that ye bind the hole finger with the wound fingers/ and so getteth the wounded fingers quyckenes with the hole finger.   

¶ Of the broken bones in the breast. Ca lxviij  
THe breast is set together of. seven. bones and they be fastened with seven. rib/ therefore take heed in what place the bone is broken/ lay your hand thereon & feel if it be broken/ & if it crack it is broken/ and if not be broken but so 〈◊〉 bowed in/ the●… take heed if he parbreak blood/ for and if he parbreak blood/ it 〈◊〉 evil token that there is some veins broken And if not but is otherwise broken/ th●… take your hand and threst upon the 〈◊〉 place that the bone come in again. Or 〈◊〉 upon the fracture a great 〈◊〉 or bore●… out pricking 〈◊〉 pulleth out the bone again. And that so done sayther●… this plaster/ which hath the strength to ca●… wed bones to come out again.  

¶ A Plaster.  
Take Cy●… meal/ or been meel. xii. ounces Draganti/ 〈◊〉 arabici/ of 〈◊〉 ounces. Bolo arm●…. iiij. ounces. & make these together in 〈◊〉 powder middled with the white of eggs/ and thereof make a plaster and laid thereon/ and dress them it every iij. days once. And as ye have bound them first let them be let blood out of the 〈◊〉 of the liver on the hand between the small finger and the golden finger, and salve th● place with defensiuum therein is no vinegar/ for the vinegar is cold/ and the bones therein is subtle/ and let the vinegar 〈◊〉 and hold the patient going to the drawghte, and make the place strong in this salve.   

¶ A Salve.  
Take Mastic/ & ●ankensence/ of each 〈◊〉 ounce/ 〈◊〉 BOlus 〈◊〉/ of each. 〈◊〉 ounces. 〈◊〉. 〈◊〉 ounces/ wa●e ij. ounces. 〈◊〉 iiij. ounces. Oil of olive. xii. ounces, 〈◊〉 the ware and roiyll with the oil by the fire/ and than strain it and the other substance made in powder 〈◊〉 therein/ and meddle them well together/ and salve the place every day 〈◊〉. And rule him which meet and drink/ as I have learned before.    

¶ Of the breaking of the rib. Ca lxix.  
_●E shall know that there is xii. rib. seven. long &. v. short/ and the short rib break not nigh by the back/ the other. seven. rib break in many places/ and they be sometime crooked & bowed inward and is not broken/ & sometime outward also/ and sometime the fracture is deadly by long enduring of pain/ and sometime it is not deadly and shortly healed/ & this ye may know hereafter written/ the first ye must with your hand feel the broken place/ and if there be any cracking then is it broken/ & if there benone evil accedence to see it is good to help/ and as they bow inward so be they evil to help/ And if the rib be far sunken in/ that the members be sore wounded inward it is deadly/ or else long sickness/ and that may be known by the short breath/ and by blood spitting coghing with the stitch and pain in the side/ thereof often cometh great pain to the rib/ and to help the foresaid rib is evil to do & bring to pass/ commonly as they break the will depart or be bowing the one part inward/ and the other outward/ & that inward is evil to bring again to his place/ and some parsons saith that the patient should eat such meets which should cause him to swell & to fill him full of wind by that which the rib should be driven again in to his right place/ & some saith to set on them ventoses or boxes whereby the rib should come outward/ but it is to doubt that by that working of the bentoses or bores should come more harm. Therefore dy●… death the old doctors in this cure. And ●…ly abbess/ Albuca. Auicenna/ and 〈◊〉 other have given many a cure to these. avicen Albucasys/ they take thereto only/ wol●/ oil powder/ and bands. Rogerius bringeth it in again to his place with cleaving plasters cha●●ed against the fire/ or in baths and after that he maketh the rybbe fast. And Brunus maketh that it cometh outward even/ and he layeth thereon a plaster which splentes as thereto belongeth/ and that part that is bowed inward he maketh moist. avicen occupied will/ oil/ to a small inbowing but and if it be great he pulleth it outward Milhelmus de Salice to maketh even with his hands/ and with the white of an egg and meele/ and with things laid thereon plaster wise. Lancfrancus did as Roger but he commanded that the patient shall be helped with koughing and sneezing to threft the rib out. Guydo doth as Brunus/ as the fracture cometh outward/ and after that he layeth a plaster thereupon with the whit of an egg with meele and other conglutinatiwm/ with flocks/ or with tow/ and splent● it with a piece of hard leather/ & bindeth the place ●ast with a long band/ and at the last he softeneth the fracture with ●yalthea/ or with oxicrato. But if the fracture goeth inward/ do as Rogerius and Lanfrancꝭ did. and if it be needful than he openeth the fracture/ or set thereupon a ventose or a box. Thereafter he laid upon that side on the fourth or fift day the white of an egg/ and oil of roses with tow for to drive away the pain and impostumation/ than he bound it with a light binding/ but reasonably to hold the medicine. Then may ye rule the fracture with a plaster of been meel and honey/ and the raster soft it with Dyalthea/ or with Occ●●rato. Or lay thereupon this plaster when ye have made it again even.  

¶ A Plaster.  
Take Cycer meele/ or Mylstoffe meele/ or Been meele. xii. ounces. Mastic/ Dragantum/ Gummi arabici/ Mumie/ Boli armeni/ of each anounce. powdered and middled with the white of eggs/ and so lay it thereon/ and salve it roundaboute with the desensinun/ then bind it and let it lie so. three days. and let him blood on the hand/ and rule him in going to the draft. and cause him to lie high/ or upon his belly. And when ye have fasteneth all the rib/ salve them with this salve in the stead of Dyalthea and occicrato.   

¶ A Salve.  
Take rosel. vi. ounces. Uaxe. ij. ounces. Bdellii/ Apoponatis/ of each an ounce. Mastic/ Frankincense/ of each. two. ounces. Dragon's blood. Mumie of each an ounce. Oil olive. xvi. ounces. week the Bdellium and thereafter in the oil also/ and do therein the other things made in powder/ and middle it so together/ and therewith salve every day the place of the fracture. for this salve driveth away the pain/ and taketh away all hardness. that more over in the beginnyng how the ventoses or boring more draweth/ the more moistness sendeth the nature thereto.  
Therefore ye must regard if the patient be full of flesh & moistness so let him blood on the other side against the fracture on the vain Basilica. and thereafter on the same side of the fracture. But if the patient be lean work after the learning of Rogerius/ Jamericus/ and Lanfrancꝭ/ and anoint your hand with Turpentyn/ or with melted pitch or with other clyving things/ and it shall be done in a bath/ or by a fire/ and lay it on the part that is bowed inward/ and the other hand on the part that standeth outward for to threste it downward/ and with pulling of the adiutorium or arm pipe of the body/ with koughing/ or holding in the wind. and quickly pull your hand upward as often as the koughe/ and holding of wind cometh/ for it pulleth out the rib. But if it may not be so/ and that the patient be leave/ or that ye be in fere/ than ye shall follow the working of Auicenna. with setting the ventoses or boxes. and as the rib be brought again in to their right places/ so shall you bind it with tow depte with the white of an egg meddled with meele/ or with the plaster of Mumie as I have learned. And when ye have thus wrought & the pain suage not away nor the rib will not come out again/ and the cough and pain/ and the stitch increaseth/ & the blood letting is done/ and the accedence cometh thereto/ so must ye cut on the rib/ and uncovere the flesh fro the rybbe/ & take it away with your instrument/ and ye shall lift upward the rib again/ for to compel the coming of the accedence/ & afterward ye shall hele it like another wound/ & to hold the rule of one pleutericus till the axes and evil accedence be done.    

¶ Of the breaking of the hips. Ca lxx.  
THis bone is broken sometime by strokes/ & sometime by falling/ and sometime cloven/ and sometime bowed inward This fracture is known by feeling with your hand in the striking over/ if ye find any uneven. ¶ If the bone cleave/ lay thereupon this plaster. Been meal dragantum/ mastic. etc. as I have afore said/ & lay thereon plumacioles of tow or of linen cloth and with splints/ and bind it with a band about the body/ and than so we it as often as it goth about/ & at every sowing set on a splente/ and so let it lie. v. days/ but not so long if it happen that the patient be come sick or any evil accedence come to him/ ye shall let him blood between the little singer & the gold finger/ and hold the rule of going to the draft so that he abide thine in his belly/ and if ye know by the foresaid token that the bone is broken it is need that the bone be thrust downward and set again upright which the help of your servants/ and that so done/ lay thereupon the foresaid plaster and plumacyoles/ and the splentes shall be so great that the bone may be tovered withal/ Over the splentes lay other splentes/ and depte tow thrust out again/ and then lay over that your binding with your best manner/ and salve with that defensiuum/ and let the binding lie till the iii. or. iiii. day be past. ye shall let him blood & prick on his back/ & rule him which meet & drink as I have often said to you before.   

¶ Of the breaking of pipes about the knee. Ca lxxj.  
AS ye know by the feeling of the bone whether it be broken with a wound/ or without a wound If it be broken without a wound/ so is it needful to make all your gear ready that thereto belongeth/ as I have learned you in the. lix. chapter/ then shall ye set the bone together again/ as I have learned you in the .lxv. chapter/ in the breaking of the arms and of the legs/ and as the bone is well set together/ then shall you deep the cloth in oil of roses/ and wind it well about the leg or take the powder of walstone so as I have learned so shall you take the oil & the plaster made of been meal/ as I have often learned you/ with the white of an egg stricken on a cloth and lay over the bands splentes small cords & pipes/ as I have plainly learned you in the lxv. chapter of the breaking of the arms about the elbow/ your bands and splentes shall be so ordained and to close the bone/ & hole it to guider/ and take heed that ye the bone bind not to stiff/ whereby thereto may come no swelling nor other harm for that is to be feared/ for they be deadly tokens/ now as all things is well done/ so shall ye the patient command to lie down/ and he shall not move. Also the old masters discordeth how the patient shall lie/ Rogerius/ Al bucasys/ and wylhelmus/ lay them in an even place or bed/ & windeth his leg softly with clothes and tow●/ and some other masters/ as master Peter/ he hath. two. long splentes to the end of the foot that is wound with linen cloth and bindeth thereupon. iii. or. iiii. bands/ Auicenna/ Brunus/ and Rogerius/ splenteth with. two. long splentes bound to the foot/ But Lancfrancus and the young masters lay the leg along/ & all the masters meaning is that the broken leg shall be laid even to rest without ovy hurting that it shall not be moved/ and the patient shall not move on no side/ and also thereof spreketh Rogerius to the work master that he shall keep straight the member and save his health/ and also of a more surety Romanus layeth the patient on a small bed/ under the which bed is an hole through the which he may do his water/ and easement without lifting of himself/ and he must be bound to. iii. or. iiii. places of the bedstede and the hole foot must be bound to the stock that the patient may not draw it up to him and Guy do bindeth him with long splentes/ and layeth on him awayght & bindeth to his foot a plomet of lead/ and as all this is ordained and done/ so shall he hold and rule as I have said in the .lix. chapter with blood letting/ draft going/ and with eating and drinking/ ye shall dress him diligently. iiii. v. or. vi. days together/ with out he be very sick/ and at every dressing/ ye shall look well on the leg how it is dys●osed/ and if it be not set upright/ take head & give him his right form/ therefore take ye heed in the first begining/ for if it should stand long/ it ware hard to make it up right/ is there one wound great/ then se if there be any bone departed that take away/ and sow the wound/ and on the seem straw that powder that belonght thereto/ as in the xiii chapter is said/ and as ye the member hath set up right well together/ than take wood splentes after the degree of the wound & that the splentes touch not the wound/ when ye bind the leg/ and also that ye may every day see to the wound/ and on the wound lay the aforesaid powder that be laid upon the seem and upon that powder lay the mundificatiuum plaster.  

¶ A Plaster.  
Take rose honey strained. xii. ounces. Barley meele/ Mylstuf meele/ or other like. xii. ounces/ of this powder that lieth on the some. take. two. ounces. and meddle this together and as the wound with this plaster is cleansed/ than he'll it with the green wounded plaster/ and with powder of Cypressenottes/ Mumie/ Frankincense/ Gall apple/ of each two. ounces. and on the seem lay the powder of Dragon's blood/ Dragantum/ Gommy of Arabice/ of each like moche/ and all this middle together.    

¶ Of the breaking of the knee shive or whorle bone. Ca lxxij.  
When the knee shive is broken/ then set it again ●p right with your hand in the best manner as it can be than lay therup the plaster made of Barley meele/ or Been meele/ and Dragon's blood etc. 〈◊〉 ye shall not lay there on the cloth dept in rose oil/ and as the plaster is laid thereon/ than strike there about the Defensiuum/ and thereafter lay upon it Plumacioles of tow/ and thereafter splentes/ and the rover bind it well with the band and sow the band with whit thread/ and let him blood on the hand/ between the little finger and the golden finger/ & rule him in going to draft/ and with meet and drink/ as is a foresaid.  
¶ An instrument to make a crooked knee right.   

¶ Of the breaking of the shin. Ca lxxiij.  
IN the shin be. two. bones sometime they be broken both/ sometime breaketh the great pipe/ sometime the little pipe. As the great pipe is broken/ then is the fracture behind. If the small pipe is broken/ than the fracture is before on the shin/ but the great is more perilous than the small. And as they both be broken that is most peril Then it is needly to have all your gear ready by you that thereto belongeth or serveth.  
Than must ye have. two. servants/ the one to hold the knee/ and the other the feet. & command to pull in all manner/ and to be ready as I have learned you in the. ixv chapter. of the breaking of the arms. feeling with your hand if it stand upright/ and look if the broken leg is a little longer than the hole leg. In like wise look if the hole leg is crooked or not. And bind it than will, a cloth depte in oil of roses/ or with the powder of waltstone/ with the baundes and splentes. And the splentes must be longer in the breaking of the leg than in the breaking of the arm. and with the small cords/ & pipes. ye shall ask the patient as it standeth in the same chapter/ that ye may know if it be right bound or not. And take heed that ye bind him not to stiff/ whereby the patient might come in great harm/ pain and fere. And should him bring in paralisies/ and the patient might also by the hard binding lice that member. And defend the place with the defensivum. and beware you of the hard binding. And let him blood on the hand/ and hold him in the rule in his draught going. And ye shall dress him in. iij. or. iiii. days once. ¶ If that leg be broken with a wound/ than look if there any bones be beparted/ they shall be taken out. And fear you not if the mary goth thereout. Sow the wound/ & than make upryggt the bone again/ & set it to guider and make splentes/ but do so that ye may see to the wound at every day. To these breaking of the leg be sundry manners of splints. ye shall make a hole form after the greatness and length of the leg/ there as the iegge shall be laid in with the binding This wound is sore deadly/ but fear not so much the fracture as the wound. It is needful to defend the wound from the impostumcyon with the defensivum/ and mundificatiuum/ that no great moistness nor swearing come thereto/ for the patient might thereof die.  
Therefore it is needily to look thereto at every day once/ and than if irnedyth the bone shall be righted without pain. And upon the seem straw the powder of the sowing Than hele the wound/ like the wound with the breaking of the arm/ or in the shoulder & rule the patient in eating and drinking as I have often aforesaid.   

¶ Of the bone breaking in the calf of the leg. Ca lxxiiij  
SEldom is broken the bone of the calf/ for it is an hard bone/ and is defended with the strings & sinews (as Guy do saith) but Wylhelmꝭ said If it happeneth that the bone of the calf be broken/ that shallbe kowen with feeling. And that bone breaketh sometime with strokes/ sometime with falling/ than help him thus.  

¶ A Plaster.  
Take been meel/ or Cycermeel/ or mylstuf meel. xii. ounces. mastic/ Dragantum/ Gommi arabici/ of each. ij. ounces. Bolus arm nus. i. ounce. all this made in small powder than middle it with the whit of eggs/ and lay it on the fracture/ and thereover the splentes with tow. and thereover the band/ and sow it with a thread at each winding of the band. And the band shall go round about the hole foot/ & round about the half leg and salve the foot with the defensiuum/ and rule him as is aforesaid.    

¶ Of the breaking of the bone abowe upon the foot. Ca lxxv.  
AS raseta that is the bone of the foot is broken it is hard to hele like Auicenna wrythet/ and thereto comet oftentimes ill accidents. the breaking (as albucasis said) shall be helped thus/ set the foot of the patient on the ground/ and lay the bone right as it best may be done/ than splente him with a broad splent after the sole of the foot/ and lay on the fracture the foresaid plaster made of that powder meddled with the white of an egg/ over the plaster lay splentes with tow/ dept in the white of an egg/ than shall ye set the foot on a fool of wood/ and about the foot strike that defensiuum/ than bind the foot & pull thereover a shoe of fy●t/ & let him blood/ Is the wound with a fracture than bind him every day once or dress him/ and lay on the wound this plaster.  

¶ A plaster.  
¶ Take Mastyck/ Dragantum/ Gommy of Arabyci of each. two. ounces/ Mumye/ Bolus Armenus/ of each one ounce/ This powder meddled with rose honey/ & make thereof a plaster/ there with the wound shall be cleansed/ there after hele the wound with a green wounded plaster/ and over the plaster lay a cloth dept in warm rose oil/ or in warm wine/ for the warm wine doth strong/ the flesh growing as over the powder be laid the plaster/ his meet and drink shall be as is a foresaid/ the joints of the toes shall be righted again like as the Joints of the fingers. As Haly wrythed.    

¶ Of the bowing of the bonies without breaking. Ca lxxvi.  
THe bowing of the bonies happeneth sometime with falling & sometime with strokes. or with cutting without breaking as the bowing on the cheek than cirest it outward with your hand & fingers/ as I have learned in the chapter of the breaking of the rib. in the .lxix. chap. and the other hand shallbe salved with turpentyn/ or pitch/ and lay it without on the cheek bone. and with the other hand●…●rest it softly from within outward/ and take away with haste your salved hand fro his cheek. In like wise do in the bowing of the rib. but in the bones of the shine or arm must ye have a good binding/ & strong splentes/ that with the thressing of the binding may be ryghteth the bone again. and the bone in the arm or leg shall be stretchyth out by little and little. but that member shall first be batheth in water therein is sodden Camomile/ Pappyll/ high mallow Fenygreke/ Lynseed. And than salve it with oil of lilies/ or Capons grese/ or Duckys grese. And it is often proved/ and it helpeth moche/ as upon the bowing be laid a piece of an elephants teeth/ for the yvore bone pullyth to him the bowed bone/ and therewith the bone getteth his right form.   

¶ Of the dislocation or dysmenbring of every joint in general. Ca lxxvij  
Avicenna saith/ the dyssocacie or dysmembring is an outgoing of the bone out his right place there it was set in before. And the setting of the bone is in. iiij. manners. that also Lanfranc. Wilhelmꝭ/ and other masters saith. The one is after the manner of a saw with the tethes set in to guider and so closing/ as be the. vi. bones of the braynpan. The other. as the one bone in the other standed and is there in set/ as the teeths in the cheek. The. iij. is one hanging or lening bone on another bone as the. seven. bones of the breast. The. iiij. manner. the one bone is joined with another/ & bound to guider with the sinews/ where through the moving of the body cometh. This gathering of the bones is called a joint or member. In this last manner is done the very dyslocacye/ but in the other it is not be done/ but there happenyth a dismembering ¶ This dysmembringe is in iiij. manners. forward/ behyndeward/ inward/ & outward Also is some simple/ some with a fracture/ & pain and impostumation/ and some with hardness. After this diversity be divers cures. And the dysmembring happeneth sometime without/ as with falling/ smiting or with unreasonable pulling. Some dysmebring is inward/ as the ●ymy humours in the joint be holden. The token of the dismembering of the joints is known by the highness/ or holnes on the other part. The dismembering with a wound/ pain/ or impostumation is heavy and perilous/ so the member bideth sometime crooked without turning again in his right form (as Galienis wrythet in quarto Therapentice) ¶ The old and hard dismembering is for 〈◊〉 heavy and shantely to help/ and ye must t●● member set in again with good manner/ 〈◊〉 with the least pain as hastily as it may be done Some dysmembringe is lightly to set in again/ as the joint of the hands. Some dismembering is heavy to set in again/ as the elbow/ the foot/ and the fingers.  
Some is between both/ as the shoulder and hips. ¶ The incoming of the member is known by hearing of the craking in the incoming of the bones and as ye see that it is come in his right place in the other bone ¶ The comen cure of all dismembering in the joints is in. iiij. manners. beside the learning that I have given you in the chapter of the comen breaking in the bonies. The first manner/ is the setting in again the joint. The ●…de is fast making of the member that there is setin again. The. iii. is defending of the pain and impostumation. The. iiij. is mending of the ill accidents. ¶ The first is done in. iij. manners. The first. that ye have all thing ready by you that is needful to you as I have learned you in the lix. chapter. of all fractures in the bovys in comen or ye begin the member to setin again The other/ that ye the member not bathe nor wash in warm water (as Avicen. saith) that no impostumation come thereto/ nor let ting to setin the member again. Lancfrancus and Wylhelmus de saliceto saith/ that some the dysmembring as it is fresh/ than they lay that member in warm water a long time/ and than they setin the member again and this shall ye not do. but is the dismembering some days past/ than may ye bathe the joint in warm water therein is sodden Papple/ camomile/ high mallow/ fenygreke/ and than shall it be setin again.  
The. two. manner is done in. two. manners. The first. as the setting in of the joint is small and light/ than is Enough to lay thereon a cloth depte in oil of roses/ and their with salved the joint/ and over the cloth tow dept in white of eggs. than bind it with a band that thereto belongeth. The other. is the member great and strong/ and the set ting in is heavy/ and ye fear the going out of the joint again/ than ye must you provide better/ therefore anoint the joint/ and lay thereupon this plaster following.  

¶ A plaster.  
Take Mylstur meell. vi. parts. Dragon's blood/ Frankincense/ Mastic/ Satcocol le/ of each one part/ all this made in po●●d and meddled with the white of eggs/ and strike it upon a cloth/ & lay it on the joint and plumacioles oft●w or clothes. If it be needful than splente it with leather/ & bind it with a band of linen cloth after the greatness of the member/ and bind it stetly that it meile not in no side/ & that the band hold it fast/ but take heed thereto that the fast binding make not ill accidence. ¶ The three manner. is the bloody ving and laxatyre if it be need/ and a good diela in the beginning to the time till the pain and imposin macyon is driven away/ than shall the dieta be stronger/ as I have aforesay deu● the lix. chap. and that thereto come no yl● accident/ than shall the first binding be still unto the. x. day. And some other leave it to the v. or. seven. day. and in the end shall th●… bre be made strong with seding or 〈◊〉 sing of roses/ and worwood/ and with a Chyreclothe/ or with oxcierato/ & the member shallbe brought again in his first strength and working. ¶ The. iiij. manner is. as there is evil accidents/ pain/ or i●ol●u mation/ that it may be driven away or the dislocacie be set in again/ for moche handling it is to fere coming thereto the cramp or other accidents/ and it shallbe done with will depte in warm water/ and lynseede oil/ than it be brought to his first nature (as Albucasis saith) ¶ Is the dislocation with a wound/ than shall ye shortly it set in again/ and cure the wound/ and if it ●e dyth sow the wound/ and there shallbe let on the wound a hole open for cleansing out the matter. ¶ Is the dyslocacie with a fracture/ than dress first the dyslocacie and than the fracture/ is it possible. If it be not possible do the contrary. ¶ Is the dismembering out/ & is their hardness/ than must ye bathe it as is aforesaid. and salve it 〈◊〉 dial thea/ and plaster it with dyaquilon magno/ kemdewolle deped in mustilaginibus/ that is the slime of papple/ lynseed/ fenugreek/ roots of the papple sodden/ and stamped with grese/ and as the place is well wicked than pull the member inagayn/ and bind it as I have said before.    

¶ Of the dyslocacie of the Jawbone. ¶ Ca lxxviij.  
OF this dismembering of the Jawbone is in. two. manners. The one/ as it goeth forward out of the joint/ than bideth the mouth open. The other. as it is behind/ than cometh the upper most teeth over the undermost/ & than ye can not open the mouth. The tokens of this dislocacie without the common tokens is/ that the teeths come not like on the other. And if it not hastily is setin again/ it will be hard and bringeth axcies/ pain/ and ill accinct and doth the parson die within. x. days. (as Auicen. and Haly abbess saith) As the dislocacie happeneth behyndewarde/ than it shall thus be setin again. The servant must hold the heed of the patient/ than put your thumb in his mouth well behind/ & your other fingers under the cheek/ and threst 〈◊〉 your thumb downward/ strongly pulling to you/ & lift up with your fingers that it may comen in/ thereafter salve it with dyaithea. Is the dislocacie before/ than layeth Wylthelm? and Lanfrancus a strong band under the chine which may keep the hole chine/ and a small stick as deep in his mouth as it may be done/ than they pulleth the ends of the band stiffly upward/ and hold the knee on the patient. And the patient must lie high with the shoulders (as Jamericꝭ saith) & so shall it be brought in by the grace of god. Than lay thereon this plaster following.  

¶ A Plaster.  
Take Brenmeel. xii. ounces. Dragantum Gommi arabici/ ●astick/ Bolus arment. of each ij. ounces. this drive to guider in powder/ and middle them with the white of eggs/ & strike it on a cloth/ & lay it thereon. Than wind it about 〈◊〉 abande/ & dress it every two days once. And it is wont to be made fast in. xiii. days/ or there about. Lay the patient on a stiff heed pillow. He shall eat soppies/ pap/ that them need not to chaw If it hath be long time out of the joint/ & is it become hard/ than shall ye bathe it 〈◊〉 warm water/ and oil/ and with other conveniently things/ as I have learned before in the next chapped. than shall it turn again in his place. ¶ cometh thereto any ill accident/ than help him as it needeth/ & against the pain shear of his here. And salve the heed with warm oil of roses behind the ears/ and behind in the neck/ and under the arm of the patient.    

¶ Of the dismembering of the neck and rygbone. Ca lxxix.  
Sometime is the dysmembring of the rydgbone outward/ sometime inward/ sometime beside/ and sometime in the uttermost spondyles of the rydgbone and it maketh Squinansie/ that is with a bult before/ sometimes is the dysmembring in the undermoost part/ or spondyles/ sometimes in that myddyl/ than maketh a bult on the bake/ the token of the dismembering shall be known by the sight/ and by the feeling It is said that all this dysmembring of the spondyles/ or backbone/ is sore perilous and ill to set in again for the sinews/ and the back marrow/ or nucha/ and most as the dyslocacie is inward/ for it may not be handleth/ the dyslocacie of the uppermost spondyles that doth harm to swellowe in the meet & drink/ the myddellest doth harm to the breathe/ the undermoost doth harm to the draft going/ & all times the dyslocacie is dreadful in what place she is/ the first spondyles of the neck is sore bound with sinews/ on the bones of the heed/ and therefore it is great peril/ and between the last bone of the neck/ that is the. seven. & the. viii. spondyles'/ & it is the first there the rib have his beginning/ between them it is great peril for the moving of the neck/ and therefore in the same. two. places of the spondyles or back bone thercometh sooner the dyslocacye than in any other/ and his dyslocacye is sore peril. ¶ The dyslocacye that is in the uppermost spondyles that is cutting of the neck/ that causeth the death hastily of a man for cause that the inthresting bone stoppeth the wind/ and taketh away his life/ as this dyslocacye is between the seven. and. viii spondyles/ than is the way stoppeth of the meet and drink/ and the way of the air is thouched/ and as the dyslocacye is under the viii. spondyle/ than loseth the neither most membres his moving/ for the stopping/ and hurting of the sinews and nucha/ whereof cometh all time the moving and feeling/ Therefore it is needful shortly it to be setin again/ and as the bone in the neck is out of the joint/ than hangeth the heed forward/ or behyndeward/ and the patient cannot speak/ and them shall you help thus ye shall have a servant to hold them patient with one hand under the chine/ & the other hand on the heed/ and let him hold fast/ than set your hand on the patient on his neck and command the servant that he the heed hold up ward/ & ye shall with your hand thrust downward unto the time till ye have set in again the bones of the patient/ is the first spondyle out the joint/ & is it not shortly set in again than shall he die/ And in this manner following shall it be set in again (as Albuca. Haly abbess/ Auicenna/ & Lancfrankcus saith) that heed shall wise pulleth with the hands/ and with one 〈…〉 bind/ & lay him a small stick in the mouth and thrust him upward by the chine/ or with the here/ up by the ears/ & the shoulder shall be thrust downward with the feet/ and he shall be pulleth in both places with good provision/ with cords or other instrumetes when the. seven. back bone or spendyle is out the joint of the viii. spondile than tarry not long of the insetting/ and goeth the dyslocacye inward/ than killeth the parson shortly/ & he is seldom helped/ nevertheless begin the cure/ and threst him the shoulder down. ward/ and pull the neck as is afore said/ Is the dyslocacie outward/ that seldom happeth/ that may be holpen with the hand strongly to thrust downward as ye best can/ & with stretching of the neck/ and with nether thresting the shoulder downward.  
¶ Is the dismembering beneath the. viii. spondyle and y● it goeth sore inward than it is deadly/ and it shall never be hol●en/ & is it not hole ●ward/ but that it alonely thrust the ●ucha/ than the nethermost membres lyseth his moving. ¶ As the dislocacie is inward/ than there bided at every time a bulte how well it be cureth/ nevertheless theris a cure of the spondyles/ whereof groweth a crowed back/ and that shallbe threstin with youchande in the best manner as it can be done or with a board that thereto is made. Whanye have ho●pen them/ than bind there upon this pla●ter here after following.  

¶ A Plaster.  
Take Dyle o● roses. iij. ouns. Mumie Ma●tick Bolyarmen●/ Dragantum Myrt●llo ruin/ Gommi arabici/ ofeche. two. ounc. middle it to guider with the white of eggs in the manner that it be thin/ and depeth therein clothes and they lay there upon/ and there over lay. two. splentes made with tow and depte in the ●ame. than bind him softly. There 〈◊〉 ●ethym blood on the hand/ and make him going to the draft. and he shall eat 〈…〉 made with eggs & with crumbs of 〈…〉 de depte in barley water. And he shall dr●●ke water wherein is sodden Cheryses or bac. y. And dress him at every. v. days 〈…〉/ the patient shallbe laid upward that the ●…morynge may be thrust down. And the time of his heling is. xx. days.    

¶ Of the dislocation of therybbes. Ca lxxx.  
●S the rib be out the joint/ than right it & set it in with the hand & lay there over the aforesaid plaster dep●e in 〈◊〉 white of egg. & wring it out again/ but it shall first be dept in water & wring it out. thereover bind. two. splentes not to last/ So bind him. ix. days long. & all times lay thereon the defensiuum. and rule him 〈◊〉 meet and drink as is aforesaid. ¶ If in this place comany oneven knoddes/ than salve him every day 〈◊〉 the salve made of Oil. xii. ounc. Wax/ Fenigrekemeele of ech●. two. oum. Rosyll. vi. oum. Butter. iiij. oum. Frankensens Bdellij/ of each an oune. Ducks grese/ K●pons grese/ of each an ounc. middle this together on the fire & salve the place therewith And ye shall know that this Salve taketh away the knoddies of the membres/ and maketh even/ and set the bo●ys right.   

¶ Of the dyslocacie of the bonies of the shoulders. Ca lxxxi.  
THis bone cometh not hole out the joint/ but that bone de●a●teth somewhat out his place 〈◊〉 than shall ye help the bone 〈◊〉 your hand & there over the a●orsayde plaster/ And lay their ou●● small 〈◊〉 shyns of five to we/ and thereafter splentes & every day the desen 〈…〉 him blood & going to the draught and rule him u● meet and drink as is aforesaid. ¶ Is there a wound sow them/ & lay thereon this powder of Mastic Dragon's blood/ Gomi arabici/ Dragantum/ of each. two. oū●. Thereafter cleanse the wound 〈◊〉 this plaster. ix. days long. Take●ose honey. xii. ounc. 〈◊〉 meel/ or barley meel/ or mylst●● meele. iii●. ounc. frankincense/ aloes/ of each an ounc. & as the wound is cleansed/ than he'll it 〈◊〉 the ●am● powder. or with the gren● wounded plaster. or 〈◊〉 both. And his meet & drink shall be as I have said oftentimes before.   

¶ Of the dismembering of the shoulders. Ca lxxxij  
Avicenna set alone. two. manners in this dismembering. Albucasis and other masters saith that there be more in the shoulder/ for it goeth out ye●oxce of the shoulder in. iij. manners. The first/ that the heed of ●habone of the uppermost arm separteth downward. The other cometh forward to the first part. The. iij. in the mids upward/ but backward can it not come out the shoulder bone. ¶ The first dysmembring is be know● by the sight & ●elynge as th●r is feeled the heed of the arm pipe vnd the hole of the arm/ and upon the shoulder is seen an holnes. The other dysmembring is known by the ●…inge of the heed of the arm●●ype before & 〈…〉 se an holnes Th●●hyrde is in the mids upwart/ & is to known/ as the patient cannot retch out his ellebow from his body & vnd the arm ye see an holnes/ and on the shu● an highness.  
¶ The manner for to set it in again is this Is i●●chylde 〈◊〉 a ●…ge parson● & that shulderbone is out of the toynte/ than take it 〈◊〉 your ●este han● and make a fist with your right hand/ & set it so v●… the hole of the arm upon the 〈…〉 than lift 〈…〉 de with your fist like if it hang on any thing/ than cometh the bone in his right place: ¶ The other manner is/ as the patient is old & great/ and 〈…〉 him not list up/ than command ●…to lie on his back/ & then shall ye 〈◊〉 round bowl of tree/ & wind it about 〈◊〉 clothes & lay it under the hole of his a●me on the out coming bone/ than shall ye treed 〈◊〉 your heel on the round bowl stefly downward/ and take the patient 〈◊〉 the hand and p●llestefly downward/ than cometh the arm again in his ryghteplace. ¶ The. iij. manner is. the patient shallbe pulleth 〈◊〉 the arm over a staff/ in the mids of the staff a bowl wounden about 〈◊〉 clothes/ & both the ends of the staff shallbe made fast higher than the length of a man. And the patient shall stand upon a stole/ than shall ye pull the arm over the staff/ than shall ye also push the stole f●om under his sote/ so shall the bone be 〈◊〉 by the grace of god. ¶ The. iiij. manner is wa●ad der/ in the same manner as you have done 〈◊〉 the staff (as Haly abbess/ A louca●●●●…. & Brun● saith) But Roger●● please better that Guydo saith 〈◊〉 the foot/ with the 〈…〉 & with ●he staff/ & not with the ladder. ¶ The sift ●aner is with the instrument as 〈…〉 death in picture/ and in all manner as 〈…〉 by the same picture. And the dismembr●… be setin also with retching and pulling and with thresting in with the hand or 〈◊〉 a cloth (as Lank●… saith) And will it notbe setin again/ for cause that it hath the long been out of the joint/ & is bec●… hard/ than shall ye wash it with warm water/ as is aforesaid/ and make it soft & bring it in again. And as it is done than pleaseth me Roguery/ the which in the first iij. days dresseth the patient with a 〈…〉 〈◊〉 cloth and tow depte in whit or eggs Thereafter with the plaster of mylstufm●ele dragon's blood. etc. as I have said before. And ye shall lay under the arm of the patient a bowl with clothes/ or made of tow and byndehym well fast with a band that is. v. fingers broad/ & as long as it needeth.   

¶ Of the dismembering of the elbow. Ca lxxxiij.  
THis dislocation of the elbow as (Auicenna saith) is sometimes great/ & sometimes small/ Albuca. & other masters saith that it goeth sometimes forward out the joint/ and sometime be hind/ The token of this dismembering is heaviness in the moving/ that it is not possible the patient to bring the hand to the shoulder/ The elbow cometh heavily out the joint & is heavily to set in again/ for thesene was & daynes. Of the setting in and cure saith Auicenna that it is i●. two. manners/ the first with the any hand hold the shoulder/ with the other hand to drive in it again that is out/ with stiff deting behind on the elbow/ with a salved hand with oil/ till it cometh in again/ Rogerius saith the manner of been ding/ Lanca●r̄cancus set the cure thereof which stretching & with uphangging/ or with bearing or weight/ if the dyslocation goeth forward or behind ward/ but Guydo set it in with the knee as dyslocacie is forward. is dyslocation it afterward or behind so set he it in the hand (as Auicenna writeth) & the manner of the insetting with the knee or heel that shallbe done in it that is forward ye shall take a broad longhande about his arm/ that the. two. end go behind & let your servant hold both the ends in every hand one/ and the patient shallbe bound on his foot/ and shallbe held/ and command the patient to stretch out his arm/ than command the servant with the hand to pull backward/ than shall the master hastily the arm set foremarde to see the shoulder again. Than threst in with the knee that there stand outward/ bring the arm to the shoulder. As it is out behind/ than is good the arm to be bowed/ & overtwart by a little life up the arm/ & turn it somewhat (as Ja mericꝭ saith) In the fastmakinge of this cur● follow all things as I have learned in the aforesaid chapter/ but the arm shallbe bearing about the neck/ & by little and little shall he be bound higher/ till the hand come to the shoulder/ and every. iiii. day shall it be dresseth once. And at every time shall be bowen the member. And it is wont to be heeled in. xv. days.   

¶ Of the dismembering of the hand or knot of the wrist. Ca lxxxiiij.  
THe bone of the hand goth lightly out of the joint/ & is lightly to setin again/ as it be 〈◊〉 quickly. And as it bydeth●… time out of the joint/ than come thereto sometime an ipostumation/ and than it is with great pain & heaviness to set it in again. And this dismembering is most before or behind. & the cure thereof shallbe done with stretching/ pulling/ and moving & with downward thressing. But I take the life hand of the patient in my hand stetly by the knot/ & take his middle finger in my right hand. stretching and pulling the same finger/ & in the pulling threst I on the outcoming thereagainst/ with the finger under/ or with the thumb above/ & so it will lightly be setin. ¶ In the fast making is none other cure than I have learned you And Jamericꝭ healed this in. xii. days. Is there a wound/ than bind him that the wound may beseen en every day.   

¶ Of the dysmenbing of the fingers. Ca lxxxv.  
THe dismembering of the fingers that cometh lightly and is lightly set in/ if he be bruised than help him thus stretch the finger as I have learned in the next chapter/ & lay thereon this plaster following.  

¶ A plaster.  
¶ Take been meell/ orote meell. xii. ounces/ mastyck/ dragantum/ gum of Arabia of each an ounce/ make thereof a soft plaster with the white of eggs/ and lay it thereon and bind it there about/ and let it be bound unto the .iiij. day/ and bind him again till he be hole.    

¶ Of the dsymenbring of the bonies of the hyppies. Ca lxxxvi.  
A●icen. saith as this dismembering of the hips is inward & forward/ than the leg is longer than otherwise/ and the patient steppeth up the hole feet/ and he may not bow forward/ that heed of the thigh is gone inward in the lyske/ and in the uterpt is hollowness In the dysmembring afterward and outward causeth the leg be the short/ and the patient may not set his heel on the ground/ The cure thereof learneth Albucasis/ and is sore profitable to all manners and ye shall the sick fast hold by the shoulders or he shall be bound over the shoulders on the thigh/ with a band on a wyndas/ and the other band a bow the knee on the same wyndas/ than pull the member out with the wind/ & with the hand right it till it be set in/ The first dismembering which is inward & before shall the patient be puleth/ & with the foot or knee drive it in again As the dysmembring is outward and behind/ so shall the patient in like wise be pull that the height with the knee be thrust inward and the holnes may come out/ and for this dismembering lightly to set in again/ so must ye have a table longer than the patient and make on every end a wind/ and in the mids under the back and on the belly shall the patient be bound on the wind with a long towel/ and with an other shall be bound on the knee/ and wind about the hole pipe with the towel unto the foot/ and shallbe bound so on the other wind and than shall ye wind with both the wyndas to guider and set that bone of the patient in again/ and than the binding of this shall be like as it stand afore in that chapter of dysmembring from the uppermost arm of the adiutorium/ but it shall be bound faster.   

¶ Of the dismembering of the knee shines. Ca lxxxvij.  
AS these dismembering is done/ than shall ye command the pacy● to stand up on both his feetes/ & hold him his place/ and thereafter bind it with a plaster of sycer meele of been meele like as I have learned you/ and dress him all. iiij. days once/ Is there a wound so do as I have before learned you/ with binding/ with defensiuum/ with blood letting/ and with meet and drink etc.   

¶ Of the dismembering of the knees, Ca, lxxxviij.  
ALL so ye shall know that the knees cometh lightly out the member/ and is lightly to set in again/ It goothe often times again in/ so soon as the patient stepped on the feet/ If it go not so in again/ than shall the surgeon have one servant/ wiche shall pull the leg/ in the time that he pulleth shall ye set in again the knee Than lay thereover a cloth dept in rose oil/ and on that cloth lay the plaster of been meel/ and Dragon's blood/ as I have said often times before/ There over shall ye bind with one long band/ and thine plumacioles of tow dept in the white of eggs/ like standeth in the. lix: chapter/ and there over bind/ as is a foresaid/ Is there a wound it shall be bound that it may be seen every day/ Also may ye the dislocation and dysmembring of the knee and anclowe lightly set in again with a wind/ like the picture here after following showeth.  
Hear after foloweht an instrument in picture for the knee or anclo we lightly to set i● again that is out of the joint   

¶ Of the dismembering of the feet. Ca lxxxix.  
THe dysmenbring of the feet is suddenly done/ & shortly setin again/ and it is heavily to make fast/ for the many bonies that the joint maketh/ The token thereof is the highness of the but coming bone and the pain and losing of the moving/ & right this bonies & set it in as even like as ye can/ ye may not that member to moche stretch/ of such strong stretching should come so moche pain/ that thereof should come an impostumation/ therefore ye shall the feet softly stretch her and there turning/ and with the other hand shall ye the heyghnes threstin again/ till it may come in his right place/ and as it is made even/ than wind roundabout the foot a cloth & that well dept in warm rose oil/ that strength the veins and taketh away the pain. Over the cloth lay the plaster of been meell and dragon's blood/ as is written in the chapter of the insetting of the leg. than salve the leg with that ●…stuum as their cometh no impostumation to/ and over the plaster shall ye lay plumacyoles of tow ●nd there over splynttes/ & the rafter shall ye bind the feet well/ and lay the foot high/ so that the leg may the better defend from the impostumation/ ye shall dres him. iiij. or. v days but one's/ ye shall hold the foot. thirty. or. xl. days long in rest.   

Of the dysmembringe of the bone on the feet. Ca ●x  
SEt this member in again in his rygt place/ than lay there over the plaster/ of cycer meele or rye meel. xii. ounc. dragon's blood/ mastic/ dragantum g●n● ara●…/ of each. two. ounc. boly armeni/ mumie/ of each an osic. this middle to guider with the white of eggs. than bind him but not to fast. And salve the foot with defensiuum/ And salve him at last with dyalthea/ & there over one oxierocium. ¶ Iten is there a shoulder. hip/ leg/ knee/ or foot out of the joint & is become hard/ for the long being out of the joint. And will you it letin again than take lynseed/ & dowies downgh/ & make it clean ●rom straw/ chyppe/ & 〈◊〉/ & see the it well with goties me●ke in a pot/ and strike it on a cloth/ & lay it on the member/ and it shallbe so●te in. iiij. hours. than set wisely the member again in his place with ●●y of the instruments that best serveth to 〈◊〉 member as it standeth in picture. of 〈…〉 k leg after the nineteen. chapter. of the 〈…〉 arm after the. xviij. chapter. of the ●●oked knee after. lxxij. chapter. and will the joint or member abide to soft/ than make a clote wet in running water and wrapit about the joint or member/ & it will make it ●ast again.   

Of the hard stiff and crooked members how and in what manner they shallbe cured or/ helpen/ and ryghted. Ca xci.  
IT happeneth sometime that after the healing of a wounded joint or member that it abideth crooked/ stiff/ or hard/ than shall ye the member or joint bathe saftmaking with old oil/ and with water that is meetly warm like melke war me that is first molkeu/ and bathe the member with a great sponge/ and thereafter shall ye bathe that member with papple and high mallow roots. v. or. vi. days/ thereafter take any of the afore set conterfayte instruments/ as the instrument of a crooked arm standing after the. xviij. chap. or the instrument of the crooked leg after the. nineteen. chap. standing. or the instrument of the crooked knee standing after the .lxxij. chapter. of this istrumentes take that you serveth best for the member. And stretch therewith every day a little Thereafter salve it with the salve following after this after written bathing/ and this bathing make thus/ Ye shall seeth the heed & feetes of a gilded wedder/ therewith bathe the member And if it not their with amend than wet a cloth in the same sop & lay it about the member & bathe it there with/ Or take a great sponge wet in the same sop & lay it warm there on. And so often as ye the member bathe/ or lay thereon the cloth/ or the sponge/ so often make a fire of saw duystmeel thereby let dry the arm or leg. & as the member is dried/ than salve it by the fire of the saw meell with this salve of hogs grese/ grey grese/ of each. viii. onc. kapons grese/ the mary of a calf/ fresh butter/ olium nucis iuda ice/ olium sysamini/ oil of sweet almonds/ ●●i me of high malowes/ slime of lynseed/ slime of fenygreke. iiij. ounces. storacis calamity/ bdellij gumi/ ysopi humid/ of each anounc. the grese melt/ & it may not touch salt/ & as it is melted than do therein the oils and the slymes/ and make thereof a salve.  

¶ An other good saved making.  
seethe lynseed/ &. xii. figs. than take sour dowgh/ &. two. roasted oynonus. musterdseed doves dung/ barley meele/ of each like moche/ that stamp all to guider in a mortar th● do thereto a little oil olive than it shallbe a plaster and lay it there upon.  
These plaster is also good to all swearing and impostumation. And can he not go to the draft in this fykenes/ than make this bathe of papple/ water●res or genation in latin/ parydane/ edera achorea/ camomile flowers/ of each an handful/ this do all to guider in a little linen bag & seeth it in water/ in the water shall the patient him bache to the navel. & so goth the swearing away through the draft going & through the urine. And if it goth so away/ than seeth barley in water & do therein a little honey and give it the patient to drink/ than shall the place inwardly be clensyth.    

¶ How the consuming members ought to be helped and cured. Ca xcii.  
WIth a woollen cloth and with water of the stinging nettylles shall ye first 〈◊〉 be the member or joint. 〈◊〉. or. iiij. days/ & every day two. or. iij. times. The second ye shall set ventoses or boxes about the sore/ and take them of again/ that shall ye do. iii. or. iiij. days long without pricking. The. iij. if he have in the joint great pain/ than shall ye make him this water. Take the liver/ the heart/ and the lungs of a black calffe their with chap sage. two handful/ and mengle it with the same c●…es blood that it may be moisty therewith/ & do it in a stillatory which is called alembicum and distill water thereout/ therewith was she the member every day. iij. or. iiij. times & that shall help him. ¶ The. iiij. when ye have done this afore said/ than set him in a bathe stew & ●et on him the ventose or box/ and garsse him/ but set the ventose no more upon and anoint the garssing & all the member with this salve following.  

¶ A Salve.  
Take aqua vite/ 〈◊〉 eu●or●●●/ long pepper made all in powder & middle them to guider that they be not to thick/ afterward lay this plaster on the sore/ & give him every day a fresh plaster.   

¶ Another good plaster to the same.  
Take creffysshes & stamp they with the shells & all the body/ than strike it on a blue woollen cloth and lay it on the joint/ where by the joint shall be come full of blains/ & salve the joint with the afore said salve/ and this plaster is shortly ●ole & stinking/ therefore ye must lay thereon in. i●●. days once a fresh plaster again.   

¶ Another proved experiment to the same.  
Bind about that member there it is consumed a roope of here/ and let it lie thereon as long as he may suffer it. that do at the le●… iij. or. iiij. times in. iij. days. And afterward set him in a bathe stew/ & set over ●ll the place there it is consumed ventoses or bores and let them still hang thereon/ and when ye take them of/ than set them no more upon. & anoint him which the sa●●e following.   

¶ A Salve.  
Take unguents a grippe/ aragon/ ●…iatō of each. viii. ounces. castorye oil/ mustart sede oil/ of each. i●. ounc. 〈◊〉 oil. vi. ounc. olium lauti. iii●. ounc. dogs grese. two. ounc. put all these to guider in a pan on the fire and stir them well/ and do therein this powder of long pepper/ euforbium/ of each an ounce. white mustartse de/ half an o●●e. and than put thereto aqua vite that it be not to thick/ & let it set together/ & salve him   

This salve following shallbe taken last to the consumed membres.  
Stamp the roots & herb of wild sanicle or dia●ēsie agrestis in latin in the month of may/ with may butter/ & let them stand ii●. days long. & than seethe it softly over the fire/ & strain it again through a cloth & this maketh to grow flesh and blood.   

A sereclothe after that the member is brought in his first form  
¶ Take wax. iiij. ounces/ whit rosel/ mastic/ armoniacum/ of each an ounce/ oil of castory/ oil of camomile of each half an ounce/ worwode (or absintium in latin) feni greek/ common of lombardie/ of each a dragma/ vinegar. viii. ounces. And make it in powder that shall be powdret/ and middle it together/ and make thereof a plaster.   

¶ A fair cunning to this same  
Do a small kettle full of warm w●… a crane as the barber's occupy/ and 〈◊〉 it a man's length high or higher over the patient/ and the patient shall sit under the said kettle/ & he shall lay that consuming member in a basin/ or in a payl/ or in an other vessel/ so as the place be not wet there he shall sit/ and the crane shall be turned that it may drop a little out drop by drop following and falling/ on that consuming member/ and of the same dropping cometh the blood in the same place there as the warm water falleth on the member/ and the warmness cometh in that member/ and that is called an embricacie/ Thereafter salve that member with the aforesaid salve/ and lay therein a warm plaster.   

¶ An expert plaster serving to the same.  
Take white rosyl/ turpentyn/ black pitch & melt them to guider/ do thereto a little Mumie as ye think best/ after ye will make little or much/ & strike that on a cloth of cotton/ & lay the plaster on that member. This plaster shall not lie thereon but three hours/ for it draweth the blood strougely to him.  
Therefore ye shall often change the plaster/ And as often as ye will change it than warm it in a small pot/ & lay it thereon again Or ye say on the plaster/ ye shall the aforesaid salve set in a small pot by the fire/ than warm your hand & the salve/ & rub the arm or other members therewith/ after warm the plaster on the fire & do it so warm about the arm/ than the arm amendyth/ Ye may also occupy in all manner the water of the calves liver in like wise as the salve/ & also warm/ than it is good/ & of this plaster ye shall wonder see. I should write how the member should be beaten with rods or nettles/ like the common barber's do/ but I have seen little profit coming thereof/ therefore I will not write of it. But I take in my beginning for the rods & net tells nettyll water ●…a blue wool cloth and rub the member therewith as is aforesaid in this chap. & that I here write have myself occupied/ & the last medesynes been the strongest.  
¶ For veins shronken after the healing 〈◊〉 Take the bladd with the urine of a wild hog & in the bladder do some of his grese hanging it in the son. xii. days long or more/ than cometh thereof a salve/ therewith anoint that member.   

¶ Another Salve  
Take black soup. iiij. ounces. iiij. yolks of eggs/ rotes of white lylyes' clenne stampeth iiij. ounc. netes feet oil/ & stir it together an hour long or more/ therewith salve that member there the dysseas is by the fire/ & it shall amend    

¶ How you shall stance blood/ and consume it that is come with a fall or stricken with a blunt wepyn as with a clobbe or staff or other instrument not edged/ nor cutting. Ca xciij.  
IN the beginning as one hath fallen/ or is dreading that the blood is engealed and clouted to guider/ than let him shortly blood on the next place of the hurting/ than make this proved  

¶ A Powder.  
Take terre sigillate/ mumie/ boli armeni/ of each an ounce. thereof give him every day in the morning. v. or. seven. days long: one dragma. ●…u. out. of planteyn water/ that maketh departing of the engealed blood/ & stoppeth the veins where it cometh out. ¶ will ye that the engeled blood depart. give him of this powder following every time a dragma. with 〈◊〉. o●… the rule water or Cerifol●… latin. Take sperma ●●ri. three dragma. ●…mie an ofice. terre sigillate/ boli a●…/ of each half an ounce. ¶ If ye will that it shall go out through his water/ than do thereto that er●… of k●yffysshes half an oum. Hecht kyffel one dragma. ¶ If ye will that it go through the draft going/ than 〈◊〉 out the powder of bol ●…rmenꝭ and terra sigillata. & do there to reba●… half an out: that driveth ●…t the engeled b●●de through the draft going. ¶ And if the patient be poor & may not pay th●●or/ than take for ye●…ber star be muris half an once/ and give him half a dragma ●…che evil 〈◊〉 & more berry water/ at every time an once/ lewke warm.  
¶ As a parson hath engeled blood in the maw/ or in the guts/ so let him make this pylles/ If he be strong/ so give it him at one's/ If he be feeble than give it him at twice Take Rebarbere one dragma. Mumie. vi. barley corns heavy. and make thereof pills with wine. If ye have not this/ or if he be a poor man/ than give him black coals of elm wood/ eyes of kreeffysshe/ leaves of charuyll dried/ or cerifoltum in latin. of each like moche/ & make thereof a powder/ & give the patient thereof half an ounce with a little vinegar. or give him ground worms stamped uviht oaken coals middled with vinegar/ & strain it through a cloth/ & do thereto Rub tine torun dried. iiij. barley corns heavy.    

¶ How you shall help him or them that through such a fall/ stroke/ or chaunche/ be faint or feole. Ca xciiij.  
THe parson that is beaten or fallen/ & hath thereof a stopping in the breast of the moistness after following/ which goeth forth to the inward pain  
¶ As such patient is let blood/ & the blood is stopped and driven out/ then shall ye give him this receipt following.  

¶ One receipt.  
¶ give him Syropis violarum/ Dragagan tum frigidun. Lolac de papavere/ Succer penidiarum/ of this he shall aete at marrow & atevening/ at every time a dragma/ This receipt shallbe made at the appottecaris/ & is writhen thus. Recipe specierum electuarum degumis sive species a dragma/ specierum diadragantum frigidum. two. dragma. manus chrysticum perlis. vi. dragma. sirupi violarum a dragma. succer penidiarum. iij. dragma.  
¶ If any man be fallen or bruised whereby he perbraketh/ & the meet that he taketh may not abide in him/ than give him to drink in the morning and evening Siruyi citoni orun. and anoint the maw without with oil mirtillorum/ & with oil macis. & straw over the oyntemen the powder of reed coral or give him sugar of violet an ounce tempered with bolo armeno. xx. barley corns heavy with this syrup hereafter written/ made with herttong levys or foliss surrender in latin/ plane teynlevys/ of each an ounce. sodden in a quart of water till it be half consumed/ than strain it/ & put thereto sugar. iiij. ounc. white lily water. iij. ounc. scabiose water. two. ounces & this syrup maketh the breast rheum & large  
¶ If any parson have fallen whereby moche blood is spylte & the parson sore feebled.   

¶ A powder for to drink  
Take yellow eyestone/ bol● armen●/balaus●●e/ sanguis draconis/ Lacca/ of e●… moche/ made all in powder/ & grew i●…cyent to drink. three dragma of the same 〈◊〉 ●…der with water wherein is sudden sumac. x. ●a●ly corns heavy. This medesyn stoppeth soon the blood/ & consumeth it hastily as the patient taketh meet which stoppeth.    

¶ How you shall helpen him that is fallen or betyn/ and if his blood be run/ or engeled like cruddys'/ & the flesh bruised. Ca xcv.  
HEre shall ye learn to defend & to make last the place that is hurt/ that there come no ipostume/ nor swelling/ nor other evil accident. ¶ The first. as one is fallen from an high place/ or sore beaten/ that he hath lost his spece/ or that he hath his spece but speaketh foolishly/ than is in doughte that the brain & the membres of the heed be perished.  
And Auicenna saith the wit of understanding showyth the helte of the brain/ yet it is needly to search/ if he be deed or alive/ which ye shall know by feeling the pulse/ calling him/ & pulling him by the eeres/ and take fine tow/ or kemyd wool/ and hold it at his mouth/ & afore his nose holys and so shall ye see if the wind come out or not/ and if ye see one good token that the breast stirreth any thing/ than make him to sneeze with pepper/ & euforbio/ and rub his membres with vinegar/ and with herb a grace and make him bleed with the sneezing/ and as he is come by one manner to himself/ than let him blood/ and glister him as I have le●●ed you. ¶ If the patient be hurt in the brain/ than follow the learning of the bruising/ or contusion of the heed/ but if the hole body be bruised or hurt/ than anoint all the hurt place with oil of roses/ or with oil myrtyllorum/ and straw thereover the powder of myrtyll/ as is afore said of the wounds with the bruising/ Some layeth such a patient in warm horse dounhe/ & letteth him therein sweet/ and that helpeth him/ but Haliabbas/ and Auicenna bindeth him in a sheeps skin that is fresh and warm/ that is clean anon/ and straw it with a little beaten or stamped salt/ & let him lie therein a hole day/ and the other day he shall be hole. ¶ In the out pulling of the blood the work masters hath wrought after the counsel of Hali abbess/ & the place shall be made strounge with a cloth depte in cold water and lay thereon/ but I was wounte to do in that water moche salt and wta blue wool cloth/ that I first and often laid on that member/ for it consumyth the engealed blood/ and maketh the place fast/ and as he is strong than make the body to sweet with hot gear  
¶ And if it holp not/ than consume it in this manner hereafter written/ it softeth the pain of the engeled blood/ & openeth the seating holes.  

¶ A Salve.  
¶ Take dial thea. two. ounces/ holy armeni one ounce/ olium myrtyllorun/ oil of comomylle oil of roses/ oil of dill/ of each. three ounces/ myrtylle in powder. two. ounces/ wa●…i dragma melt these together/ and than do the powder therein/ and therewith shall ye same or anoint the patient/ in like wise doth this medesin/ that is often proved in the shoal of bonome/ principally on him that is be●…n and the strokes be not deep/ than take a sheep skin warm from the sheep/ & straw there on salt made in small powder. two. ꝑtes. ky●s seed in powder one part/ & lay the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 warm on his body. ¶ And for the consume that engeled blood. Take venies soup small cut. iiij. ounces/ unguentum dial thea●…. ounces/ melted together/ and therewith salve or anoint the patient at morning and evening/ and if the stroke be great that the skin is swollen/ than cut the skin open/ and draw that blood out/ than he'll it as another wound.  
¶ Adrynke that healeth the flesh win under the skin/ & doth depart the engeled blood.  
¶ Take Sarcocolle albe one dragma/ sumac. two. dragma. alumen cisi one dragma. rubetinctorum. xl. barley corns heavy, planteyn water and wine wherein is sudden mastic of each. xii. ounces/ honey. vi. ounces mendle these together/ and give the ●acyēt 〈◊〉 drink every morning ●…stynge/ and late at evening/ at every tyme. iii. ounces. ¶ If there be one sore fall/ or beaten on his back and there is nothing broken nor no member out of joint/ un the hath great pain/ than take. three boss●elles of bran/ and seethe it in a ketell with water/ and stir it well till the bran be meetly dry/ and put thereto a certain part of butter/ or cream/ and seethe that meetly dry/ and do it in a kymeell/ and lay the patient therein on his back as hot as he may suffer it/ and as it begin wax cold than do thereto more out of the ketel. this do at morning/ at none time/ & at evening/ and at every time as he cometh thereout and is dry/ than salve him & rub him with unguentum dyalthea that may suck through the skin/ and it were good to do thereto walt rothe (or ambra in latin) And there is nothing better as a member is hurt or fallen that ye take in the beginning hemp seed well stamped and a little water thereto And if the water ware of the herb named storckes bylle (or herba rubea in latin) it were very good to lay that on the hurt place two. fingers thick between. ij. clothes/ and at every time as it is dry/ than lay thereon another/ that healeth without pain. ¶ As any is beaten in his face that it is blue/ than strike the blue place. 〈◊〉. or. three times with that sap of the rote of wild sa●…an/ or cartamꝭ latin or take sap of sigillum salomonis one dragma/ unguentum album one ounce/ the white of eggs half anounce/ all this middle together and strike the blue place there with at morning/ at none and at evening.   
¶ Here endeth the virtuous hand work of surgery.   

¶ Here after followeth the Antidotharius in the which thou mayst learn how thou shalt make many and divers noble plasters/ salves/ powders/ oils/ and wound drinks/ the which be very necessary and 〈◊〉 hove full/ utyll/ and profitable for every surgeon therein to be expert/ and ready at all times of need.  
 

¶ One apostolicum salve.  
IN the first make an Apostolicum Salue after the Antithodario Nycolay.  
¶ Take Litargirium. xii. owces. gtekes pitch red wax/ of each. iiii. ounces oaken mystyndyn/ whit wax of each. ij. ounces. are moniacum/ magnet stone which is called the lead stone/ of each an onc. & an half. Sarco colle/ Squama eris/ Dyptan/ Aristologia longa/ spanish green/ Appoponatum of each. ii●. dragma. white Frankincense/ mastic/ of each. i●. ounces/ turpentyne/ gall banun/ bdellium/ myrra/ brent copper/ of each ii●. dragma/ that litargirium shall ye stamp in powder/ and thereto do vii●. ounces of oil olive/ and let it seed together on the fire that it be thick as wax/ and that shall ye drop on a stone/ in a prove/ than do thereto the turpentine/ that white and red wax/ as that is melted/ than do therinthe galba num/ appoponatum/ bdellium/ sarcocolle/ weked one night in vinegar/ sudden/ & strained/ & than put it therein together/ and than take it from the fire and dotherin the gums and as it be wa●n●●/ than shall ye do therein all the other parcels the one after the other made in powder/ and stir it till it be cold and than may ye make it in collis.   

¶ One ep●●rocium plaster.  
¶ Of this plaster writeth Rie●●●us in his anti 〈◊〉 this is needful to every good surgeon. ¶ Take saffron ship 〈…〉 bitch/ new wax of each vii●. 〈◊〉/ ●…pentyne ●al banun/ armoniacum/ myr●e/ mastic/ white fran 〈◊〉 of each. two. ounces and. in● dragm● This plaster make thus/ melt the wax/ ●…pytche/ greeks pitch/ turpentyne/ & melt i● together/ when that is melted do therein galbanum/ armonilcum/ one night steeped in vinegar/ sudden and ●…ynyd & do it therein Than shall ye fethe it again till the vinegar be consumed/ and stir it well together/ and than do therein the other parcels made in powder/ & stir it till it begin to wax cold th●n cast it upon a cold stone/ and ye shall anoint the stone first woyle of obey leaves (or 〈◊〉 lauri in latin) and than work the saffran therein/ & whanye have so done than may ye make colles of it.   

¶ One diaqu●on plaster.  
¶ Make this plaster after the Antithodario mos●e. ¶ Take lytargirium. xxiii●. ounces/ oil of blue lilies/ oil of camo mills/ oil of dill (or anetum in latin) of each. xii●. ounces/ lyusedes sleme/ fenegrenes sleme/ high mallow ●otes sleme/ ●leme of fyrg/ sap of yrios/ sap of mersybelen/ the grief sudden of the molle that hangeth by 〈◊〉 the legs of the sheep/ bird lime (or viscu●… in latin) of each. xxv. ounces/ turpēty●e. vi. ounces/ white rosyl/ ielowe wax of each. iii●. ounces/ take lytargirium & make it in powder and dress it with the oil ●leme and grese/ that it be thick as wax as it is dropped upon a stone/ than do thereto that wax/ rosyll/ turpentyne/ and as it is melted together/ than stir it together till it be cold/ and thereafter make rolls of it with oil of white lilies.   

¶ A sereclothe plaster.  
¶ The fere cloth plaster is very good to all membres that is out of the joint/ and the consuming members/ or which is grieved with cold moistness/ that consumyth and brengyth the member again in his right power. ¶ Take wax. vi. ounces/ rosyll. ii●. ounce mastic. two. ounces. armoniacum/ galbanum white frankincense of each an ounce and a hall/ oil of bybergeylle (or olium castor●● platyn) oil of camomile of each and 〈◊〉 ●●greke meele/ meele of warmwode/ 〈◊〉 of lombart common/ meele of camomile stoces/ made all this in small powder of each a dragma/ vinegar. v. or. vi. ounces/ melt the rosyl/ wax/ and the oil together/ than do therein the galbanum/ and armoniacum steeped in vinegar and strain it/ and at the last do thereto the other parcels/ that is made in small powder/ and stir it well together till it be cold.  
¶ Of the green wounded plaster.  
¶ The good green wounded plaster that the new surgeons occupy/ that healeth all frysshe wounds without tents/ and it is a mundificatinun a cōglutinati●● and a x▪ ti●um/ And this plaster is of many & divers manners of sodry master made/ some take much/ rosyll/ and little wax/ some moche wax and little rosyll/ and some take wax and rosyll like much/ & some take no rosyl at all/ Therefore ye shall know as ye will that this same plaster shall more hele than cleanse like as it is needily in the wound of the heed and in a simple wound/ there as no substance is lost/ If that ye take more wax in weight so moche the lesser take of rosyl in weight/ & let them between every time in his weight/ and as ye will that it cleanse more taking to her the matter/ like as a depestytchyd wound which maked moche matter/ than shall you take more rosyll than wax/ as I have said/ if ye will that the plaster shall make flesh to grow/ & shall serve to all wounds/ which somewhat hath lost of his substance/ than take rosyl/ & wax of each like moche/ or if ye will that it make the skin and that the wound should close than take wax alone and no rosyll/ and as in this plaster is moche/ rosyl & little wax than is it called a mundificatinum and attracti●um that is cleansing/ & drawing out the matter/ if there be therein moche wax & little rosyll/ than is it called conglutinat●●ū/ that is together leaving and closing of the wound/ and if there be therein wax and rosyll like much/ than is it called incar nat●… that is flesh making in the wound Or if there be therein wax & no rosyll/ than it is called consolydatiwm/ that is healing and skin making. And this plaster is made thus. ¶ Take resine depino that is white rosyl/ maiden wax of each two pound/ & the rosyl which is clear as turpentine dear suet of each. xii. ounc. greeks pitch. vii● ounces/ sarcocolle small and great of each. ii●. ounces/ turpentine half a pound/ mastic white Frankincense of each. iii●. ounce●● Dragantum/ Gommi Arabici/ Galban●● Armoniacum of each one ounce and shall/ Storacis calamity. i●▪ ounces/ Storaci● liquid. iii●. ounces/ And take the sap of this herbia that ye can 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and great or Pyrola maioret minor/ Sanicle (●… ronica maior et minor●… herb● solse●…/ & solida minor/ mode● wax teor artemisia in latin/ gl●tay●e small & great/ betonica/ agrimonia ●erraria/ matrisilua/ halderion/ ●arrowor cerisolium latin/ ●ageor saluia in latin/ verbene anou● ere/ wale rote or ambra/ of this he●… take sapix. po●ide & no less/ but cather more/ because to each pound of the substance of this plaster be longyth full, iii. pound saps/ That sap/ white Rosyl/ wax/ hearts 〈◊〉 and Rosyll/ and Colo●onia/ ye shall see the 〈◊〉 a kettle over the fire without flame or 〈◊〉 till two parts thereof he consumed/ than do therein Turpenty●/ but the 〈◊〉 andragantum/ go●… arabici/ galbanum/ armoniacum/ this shhalbe first steped on● night 〈◊〉 vinegar of roses/ & as it is sudden a waim● or. ii●. than shall ye the other gums make in powder/ and do it therein and let it seethe again. i●. or. three walmes/ and at the last do therein Storaxliquida/ and Calamita. if ye will have better smelling/ than do thereto bensym or barotꝭ. iii. ounc./ & ifye will have it very well smelling/ than do thereto. two. or. ii●. ounces of oil of spike/ than strain it through a cloth/ and let it stand a night the next day cut this ●alue in. iii●. p●t●s/ & than take it out of the ketyll/ & make thereof rolls with fresh oil of roses. If ye will have this plaster fair green. than do therein the sap of night show (or solatri in latin) & sap of older/ and celidonia of each. 〈◊〉. 〈◊〉 therewith let the salve seethe again/ but not long/ the longer it doth seethe the paler it ●…eth/ but the ●…ethes be not so wholesome/ as the other be/ nevertheless some masters doth this sap therein/ & they know not what virtue & power they have. the nyghshaw● colyth and 〈…〉 doth the 〈◊〉 also/ and celidonia clensyth/ ●●ore as ye put in this salve moche rosyll/ so may ye the better this same sa● do thereto/ and. two. or. three ounces of 〈◊〉/ than 〈◊〉 it the more. Never can ●ome a good 〈…〉 without a mum 〈…〉/ for that 〈…〉 is the key of the 〈◊〉 and consolidatinun.   

¶ A good Jew's plaster to fresh wounds.  
¶ Take why●…. iiii. pound/ raseno de 〈◊〉/ that is whit rosel/ turpentyne of each two. pound/ oil of roses one pound/ mastic/ 〈◊〉 frankincense/ myrra of each. two. ounces/ fresh leaves of roses. iiii. ounces/ reed wine one measure of. three pound/ of all these herbs take the ie may get/ winter green or pirola in latin/ fyndowe/ diapensia/ waltmayster/ or matrisylu● in latin/ herba sarasenica/ herba tuniri/ herba solsiqui●/ betonica/ x minor/ sumus terre/ plantain great and small/ storks bill or herba rubea/ in latin/ valeriana/ of each like moche/ till ye have enough/ and good wine/ till ye have enough/ stamp the herbs/ and threst thereout the sap/ and put the wine on the herbs that they may be come well moisty with the wine/ and let it well seethe with the a foresaid wine/ thamn steayne it through a cloth/ than doth sap and the wine in a kettyll/ therein do the Way/ Turpentyn/ Rosyll/ and Oil than shall ye seethe the Roses with the red wine till it give a blue flame/ than strain it through a cloth/ and do it also in the kettyll/ and let it seethe all together. v. or. vi. hours long/ than take it from the fire/ and let it be cold/ and the next day melt it again/ and dother in the mastic/ Franken cence/ and Myrrh/ made all in powder/ and do in the kettyll/ and let it seethe together a walm or twain/ and than take it of from the fire/ and let it be cold/ than ye have a right jews plaster that all wounds heeled without Tenttes.   

¶ Gracia dei.  
 
GRacia dei like Master Peter de Ar●… set in the book 〈◊〉 flesh making medicines. ¶ Take whit Rosyl/ whit Wax/ Armoniacum of each. xii. ounces/ Turpentyn. vi. ounces/ Galbanum/ ●●banum/ mastic/ clear good wine/ of each anounc. Aristologia rotunda half an ounc. & week of this that is need to week in wine/ therein is sudden Betonica/ Uerbina/ Consolida maior and minor/ Sento ●●a/ Pinpinella/ saint Johnns' herb or I●●ricon/ storks bill or herba rubea in latin of each an handful/ and all this parcels ye shall seethe in the wine/ till the wine be almost consiuned/ and after make it with woman's milk as it belongeth/ this plaster doth the flesh to grow and healeth/ and it is comen for all wounds and fractures of the bones/ and the surgeons that now be praiseth it sore.   

¶ Attractinum.  
¶ Emplastrum attractinum/ that is mudificatiwm/ that is to say/ a drawing plaster and it draweth to him the matter/ and all uncleanness of the impostumation/ ulceration/ & swearing & of all unclean wounds.  
¶ Take whit rosyl a pound/ maiden wax half a pound/ hearts suet. viii. ounces/ turpentyn. iiii. one. sarcocolle. si. ounces. mastic whit frankincense of each an oum. myrra/ aloe/ succotrini of each half an ounc. melt that wax rosyll/ and the hearts luet rogyder/ & strain it through a cloth/ than do thereto the turpentyne/ and the other parcels in powder/ and oil of roses. two. ounces/ stir this together till it be cold/ will ye have this read than do therein iynopre in powder/ if ye will have it ●●yre yellow/ than do therein a dragma saffran in powder/ if ye will have it green so seethe sap of the herbs therewith/ thereof is said afore in the green plaster.   

¶ Adrawing plaster.  
¶ A plaster that draweth out a-row heads habergonnes' maylles/ and all that of iron is/ in the man's body.  
¶ Take apostolicum Nicolai afore said. ij ounces/ magnet stone of wiente/ that hath his power half an ounce/ hare's grese/ hē●… see doyle of each half anoun●e/ white dipt● a dragma/ melt that grief and the oil softly togider/ and do the other parcels the tin● that is made in powder/ & stir it together till it be cold.   

¶ Another drawing plaster.  
¶ A plaster to take out thorns/ splyntes● glass/ bones/ and otherlike things/ that is in man's body. ¶ Take diaquilon plaster out of this Antithodario. iij. ounces magnet stone half an ounce/ the rote of polipodium/ the rote of white diptan/ the rote of rethe (called in latin arundo) of each a dragma and an half/ hare's grese anounc. and an hair/ oil of hempseed an ounr. hereof make a plaster as is afore said.   

¶ A soft cleansing plaster.  
¶ A soft plaster that clensethal ●oulle wounds that is old/ they that hath rooted flesh or maketh moche matter/ and is called 〈◊〉 dificatiwm de api●/ this hath occupied 〈◊〉 helmus/ Lanc●ran●us/ Hinricus de daemon te villa. Guido/ & all surgians of Paris.  
¶ Take sap of apium. two. ounces/ barley or wheat meele. three ounces/ that shall ye seethe with a soft fire till it bethy●… like a soft plaster/ and as ye do thereto sap of wormwood it let no fystyllcome in the wound/ and the wound about frete not himself like the kancker or if the wound have ony●… than shall ye do thereto sap of playntyne or sap of cr●sui●/ and ye do thereto farina feny greci/ or farina Iupinor●●/ & cureth more stronger with drynging as Theodoricu● and Brunus saith.    

The manner how ye shall make some salves and ointments very needful to the surgeons.  
Aureum unguentum after the antithodario mesue/ that all fresse wounds filleth with flesh/ and helyth/ Take yellow wax xii. ounc. good oil of olive a pound and an half/ turpentyne iiij. ounces/ greeks pitch/ with rosyl/ of each v. ounces/ white frankincense/ mastic of each. two. ounces/ saffran a dragma/ melt the wax/ oil/ with the greeks pitch together and afterward do therein turpentyn/ and set it then from the fire/ and make the other parselles in powder/ & do this therein at the half colynge/ and stir it than well till it be cold.  

¶ Unguentum apostolorum.  
¶ Auicenna said unguentum apostolorum cleanseth a fistule/ and maketh right good/ and clensyth all corrupt wounds of the rotten flesh without pain/ and mankyth that the flesh may grow.  
¶ Take white rosyll/ white wax of each anounce/ apopanatis/ spaynnysshe green of each half anounce/ armoniaci/ mastic/ myrrh/ galbany of each an ounce/ arystologia longa// white frankincense of each an ounce and a half. lytargirium/ bdellii. ix. dragma. oil olive in the summer a pound & a half and in the winter. two. pound/ step this in vinegar. ii●. days long. as is the galbanum armoniacum/ bdellium/ than shall you melt and seed it. than do therein the rosyll & wax and as it is melted than do thereto the oil & turpentine. and than do therein the other 〈◊〉 cells made in powder.   

¶ A white Salve.  
¶ The white Salve after the Anthytodario Nicolay.  
¶ Take whit lead. iiij. ounc. lytargirium. two. ounc. white frankincense. iij. dragma. mastic. two. dragma. each ꝑselles make in powder by himself/ and middle the white seed with a little oil/ and do thereto litargirium/ thereafter mastic and frankincense/ & stir it with apesteyll of ten-times/ and at each time do therein a little rose water/ when it beginneth to thick put more oil thereto and to each time a little rose water/ and do it so long that it be neither too thick nor to thin.   

¶ Unguentn album conferatum.  
¶ This white salve to make said Rasis.  
¶ Take oil olive a pound and a half stamp white lead a pound/ white wax/ half a pound. campher. three dragma. three yolks of eggs. this shall ye stamp to guider in a mortar/ and in the lest do therein Camphor in powder.   

¶ Unguentum Basylycon magnum.  
¶ This Salve set Mesue in his Antido thario/ and is a great helper to the wound there heat is in/ and above all in the wounds of the sinews. and doth cleanse and to grow flesh ¶ Take white rosyll/ white wax/ tallow of an ox/ black pit che/ bird lime/ myrrh/ of each. three ounces. oil olive that there be Enough. thereof make a salve as thereto belongeth.   

¶ Dyalthea.  
¶ This salve Dyalthea make after the Antithodario Nycolai.  
¶ Take high mallow roots. two. pound/ lynseede/ fenygreke/ of each a pound. squille/ half a pound. ye shall waste it well/ than shall ye the roots/ lynseed/ fenugreek/ squille stamp/ and lay it in. iii●. pound water. three days long. and on the. iii●. day set it on the fire and let it seed till it begin to waxce thick/ and do it by little and little in a linen bag/ and as ye will wring it out/ and do thereto a little hot water that the slime well may come out. and of the slime take three pound. and do thereto oil olive. iiii. pound. than let it seed till the slime consumeth than do therein wax a pound. and as that is melted do therein turpentyn galbanum/ gumiedere/ of each. iii●. ounces. In the lest do therein greeks pitch or colofonie in latin/ rosyll And when it is waxed cold than do it lightly out.   

¶ Unguentum defensiuum and repercussiwni.  
¶ This salve occupieth commonly all masters to all wounds and bones/ and impostumations/ it restryngeth and defendeth the no swearing nor swelling/ nor unpostume cometh to the wounds or fractures of the bones/ as the member be anointed therewith round about. ¶ Take rose oil. iii●. ounces. bolus armenus. two. ounces. terra sygillata/ 〈◊〉/ of each an ounce. camfer a dragma. nyghshawe or solatrun in latin howslyke/ of each an handeful/ and stamp it and threst well out that sap/ and middle it to guider cold like a white salve.   

¶ Unguentum Egypciacum.  
¶ This Salve learneth Galienus/ Rasis/ Albucasys/ & is sore occupieth now in this time of the surgeons/ it cleanseth softly and takeh away all uncleanness.  
¶ Take honey a pound. vinegar half a pound. spanysshe green. two. ounc. alum one ounc. this shall you seed all to guider on the fire till it be read. And this salve taketh three manners of colours in his hething. If it is sodden but a little/ it seemeth green. is it sodden well than it seemeth red. is it sudden to much/ than it seemeth black.   

¶ Unguentum fuscum.  
¶ This Salve doth flesh to grow/ and cleanseth and healeth. ¶ Take oil olyne & pound &. iii●. ounces/ wax. viii. ounces/ greeks pitch/ ship pitch/ white rosyll ofeche. iii●. ounces/ mastic/ galbanum white frankincense/ turpentyne/ myrra/ ofeche. iii●. ounces/ apoponatum/ armonia cum/ ofeche an ounce/ melt the oil and the wax in a pawn/ and than put therein the ●…yppytche and the greeks pitch/ & when it is melted strain it through a cloth/ and steep the gums in vinegar and soften them so/ and strain it through a cloth and put it therein/ and at the last put therein the other gums in powder/ and the turpentine/ and stir it together till it be cold.  
¶ Unguentum papuleon Nicolai.  
¶ This salve now a days the barber's maketh contrary/ and otherwise t●a●●e it should be/ for sometime they put butter/ sometime herbs that healeth/ and they lay the salve with lint in the wound/ and that is contrary to the power of the popular salve for the nature of them is for to coal/ and to take the pain away/ therefore it ought not to be made none otherwise then here after following.  
¶ Take popular buds a pound and an half/ hogs grease. iii●. pound & stamp them together/ and let it stand till ye may have these herbs here after following. Folia papaneris nigri/ bramble leave of the first budding/ dolerote leaves/ or folia de una versa/ bylsem leaves/ or folia iusquianis/ nyghshawe leaves/ o● folia solatri/ folia de satyrion/ muer pepper leaves/ or cras sula in latin/ lettuce leaves/ vyolet leaves/ house leek/ great burr leaves/ or lapatium in latin/ grounswell leaves/ of each. vi. ounces/ and stamp these herbs together with hogs grease/ and with the buds of populen/ & let it stand the space of. vii● days/ & than put thereto wine. three pound than seethe it in a kettle till the wine be sodden away/ and than strain it through a cloth.   

¶ A salve.  
¶ This salve causeth in all complections flesh to grow infresshe wounds.  
TAke white frankincense/ mastic ●oepaticū/ greeks pitch/ aristo● logia adusta/ yreos/ sarcocolle/ of each like moche/ there of make a salve with oil and wax.  
¶ A salve that causeth flesh to grow in the wounds of young persons.  
¶ Take turpentyne which is not wa●… i●. ounces/ rose honey a dragma/ the yolk of an egg/ oil olive and wax/ and ●oke that there be stuff enough/ and than ye shall make thereof a salve.  
¶ A salve that cleanseth the wounds of young rhylderne & causeth the flesh to grow.  
¶ Take white turpentine which is nor washed. iii●. ounces/ the yolk of an egg & a little barley meal/ & make therofasalue.  
¶ A salve that cleanseth and causeth the flesh to grow in dry complexions.  
¶ Take ship pitch well washed in good eye. vi. ounces/ reedhony. two. ounces/ spanysshe green half adragma/ the yolk of an egg/ barley meal enough/ and make thereof a salve.  
¶ Another salve that causeth the flesh to grow in all manner of fresh wounds.  
¶ Take turpentyne. iiii. ounces/ honey half an ounce/ powder of the bark of white frankincense a dragma/ saffran the third part of a dragma/ & take enough of oil of roses & wax/ and make thereof a salve.  
¶ A salve which cleanseth the matter & causeth flesh to grow  
¶ Take turpentyne/ honey of roses strained/ ofeche. iiii. ounces/ myrrh/ sarcocolle ofeche. three dragmas/ barlymelean ounce/ the yolk of an egg/ and half a dragma of saffran/ and meddle them together/ and set it on the fire and stir it well/ and when it is lukewarm/ put thereto the yolk of an egg.  
¶ A salve that causeth the wound to give matter.  
¶ Take turpentyne. three ounces/ hearts grease/ or the marrow of an heart. two. ounces/ oil of roses an ounce/ white frankincense half an ounce.  
¶ A salve that causeth matter to come in fresh wounds shortly after it is laid therein.  
¶ Take turpentyne. iiii. ounces/ oil of roses/ and wax/ of each. ij. ounces/ melt these together/ and as ye will occupy it/ make it a little warm/ and lay it with lint on the wound/ and it will soon give matter.  
¶ Another salve for a fresh wound that maketh matter.  
¶ Take hearts grease/ turpentyne of each▪ iiij. ounces/ oil of roses/ white frankincense/ mastic/ of each an ounce.  
¶ A salve for a member that hath been out of the wynte or that hath been wounded/ and after the heling the joint can not be bowed  
¶ Lanfrancus hath taken this salve out of the book of Rasis/ but he hath amended it. Take old swines grease. vi. ounces: ducks grease/ goose grease/ hens grease/ ofeche. ij. ounces/ old oil olive. viii. ounces/ fenugreek meal/ lynsede meal/ ofeche. two. ounces/ bdelli●/ oppoponatis/ mastic/ frankincense/ ofeche an ounce/ the gums ye shall wete in wine/ & afterward ye shall meddle it with oil and grease/ and put there to a little wax/ and turpentyne/ and then put therein the other hard gums made in powder/ & stir it together till it be cold  
¶ Here after followeth the manner to make powders necessary for surgeons.  
¶ A reed powder that drieth fore & maketh that none evil flesh grow in the wound.  
〈…〉/ of ●…ragma/ & stape them together and make a fay●….  
¶ A reed powder for all wounds and fy●…ynge from evil flesh/ good forth wounds of the heed.  
¶ Take g●●kes pitch. three ounces/ walte ●●tes/ or ambra in latin/ ematicis/ ●u 〈◊〉/ dragon's blood/ ofeche an ounce/ mastic/ white frankincense/ of each half an ounce/ and make thereof a powder/ and ye may occupy this powder without harm/ though the brain lie ●●re/ this powder ye shall straw upon lint depte in wine/ and lay that thereupon.  
¶ A reed powder that stoppeth blood and in the wound maketh flesh to grow.  
¶ Take dragon's blood/ white frankincense/ aloepaticum/ sarcocolle/ ofeche an ounce/ 〈◊〉 half an ounce/ & make thereof a powder.  
¶ A soft powder which taketh out of the wound the super●●uyte of evil flesh (as Lanfrancussayd)  
¶ Take herma dacteli/ aristologia rotunda/ of each an ounce/ spanysshe green 〈◊〉 punce/ and make thereof a powder.  
¶ A reed powder which is profyrable to the ●eme of the wound and holdeth the lips fast together/ and stoppeth the blood/ and healeth the wound (as Albucasis and Lanfrancus writeth) but for the unslecked lime Guydo taketh so moche 〈◊〉/ and haly abbess taketh so moche sandaly/ and I take so moche lime of egg shells that is whasshed & dried again.  
¶ Take white frankincense. two. ounces/ dragon's blood/ and vn●●lecked lime/ of each an ounce (and Guydo saith) Take for the lime bolus armenus an ounce/ and haly abbess saith/ take sandaly an ounce/ & after my learning take an ounce of the lime of egg shells & thereof make a powder.  
¶ Wythelmus desa●●ceto maketh another powder to lay on the seem that is very good and t●… liketh me well.  
¶ Take dragon's blood/ dragagantum▪ gom●● arabici/ ofeche an ounce/ and thereof make a powder.  
¶ A proved powder for stopping of blood that the Lombardes' surgeons occupieth/ & this powder stoppeth the blood and healeth also.  
¶ Take dragon's blood/ bolus aunenus/ texxe sigillate/ of each an ounce/ psidie/ pome garnade flouꝑes/ accacia ipoquistidos/ cypress nots/ ofeche an ounce/ mu●… ●… with ●…at ke/ ●…che▪ 〈◊〉. dragma▪ manes blood brent an ounce/ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 brent. ii●. dragma and make thereof a powder.  
¶ Another powder which stoppeth blood.  
¶ Take cathapladis/ egg shells that the ch●kyns be come out of/ or most growing upon 〈◊〉 in the church yard/ small br●nnynge nettylses of each like moche/ dried and made in powder.  
¶ A powder that drieth/ healeth/ and maketh skin/ and restraineth the matter.  
¶ Take aleopaticum/ sarcocolle/ of each. two. ounces/ dragon's blood/ the bark of frankincense/ round whole rotes/ or aristologia rotunda in latin/ calmeis preparati/ 〈◊〉 srour lady ofeche half an ounce/ pome garnade flowers/ baulaustie/ psidii/ tutie preparate/ erugoeris/ cypress nots/ of each a dragma/ linen clothe burned half a dragma/ cam●ere a dragma/ and make all these together in a powder.  
¶ Hereafter followeth the manner for to make oils/ which be needful to the surgeons.  
¶ ●o the matter/ and also it taketh the pain.  
¶ Take June a pound/ oil 〈◊〉 strained. three pound/ and put them together in a gla●… and set it in the son. xiiii. days/ than strain it/ and put therein again a pound of fresh camainel flowers/ and set it again in the son. xl. of the dystnoll days/ than strain it again.  
¶ Oleumbene dictum that is the best oil to warm the cold members wherein the marrow is become cold within the bone/ and this oil stoppeth the glistering water/ and healeth fresh wounds/ the fistules/ the tankers/ & drieth the running sores/ & thus with great diligence and good understand yngeye must make this oil.  
¶ Take oil olive a pound/ ●…entyne o●e●m ●au●●/ of each half a pound/ ●●namon▪ ii●. ounces/ clowes. two. ounces/ 〈…〉 but/ galbani/ bay leaves/ gommi edere/ a● moniaci appoponatis/ of each an ounce/ 〈◊〉 dani. viii. ounces/ white frankincense/ 〈…〉 story/ spicinardi/ lignum aloes/ of each half an ounce/ make all this in powder▪ thereto 〈◊〉 powder dr●hnynge 〈◊〉 a pound/ 〈…〉 it will give or 〈…〉 of 〈…〉 time it giveth 〈◊〉/ and the third time it gyueth●… and 〈◊〉 each of them 〈◊〉 himself.   

¶ The balm artyfycyall.  
¶ The most 〈…〉 .  
¶ Tak●●…. 〈◊〉. ounces/ 〈…〉 ●… de 〈…〉/〈…〉 o●…●enedict●… of each 〈…〉 〈…〉/ 〈◊〉/ 〈…〉 ●a●●…/〈…〉 〈…〉/co●… 〈…〉/ as 〈◊〉 ‑ 〈◊〉 ●…ght as 〈◊〉 the other ●…sayd/ and 〈…〉 it 〈…〉 This 〈◊〉 〈…〉 f●…he ●…des/ and 〈…〉 shortly the gly●●er●… water in 〈…〉 ●●s if it be well m●…▪  
¶ Another very good balm which serveth for all manner fresh wounds.  
¶ Take olybani/ armoniaci/ storacis ●alunite/ storacis liquid/ of each. iiii. ounces masticis/ ●olo●…e/dragagant● dragagant●/go●… arabici/ go●… 〈◊〉/ go●… 〈◊〉 of each. 〈◊〉. ounces/ my●●e/〈…〉 of each 〈◊〉 ●n 〈◊〉▪ go●… 〈◊〉▪ 〈◊〉 ●ini▪ gommi ficuum/ oppo●onati/●en●…▪ which is gommi cedri/ visci querci/ gumi/ and not the tree/ sangui●…s draconis▪ aloe ●…i/ boracis/ vertici●… of each ●… laud●● 〈◊〉 ii●. 〈◊〉/ olij rosarth. ij. pound/ olij lantinis/ in rpentini rubil/ nferhe a pound/ alij masticis/ oil of camamyll of each half a pound/ and of the foresaid vawme/ ieneper oil/ bramble oil/ oil of vyoleties/ ofeche. viii. ounces the soft gums wet in vinegar/ and the other make them in powder/ than shall you seethe this all togydr in baln●… maty/ and as you see that the gums will sit on the ground of the glass/ than it is so▪ den enough/ and yfye will have the natural colour of the balm/ ye shall put there in half an ounce of saffran of orient stamped/ for that causeth the flesh to grow/ also yfye will have it seem fair and green/ than put therein spanysshe green. iii. ounces grynded small/ and at the last put there in the turpentine/ and oleum turpentini.  
¶ Oil of castory the which is much profitable and needful for asurgyan.  
¶ Take oil olive. seven. ounces/ castory. three ounces/ ye shall put all this together in a glass and seethe it in balneum marry. three hours long/ than keep it well.  
¶ Oil oflylyesis also necessary for the surgeon.  
¶ Take oil olive. 〈…〉 ●●●nde/ in ●yttlyly lenes a pound/ rose leaves half a pound/ mastic. iiii. ounces/ saffran. two. ounces/ and the mastic must be made in powder put them all together in a glass and set it in the son the space of. i●. days/ and on the 〈◊〉 day ye shall ●ethr●… in balneum marry/ & than strain it. Or else take oil 〈◊〉 xii. ounces/ white lily leaves. iiii. ounces and make it as is a foresaid.  
¶ Oleum mastitis. must be made thus.  
¶ Take masty●… 〈…〉 mini. xviii. ounces/ 〈◊〉 shall the the●● in balntum maue●o log till the 〈◊〉 part be consumed. Or 〈◊〉 make it thus. Take oil of to●… ouces mastic 〈…〉 ounces/ well w●llynge wine half a pound and seethe them in balneum macie till the wine be consumed.   

¶ Oleum Nenufaris.  
¶ This oil is to the surgyans' most profitable for it cooleth the parsons/ and it must be made in like wise as the oil of camamyl is and in the stead of 〈…〉 take white see flowers/ which herb hath broad leaves wymming upon the water/ and it is called flores nenufarisin latin.  
¶ Oil of roses/ without which oil no surgeon may be/ and it must be made in this manner as here after followeth.  
¶ Take the sap of dust/ or origani in latin/ and water that roses be sodden in/ of each a pound/ oleum sisamini washed/ or take oil olive the grenest that ye can get. three pound/ leaves of roses a pound/ and put them together in a glass/ and set it in the son the space of. xiiii. days/ than shall ye seethe it in balneum marry till the sap and the water be consumed/ and then after ward strain it/ and put therein again as much water of roses/ and sap as is before rehearsed/ and set it again in the sonnr other. xiiii. days/ and than seethe it again in Balneum Marie as is before said/ than strain it and set it again in the ●onne and let it stand there the space of. xl. days.  
¶ Oil of elder/ or oil ofdygelet or any other oils made of flowers/ they must be made thus/ as here after followeth.  
¶ Take the flowers/ or the herbs a pound/ oil olive. three pound/ and put it in a grass/ & set it in the son the spare of. xi. day▪ 〈◊〉/ than ye shall 〈◊〉 the it in balneum marry and than strain it and threst it out/ and the oil of elder shall stand in the son but three days/ or else it will be corrupt.  
¶ Here after followeth a mance how to make a drink for all wounds/ and it is needful for a surgeon.  
¶ A drink for all wounds and as a person is stricken through the body/ which drink helpeth him inwardly which out powder/ or other thing/ nevertheless it is good to lay on the wound a green wounded plaster/ for it cleanseth the wound and this drink shall be made thus.  
¶ Take yve lea●s/ or edera atbor●a growtynge on an oaken we. iiii. dlmees/ winter green smarta●d and gtete/ or p●olam latin/ fanycle or drapensia in latin/ syndau/ herba for 'tis/ or veronica/ ofeche. two. ounces/ herba solsqu● an ounce/ chop all these herbs small together and put them in a pewter pot/ and put thereto. iiii. pound and an half of the best wine/ and a pound and an half of water/ and ye shall seethe them in balneum marry. three hours long without taking of the lid of the pot/ then on the morrow after put thereto. viii. ounces ofsuger/ if the wound be in the heed/ than put thereto vy●onye. two. ounces/ sage/ an ounce/ lafen dell half an ounce/ and yfthe wound be in the breast/ than put thereto lycoresse. two. ounces/ polipodium an ounce/ ysope half an ounce/ and yfthe pacy entteble sore/ than put thereto bugloss flowers/ borage flowers oteche an ounce/ roses/ half an ounce/ than if the patient have great here put thereto violets. two. ounces/ flores venuraris half an ounce/ if the wound be on the lest side/ than do thereto liver wort an ounces matu●●●ua half an ounce/ also if he have no going to the draft/ than it is needful to put thereto seneleves/ casse 〈…〉 of each. ij. ounces/ and if he be die wounded/ than put thereto celidony votes. iiij. ounces/ and give it him to drink at morning/ atnoone/ and at evening/ & at every tyme. iiij. ounces▪  
¶ Another good drink for 〈◊〉 wound which is of ●●uthe and hath been proved.  
¶ This drink is given for the wound that is not deadly and driveth out of the wound all ●orruptyo●●s within xiii. dayés/ and afterwathe it healeth the wound/ & thus this drink must be made.  
¶ Take ●edroses/ parsele ●●he/abrot●●ū tanascenum/ steawh●●y leaves/ leaves of 〈◊〉 be tin● for viij/ herva tuberly/ plantayhe great and small/ appe leaves or wha ap●●/ hemp sede/ and seethe all there togy 〈◊〉 wine/ and pu●therto a ly●e●● honey/ a thereof shall the pu●y●ne drink at morning and at evening/ and at every tyme. 〈◊〉. ounces/ and wash the 〈…〉 and lay a reed coal leaf thereupon.  
¶ Another drink that y● good for a wound.  
¶ Take pynpynesla/ lanycle/ or drare●cia in latin/ walre rote/ or ambrosia/ agrimonia/ ysope/ tanasretum/ great plantain/ straw her● leaves of each an handful/ and seethe them o● wine/ or in water/ and put thereto 〈…〉 bynegre bony this drink ruethor healeth the wound by himself.  
 
¶ Take herthe 〈◊〉 syndawe dia 〈◊〉/ ofeche. xii. ounces/ winter green/ or pirola in latin/ strawebury l●… of each. vi. ounces/ centimorum agrimonca/ betonica/ reed moderworte/ or artemasia ●●is 〈◊〉 iiij. ounces amor●… pra●yn●lia/ veronica ●●●linde worms/ g●rowe/ or ●●ll●●olium/ of each. iiij. ounces mumie powder iiij. ounces/ clear honey/ a pound and an half/ and take thereto▪ 〈◊〉. pound of good white wine/ and chop small these foresaid herbs/ then menge them with the wine and honey/ and put it in to a great pot & cover it with alyd oftrée/ & close the pot with clay/ & make above in the lid aly●e●● hole that it may have air out● and it shall lethe till the third part be consumed/ and than grew the patient thereof to drink at morming and at evening a 〈◊〉 onefull/ and it shall hele him/ this drink it shall be ●●in a poter pot or in a close vessel.  
¶ A drink that dryvethourthe engyled blood through the urine.  
¶ Take syndawe/ fennel/ small sage/ parsley ofeche an handful/ ysope/ senell sede/ anes sede/ the rote of mandragora of each. two. ounces/ and ye shall seethe them together in. ij. pound of water/ and give the patient the ●●tto drink.  
¶ Another drink for the same.  
¶ Take celidonia/ permacete/ stercus de take the rote ofa 〈…〉/ and small 〈◊〉 ieuts of the 〈…〉/ and lethe it in good white wine till the third part be 〈…〉 a lytes● grass 〈◊〉 of the same drink/ and take of the foresaid powder to the quantity of. three hasy●● nots and meddle them together/ and if ye will have it stronger/ take charuell water/ cycoria water/ of each. two. ounces/ 〈◊〉 de muris a little/ meddle it all together and give the paryent to drink.  
¶ Another rostely drink for a wound.  
¶ Take winter green/ or●…/ syndaw matrisilua/ mufore/ water evesses/ or genacium in latin/ brunella/ small planten ofeche an handful/ herba grass/ woder wort/ ●…a/ ofeche. ij. handful/ her va sarasenica/ an handful and an half/ sanicle or drarentia in latin/ herba tu●… of each an handful/ small sage half a●… full/ serpentina with dyptan/ or dip●… album in latin/ ofeche. two. ounces/ castory/ mumie/ reed myrce/ wormwode/ or absiutum in latin/ ofeche half an ounce/ put all these togyderin a pot with good white wine/ and cover the pot with a lid/ & close the lid with dough/ & in the lydmake a small hole and stop it with a tap of wood/ & let it seethe till the third part be consumed/ & draw the tap sometime out that ye may smell when it is enough/ of this give the patient to drink at morning and at eveging a spoon full/ and though the patient be meetly in health yet shall he not drink the less/ & he shall in his daily drink meddle. iii. or. iiij. drops of the same.  
¶ Another drink for amam that hath fallen and broken a rib/ which drink cleanseth the breast and causeth the breathe to come & go at large.  
¶ Take crefysshes eyes in powder a dragma/ dyapenidion anounce/ diadragantum/ half anounce stamp all these together in a mortar till they be small/ than put thereto water of our ladyadylstell/ or aqua de tubulis marry/ aqua cicore●/ or her be solse quit/ and make it ●…nne/ and give him to drink at evening and morning.  
¶ Another costly drink for wounds in the heed/ and also for all other wounds.  
¶ 〈◊〉 the middle pill of the walte rote 〈…〉 in latin and scrape away 〈…〉 thereof/ take also great san●●… mayor in latin/ of each to 〈…〉 of an egg/ and knit them 〈…〉 in a lyunen cloth/ and lay it in a round of wine and let it lie therein. vi hour●s long/ then give the patient thereof to drink at evening and morning/ and at every time a spoonful and no more for the drink is strong/ and steep a little cloth or a coal le●e in the drink and lay it on the wound whether it be in the heed or in any other part or member of the body.    

¶ Here followeth the correctyons of this presence book.  
¶ In the. xli. chapter standeth how that it the wound be in the sign w●s beside the ceces that the patient shall lose his life/ but it is not so/ for it should be the patient shall lose his hearing and not his life.  
¶ Also in the same chapter in the making o●plasters standeth/ frankincense/ mastye of each an ounce/ and it should be of each a dragma.  
¶ Also ye shall find in the. xlv. chapter in the glystres/ vyolet leaves/ & herba mercurians of each an ounce/ and it should be of each an handful.  
¶ Also in the same chapter in the purgacyou should be pillule retidis maioris.  
¶ Also in the. xlvi●. chapter in the first powder should be the lime of eggeshelles.  
¶ Also in the. xlvii●. chapter in the salve making standeth florum camomile/ abscinthei/ calamenti/ salt rubbed of each. vii●. ounces & it should be but. iiii. ounces  
¶ Also in the. lxv. chapter standeth mastic/ gomine of araby: and thereby should stand dragantum of each. two. ounces.  
¶ Also in the. xcii. chapter in the e●perte plastre standeth white rosyll/ turpentyne black pitch/ and there should be of each like moche.  
¶ Also in the. xciii●. chapter in the receipt in latin. Recipe specie cum electuarun de gumis sive species a dragma/ specierium diadragantum frigidum. i●. dragmas/ and thereby should be diapenidiacum/ manus xpi ¶ Also in the same chapter should stand in the syrup of hearts tongue leaves or scolopender/ and there should be also borage flouces/ plantain/ ofeche anounce.  
¶ Also in the. xcv. chapter/ in the last salve and in the second paragraphe for to consume the engyled blood/ take venies soap cut small. iii●. ounces/ and there shall follow aqua vite. iij. ounces/ unguentum dyalthea. i●. ounces.  
¶ Also in Antithodario in unguentum apostolorum is written/ step this in vinegar ii●. days long/ as is galbanum armonia cum bdellium/ and thereby should stand appoponatum. etc.  
¶ Also in unguentum dialthea is written turpentyne albanun/ & it should be galbanum ¶ Also in the same dial the a standeth in the end greeks pitch or colophonia in latin rosyll/ and thereby should stand of each a pound.  
¶ Also in unguentum defenstuum is written terra sigillata/ fenugreek/ and that fenugreek should be vinegar.  
¶ Also in the third powder standeth yrroes and it should be yrees.  
¶ Also in the fourth powder standeth spanysshe green an ounce/ and it should be half an ounce.  
¶ Also in the .vi●. powder standeth flou●… and it should be flowers. Also in the 〈…〉 is ypoquiscidos/ and it should be ypoquiscidos. Also in the same is nunce for 〈◊〉.  
¶ Also in the. vii●. powder standeth upon graves/ and it should be upon deed men's heeds.  
¶ Also in the. ix. powder standeth eyes of our lady/ and it should be ye of our rady & it is like white assume.  
¶ Also in the second oil standetholeam/ and it should be olium. Also in the same is cestorie/ and it should the castory.  
¶ Also in the. iiii. drink standeth 〈…〉 ●…rum/ and it should be cent●… & in the same is arthemusia for ●…  
¶ Also in the. vi●. drink standeth 〈…〉 and it should be pyrola. Also in the 〈…〉 herba gross/ & it should he herb 〈…〉 rue in english.  
¶ Also in the .ix. drink standeth 〈…〉 and it should be ambrosia.  
¶ Finis.   

¶ Thus endeth the noble experience & the bertuous handy work of Surgery/ with the Antithodario/ practised & ●…pyled by the expert master Iherome/ which book of late was translated out of the speech of high Almaigne into low Duche. And afterward in to our mothers tongue of english/ mochenecessary & profitable for surgeons/ as well for them that have cunning/ as for them that be lerners. For who diligently often times readeth over this present book shall fyndether in great science & cunning. ¶ Imprinted at London in South work by Petrus Creveris. In the year of our lord god. M. D. xxv. and the. xxvi. day of March.